B9 Electricity - Extended

Disclaimer
Being an O & A levels Physics teacher, I have a long and distinguished experience.
I have been associated with reputed and renowned educational institutions where I have
always tried to provide the best input to my students with the aid of modern, innovative
teaching techniques and methods.
The content of this workbook is based on internet, IGCSE, O levels and extract of my
lectures.
I have tried my level best to prepare this workbook to enable students to score good grades
in O levels and IGSCE examination.
However, there might be some human or typing errors. In case of any, please inform me at:
Whatsapp : + 92 333 2101054
Mobile: 0 333 2101054
Email: rashidmanzoor3372@gmail.com
Please post your valuable feedback, comments or suggestion at

http://education.ant-pk.com/feedback/
Thank you,
Rashid Manzoor
MSc - Physics
WhatsApp: 0333 2 10 10 54
Website: http://pride-academy.com
http://education.ant-pk.com
Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/sir.rashid.manzoor Twitter:

https://twitter.com/RashidManzoor12
Youtube: http://www.youtube.com/RashidManzoor-PrideAcademy
=== Page 1 of 440 - Sir Rashid Manzoor - 03332101054 ===

Muqeet Faisal - Bay View Academy (2020)
"Physics was extremely boring in grade 9 and I always
thought it was not my cup of tea until fortunately
Student's
someone advice me to study from Sir Rashid. Sir,
encouraged me since day 1 and made sure I completed
all my assignments keeping a thorough check on
Comments
myself. The thing I love most about him is the amount
of activities he makes his students do and the energy
he has possesses while teaching to make physics
interesting unlike other teachers. I started from a C
grade, ended with an A in my eleventh grade result and
hoping for an A* in my CAIE. My journey with him has Hasham - Army Public School (2019)
been completely phenomenal. Thank you Sir Rashid"
"Sir i got an A* in physics, thanks a lot for teaching us. And
thanks for your efforts of making us learn. May god bless you
Akasha Younus - Army Public School (2018) with Jannah .. Ameen"
"Thank you so much Sir Rashid for teaching us so well
and thanks for all the guidance I am so grateful for A* i Duaa Zehra - Army Public School (2018)
scored because of your hardwork. Thank you so much "Sir Rashid! I had started the year as a rookie in physics with
for being such a great Physics teacher and thanks for no real love for or much interest in the subject , but the way
showing how teaching and learning can be fun .Also, you taught the subject, the passion you put into teaching
thanks for making your students realize what teaching would not only help me in getting A* in physics but also made
in reality means. God bless you .. Ameen" me love physics to the point that it is my FAVOURITE subject
Areeba Sajid - Army Public School (2019) now. THANKYOU FOR PHENOMENAL SUPPORT AND
MOTIVATION THROUGH OUT THE YEAR Needeless to
"Allhumdulliallah sir got an A* in Physics thanks to your
say, I'll be grateful to you for whatever you've done."
hardwork and continuous encouragement. Physics was
never my strength and honestly I didn't enjoy it much
Deedan - Army Public School (2019)
but you made sure to make the lectures interesting and
"Thank you soo much sir for teaching me physics. thanks for
that we understood everything. Your books were
your physics workbooks they really help me alot. and yes
definitely helpful! Thank you"
thanks alot for providing us extra knowledge and also
providing us the knowledge of our religion islam. insha allah i
Mahnoor Arif - Army Public School (2016)
will bring a* in physics. again thanks alot sir for teaching and
"Sir Rashid's charisma,enthusiasm and knowledge
providing me the best knowledge of physics."
steer the students in the right direction. His words and
actions still linger in my memory even years after i left
Haris Javed - Army Public School (2019)
school and impressed upon me the importance of self-
"A book cant remember its readers but readers surely
reliance because " you cannot teach a man anything;
remember their favorites. and i will too."
you can only help him discover it in himself" galileo."
Zohaib Owais Awan - Army Public School (2019)

Mariya Najeeb - Aisha Bawani Academy (2016)
"Sir rashid has been gifted with his teaching skills and in my
"Sir rashid, i have the utter most respect for you. I'm
observation, always able to pick a student with poor physics.
grateful for all the lessons you've taught us, all the
in my personal o-level experience i had hated physics but this
activities you made us do. I loved attending your
person made this subject so attracted to me that it's my
classes. you are the reason that even today i love
favourite."
physics, you played a vital role in not only our academic
upbringing but in our moral education as well. you didn't
M. Ubaid Khan - Army Public School (2019)
teach us physics just to pass an exam, you made us
"You are the best i could ever have. you are inventive,
have fun with it and love it. the reason i got an a in my
passionate , creative and a great teacher but most
cies is that you made my basic concept crystal clear.
importantly you are my teacher!!!!!! i would never be able to
i'm grateful to allah that he blessed me with a teacher
thankyou enough."
like you."

Abdullah Asif - Army Public School (2019)
"Physics was very difficult but when i met you as my
teacher it became really interesting"
Umm-E-Hani - Army Public School (2020)

"Sir! it was a great time with you. you are the best example
of the quote " teacher is your second parent". i enjoyed
learning physics with fun. you taught me how to live. i
remember all your advices of appreciating your parents,
helping others etc and they help me alot. honestly, listening
to you for 5 mins used to solve half of my problems. FAISAL MUQEET M. SHEHZAD QURESHI
BAY VIEW ACADEMY ARMY PUBLIC SCHOOL
thankyou for being supportive, understanding, loving,
helpful and the best mentor. the way of your teaching is
amazing. your class was the only one in which i used to
study seriously. even sometimes i came to school just for
physics class. for you every student was equal. if all
teachers were like you, there would be "no child left
behind". i wish i can be a person like"
Amish Noor - Army Public School (2020) JAIWANTI EMAN ANWAR

ARMY PUBLIC SCHOOL ARMY PUBLIC SCHOOL
"I used to hate physics but when u became our
teacher,your unique style of teaching gained my interest in
this subject" High Achievers
Faiza Fahim & Fasih - Army Public School (2020) "You
are the best teacher ever i had seen before. you are the
ideal for us. We wish we have a teacher just like you in our
whole life. you are differ from others in encouraging and
building of your ccc in all students."
Muhammad Rayan - Army Public School (2020)

"Sir u are an amazing teacher u make learning so much MUHAMMAD OMER KUSHAL CHANDANI
ARMY PUBLIC SCHOOL ARMY PUBLIC SCHOOL
fun and progressive. physics wasn't really my fav subject
but u made it my favourite subject . you not only helped us
in phy but also other subjects told us to get extra subject so
we have choices in future ur sincerity towards your
students can be seen"
M.bilal Latif - Army Public School (2020)

"Sir you are an excellent teacher with strong ambitions and
assiduous for all students. you always try your level best to HAMZA HASAN ELLAHE SYED WASAY UDDIN
motivate the students to work on their weak points so they ARMY PUBLIC SCHOOL ARMY PUBLIC SCHOOL
can improve. sir you are best physics teacher ever"
Alina Arif - Army Public School (2019)

"Thank you Sir Rashid. This A* couldn't have been achieved
without your hard work and guidance. Will always remember
you in prayers."
Abdul Basit Khan - Army Public School (2020)

AYSHA SUHAIL TUAHA MANZOOR
"Sir Rashid is the one that i look upto the most in our
IGCSE - QATAR DA PUBLIC SCHOOL
school. he helped us not only as a teacher but as a father
figure and for that i am forever grateful"

Checklist
19. Current electricity
Current • state that a current is a flow of charge.
• know that current is measured in amperes.
• do calculations using the equation
charge = current × time.
• describe the use of an ammeter with different ranges.
or
Electromotive force • know that e.m.f. is measured in volts.
(e.m.f) • explain that e.m.f. is the energy converted by a power
zo
supply (e.g. cell) in moving a unit charge around a circuit.
• state that e.m.f. is work done/charge.
• calculate the total e.m.f. when several power supplies are
an
arranged in series, and
• describe how this is used in the design of batteries.
• explain the advantage of making a battery from several
power supplies arranged in parallel.
M
Potential difference • know that p.d. is measured in volts.
(p.d.) • explain that the p.d. is measured across a circuit component
• explain that the p.d. across a component is the work done
when a unit charge passes through the component.
• state that the volt is given by J/C.
• describe the use of a voltmeter with different ranges.
hid
Resistance • know that resistance = p.d./current.

• do calculations using the equation
resistance = voltage/current.
• describe an experiment to measure the resistance of a
as
metallic conductor using a voltmeter and an ammeter.

• state Ohm’s Law
• explain that Ohm’s Law is only obeyed by a resistor at constant
R
temperature.
• do calculations with the relationships for a wire:
resistance is directly proportional to length
resistance is inversely proportional to cross-sectional
area.
• calculate the total resistance of several resistors
ir
in series, in parallel.
S
• sketch current/voltage graphs for:

resistor,
filament lamp.
• describe the effect of temperature increase on the resistance of
a resistor,
a filament lamp.
• describe how the resistance of a light-dependent resistor varies
with the intensity of light.

Topic You should be able to:
20. D.C. circuits

Current and potential • know the circuit symbols for:
difference in circuits power sources (cell, battery or a.c. mains), switches (closed and open),
resistors (fixed and variable), light dependent resistors, thermistors.
lamps, ammeters,voltmeters, magnetising coils, bells, fuses, relays, ght-
emitting diodes, ectifying diodes.
• draw circuits containing these components.
Series and parallel • state that the current at every point in a series circuit is the
circuits same.
or
• state that the sum of the p.d.s in a series circuit is equal to
the p.d. across the whole circuit
• state that the current from the source is the sum of the
zo
currents in the separate branches of a parallel circuit.
• do calculations involving current in
series circuits
an
parallel circuits.
• do calculations involving p.d. in
series circuits,
Topic
•
M
parallel circuits
do calculations involving
part of a circuit,
whole circuit.
21. Practical electricity
Uses of electricity • describe the use of electricity in
hid
heating, lighting, motors.

• do calculations using the equations
power = voltage × current,
energy = voltage × current × time.
as
• Calculate the cost of using electrical appliances where the

energy unit is the kW h.
R
Dangers of electricity • state the hazards of

damaged insulation, overheating of cables, damp conditions.
Safe use of electricity in • describe the use of

the home fuses, circuit breakers.
• explain what is meant by
ir
fuse ratings, circuit breaker settings.

• explain the need for
S
earthing metal cases,

double insulation.
• state the meaning of the terms
live,
neutral,
earth.
• describe how to wire a mains plug.
• explain why switches, fuses and circuit breakers are always
placed in the live conductor.

Electrostatic Summery
The electric charge is a fundamental conserved property of some
subatomic particles, which determines their electromagnetic interaction.
 All substances are made up of atoms, which consist of a nucleus (containing protons and
neutrons) and orbiting electrons. Protons are positively charged and electrons are negatively
charged. Neutrons are so named because they are neutral; they have no net electric charge.
 In each atom of a material, the number of protons and electrons are equal. The positive and
negative charges cancel each other to a large extent and there is no net electrical charges.
or
 Electrons can be removed from atoms or added to atoms and the material is left with a net
charge, and electrical effects result. The study of these net stationary charges and their effects
zo
on each other constitutes the subject of static electricity or electrostatics.
 Atoms with net charges are called ions.
 SI unit of electric charge is the coulomb (C). It is a scalar quantity.
an
 Every electron has a charge of ‐1.6 x 10‐19 C, and every proton has a charge of +1.6 x 10‐19 C.
The unit of electrical charge quantity in the International System of Units is the coulomb. One coulomb (1 C) is
M
equal to approximately 6.24 x 1018 elementary charges. Thus, an elementary charge is approximately
1.60 x 10 ‐19 C
In electrostatics, we study the electromagnetic phenomena that occur when there are no moving
charges (After a static equilibrium has been established). Charges reach their equilibrium positions
rapidly because the electric force is extremely strong.
hid
Charging by (Friction) rubbing

This is a familiar electric phenomenon in which friction transfers charged particles from one body to another.
as
If two objects are rubbed together, especially if the objects are insulators and surrounding air is dry, the
objects acquire equal and opposite charges and an attractive force develops between them. The object that
R
loses electrons becomes positively charged, and the other that gains electrons becomes negatively charged.
The force is simply the attraction between charges of opposite sign.
Each type of charge attracts the opposite type but repels the same type. This leads to the basic law of
electrostatics: unlike charges attract, like charges repel.
ir
Examples:
S
 When a piece of amber, plastic, polythene, or hard rubber is rubbed with fur, electrons are transferred
from fur to the other material. Fur acquires net positive charge, since it has fewer electrons than
protons. Similarly, the amber, plastic, or hard rubber acquires a net negative charge since they have
excess electrons.
 Combing hair charges the comb in the same way.
 Rubbing glass (perspex) with silk causes the glass to acquire a net positive charge.

By conduction (contact),
 A metal rod with an excess of positive charge is

brought near to a neutral object.
 Upon contact, electron move from the object to
the charged rod and positive charge in the
metal spread uniformly.
 The rod has now less excess positive charge and
the object now has a positive charge.
or
zo
By induction,
an
M
hid
as
 When a negatively charged rod is brought near to a neutral metal sphere, it induces positive charges
on the side nearest to the rod and negative charges on the sphere’s far side,
R
 The metal sphere is earthed.(by touching or an earthing wire) Sufficient electrons flow down to the
ground through the finger/earthing wire from the metal sphere.
 When the finger/earthing wire is removed, only induced positive charges remained on the sphere.
 Finally, when the rod is removed, the remaining positive charges spread themselves out evenly over
the metal sphere.
ir
Basic conventions when drawing field lines

S
Charging by Induction
 All field lines are continuous curves or lines without breaks
 Field lines never cross each other’s path
 Field lines in the same direction tend to stay as far apart as possible
 Field lines in the opposite direction tend to cancel each other
 When electric field strength E increases, the number of field lines increase
 Field lines are always perpendicular from its source
 Stronger field lines retain their shape better therefore are less distorted by other charges around

When 2 or more charges are placed in the vicinity of each other, the resultant E‐field shape will be a
combination of the individual E‐field.
 When both point charges are of the same magnitude, the shape will be symmetrical
 When both point charges are of different magnitude, the shape will be asymmetrical
Almost uniform E‐field can be obtained with oppositely charged parallel plates when the length of the plates
is much longer than the distance between them.
or
zo
an
Uniform electric field
M
An uniform electric field is defined as an electric field whose influence over a charge is constant regardless of
the point of the space taken into consideration.
An electric field generated by a point charge is not uniform because the electric field lines are spaced
further apart as the distance from the charge increases. (The electric field gets weaker.)
hid
Electrical Insulators and Conductors

Materials that allow electrons to flow through them easily are called electrical conductors. In all metals,
outermost electrons in each atom are so loosely held that they are able to move freely between atoms.
These free electrons make metals very good electrical conductors. Non‐metals, such as graphite and some
as
solutions are also good conductors.

R
Materials which do not conduct charges are called non‐conductors or insulators. Their electrons are all
tightly held to atoms and are not normally free to move‐ though they can be disturbed if a material is rubbed.
Examples of insulators include rubber, glass, diamond, most plastics, dry wood and dry air.
Note:
Insulators have very few free electrons (about 1 per cubic millimetre, for plastics). Conductors have many
ir
free electrons (about 1 billion per cubic millimetre, for copper).

S

Lightning as potential electrostatic hazards
or
zo
an
M
Thunderclouds are charged with a large amount of negative charges. The charges arise due to the friction
between the water molecules and air molecules as the wind shifts them around.
These highly charged clouds ionize the air around it, which causes the air bodies near the clouds to be slightly
conductive. The Earth is at a higher potential than the clouds, hence the negative charges in the cloud will
want to go to the ground. These negative charges will flow through the ionized air (conductive) to the
ground. During this process, the air is heated up rapidly which produces the light (lightning) and sound
hid
(thunder). The negative charges will typically take the shortest path possible between the thunderclouds and
the ground. Hence, it is dangerous to stand under trees, swim in the sea or play in an open field during
thunderstorm.
as
Buildings, especially tall ones, are frequently subjected to lightning attacks. If a building is not suitably
“protected”, its structure would be severely damaged in the process. Lightning rods are now fitted in top of
buildings for protection. When thunderclouds are nearby, positive charges are induced on the lightning
R
conductors. The induced positive charges remove the electrons from the nearby air and ionise the
surrounding air. The positively charged air then flow upwards to neutralize the thundercloud.
Fires due to electrostatic charges

ir
Tyres of a moving truck acquire negative charge by friction from the road. Parts of the metal body of the
S
truck near the tyres then become positively charged by induction and sparks may be produced. This can
cause flammable material in the truck to catch fire or explode.
That is why trucks carrying inflammable liquids usually have a metal chain dangling to the ground at the rear.
Oil tanks and pipes are earthed to prevent static electricity from building up.
Aircraft tyres are made of slightly conductive rubber so that during touchdown, the charges that have built up
on the body of the aircraft during flight can be discharged harmlessly.

Applications of electrostatics
or
zo
Photocopier
An electrostatic copier works by arranging positive charges in a pattern to be copied on the surface of a non‐
an
conducting drum, and then gently sprinkling negatively charged dry toner particles onto the drum. The toner
particles temporarily stick to the pattern on the drum and are later transferred to the paper and ‘melted’ to
produce the copy.
Spray Painting
M
In spray painting, particles of paint are give positive charge as they leave the nozzle of a spray gun. The object
to be painted is earthed so that there is an electric field between the nozzle and the object. The charged
paint droplets follow the field lines are are deposited evenly over the surface of the object.
Electrostatic Precipitator
hid
Tiny particles of soot, ash, and dust are major components of the airborne emissions from fossil fuel‐burning
power plants and from many industrial processing plants. Electrostatic precipitators can remove nearly all of
these particles from the emissions.
as
The flue gas containing the particles is passed between the series of positively charged metal plates and
negatively charged wires. The strong electric field around the wires creates negative ions in the particles. The
negatively charged particles are attracted by positively charged plates and collect on them. Periodically, the
R
plates are shaken so that the collected soot, ash, and dust slide down into a collection hopper.
Van de Graaff generator

A Van de Graaff generator is an electrostatic generator which uses a moving
belt to accumulate electric charge on a hollow metal globe on the top of
an insulated column, creating very high electric potentials.
ir
S

Current Electricity
The electric charges in motion is called electric current and it forms the basis of current electricity. Static
electricity, or electrostatics, on the other hand involves charges at rest. Electric current (I) is the rate of flow
of charges.(Q)
 SI unit: Ampere (A)

 Can be measured by an ammeter (must be connected in SERIES to the circuit)
I=Q/t
A current of one ampere is a flow of charge at the rate of one coulomb per second.
or
For electric current in a metal conductor (a solid), the charge carriers are electrons. For historical reasons, the
direction of the conventional current is always treated as the opposite direction in which electron effectively
zo
moves.
 Current in gases and liquid generally consists of a flow of positive ions in one direction together with a
an
flow of negative ions in the opposite direction.
Electric current generates a magnetic field. The strength of the magnetic field depends on the magnitude of
the electric current. M
Current electricity consists of any movement of electric charge carriers, such as subatomic charged particles
(e.g. electrons having negative charge, protons having positive charge), ions (atoms that have lost or gained
one or more electrons), or holes (electron deficiencies that may be thought of as positive particles)
If the direction of the current (charge flow) is fixed, it is known as a direct current. If the motion of the
hid

electric charges is periodically reversed; it is called an alternating current.
Analogy to river:
as
In order to help you understand the concept of current better, you can think of a river. Current in an electric
circuit is similar to water flowing through the river.
R
Electromotive Force
Electromotive Force (e.m.f.) of a source is the energy converted from non‐electrical to electrical form when
one coulomb of positive charge passes through the source.
ir
SI unit: Volt (V)

S
emf = W/Q (OR) E/Q, where W = work done by source, Q = amount of positive charges, E= Energy
Dissipated

Potential Difference
Potential difference between two points is defined as the energy converted from electrical to other forms
when a coulomb of positive charge passes between the two points.
 SI unit: Volt (V)
V = W/Q (OR) E/Q, where W = work done by source, Q = amount of positive charges, E= Energy Dissipated
IMPORTANT: There can be e.m.f. without a closed circuit. BUT there cannot be a potential difference without
a closed circuit.
or
Analogy to waterfalls:
In order to help you understand the concept of potential difference better, you can think of a waterfall. In the
zo
case of a waterfall, the water flows due to a height difference. In electric circuits, current flows between two
points due to the existence of potential difference between the two points. No potential difference = no
an
current.
Source in Series
M
When two or more sources are arranged so that the
positive terminal of one is connected to the negative
terminal of the next, they are said to be in series and their
e.m.f.s add up.
hid
This arrangement gives increased e.m.f. because, the

charge flowing round a circuit will pass through more than
one source and gains electrical potential energy from each of them.
as
Sources in Parallel
R
Cells can also be arranged in parallel. In this, all the positive

terminals are connected together and all the negative
terminals are connected together. The combined e.m.f. in
parallel connection will not increase like in the series
connection. But the battery will last longer before going flat.
ir
S
Potential Difference
When a torch bulb is connected to a battery, the torch bulb gets lit. The battery converts chemical energy
into electrical energy and is therefore a source of electrical energy. The torch bulb converts electrical energy
into heat and light and is therefore a sink of electrical energy.

 Dissipation of electrical energy between two points (e.g. across torch bulb) in an electrical circuit
causes potential difference (p.d.) between those two points.
The potential difference (p.d.) between two points in a closed circuit is defined as the energy converted from
electrical to other forms when a unit positive charge passes between the two points.
 SI unit of p.d. is the volt (V). It is the same as that of e.m.f.. (Both are measures of electrical potential
energy, e.m.f. is gained electrical energy while potential difference is lost electrical energy.)
 V=WQ
Resistance
By increasing p.d. across the ends of a conductor, current flow can be increased. But the increase in the
or
amount of current flow depends on the conducting ability of the conductor. Some conductors offer some
resistance to current flow than others.
zo
Resistance (R) of a conductor is defined as the ratio of
potential difference (V), across the conductor to the current
an
(I), flowing through it.
 SI unit of resistance is the ohm Ω.

 V = IR M
Ohm’s Law
Ohm’s law states that, the current flowing in a metallic conductor is directly proportional to the potential
difference applied across its ends, provided that all other physical conditions, such as temperature, are
hid
constant. Comparing with V=IR, thus, R must be constant for a metallic conductor under steady physical
conditions.
as
R
ir
Resistivity
S
Besides temperature, experimental results shows that the resistance (R of a given conductor) also depends
on the composition and size. Resistance, R is found to be:
 directly proportional to its length, L

 inversely proportional to its cross‐sectional area

 dependent on the type of material
R=ρLA
where R = resistance in ohm (Ω), A = cross‐sectional area of conductor in metre2 (m2) , L = length of conductor
in metre (m), and ρ = resistivity of material in ohm‐metre (Ωm).
Thinner wires have higher resistance than thicker wires.
Effective resistance of resistors

In many situations, several electrical devices are connected to the same power supply. There are two basic
or
methods of connecting resistors or other devices together. They are called series and parallel connections.
The derivation of the formula for effective resistance for series and parallel resistors can be found at the end
of this post.
zo
Effective Resistance of Resistors
an
Resistors in Series
M
If individual resistors are connected from end to end,
the resistors are said to be connected in series. The
effective resistance, R, of three resistors of resistances
R1, R2; and R3 connected in series (shown in the figure)
is given by:
R=R1+R2+R3
In general, if there are n resistors in series, the effective resistance R is given by:
hid
R=R1+R2+….+Rn
Note: In a series connection, the effective resistance, R, is always larger than the largest of the
individual resistances.
as
Resistors in Parallel
R
If each end of individual resistors are connected

together to one another as one, the resistors are
said to be connected in parallel.
The effective resistance, R, of three resistors of
resistances R1, R2 and R3 connected in parallel is
ir
given by:
S
1/R=1/R1+1/R2+1/R3
In general, if there are n resistors in parallel, the
effective resistance R is given by:
1/R=1/R1+1/R2+ ……+1/Rn
Note: In a parallel connection, the effective resistance, R, is always smaller than the smallest of the
individual resistances.

I/V characteristic graphs
Metallic conductors at constant temperature
The I‐V graph of metallic conductor is a straight line

pass through the origin. They obey Ohm’s Law, having
resistance that is independent of current. (Ohmic
conductors)
Reason: Resistance in metal is the reduction of the drift

velocity of electrons due to collision with the lattice
or
ions. If the temperature of the conductor is kept
constant, the magnitude of the vibration of the lattice
ions remain the same, and hence it’s resistance would
zo
remain the same.
an
Filament lamp
 From the I/V graph, the ratio V/I increases as current

increases.
M
Resistance of the filament lamp increase with
temperature.
Reason: As the potential difference across a filament lamp

increases, the current increases and the energy dissipated, as
heat, increases, resulting in a higher temperature. As the
hid
temperature increases, resistance of the filament increases. The

collision between the free electrons and the lattice ions
increases due to more rigorous vibration of the lattice ions.
as
Thermistor
R
 From the I‐V curve, the ratio V/I decreases for

increasing current. Resistance decreases with
increasing current.
ir
S

Direct Current Circuit (DC)
A direct current (DC) is a flow of charges around
a circuit in the same direction all the time.
 Batteries supply DC and most appliances

need DC to function.
Alternating current (AC) is a flow of charges

around a circuit that reverses its direction at
regular intervals, usually many times a second.
or
 Household electrical power is supplied in
the form of AC which usually needs to be
rectified to DC before use.
zo
Electric Circuits and symbols
an
An electric circuit is a collection of electrical
devices, called circuit elements connected
by conductors in a closed path (i.e., in a
complete loop).
M
Circuit elements include, source of electrical
energy (e.g. battery), sink of electrical
energy (e.g. light bulb), and switch to
hid
complete or break the circuit. Conductors

(e.g., copper wires) are then used to
connect them together.
as
Electrical Symbols
R
Circuit diagrams are essential part of the

study of current electricity and are often
drawn symbolically. In circuit diagrams,
various circuit elements are represented by
standard electric symbols.
ir
S

Circuit Diagrams
A simple circuit, with a cell (if a series of cells is used, it is called a battery) and a resistor or bulb
Circuit diagram showing the measurement of current in the

circuit and potential difference across a circuit element (e.g.
the resistor).
 An ammeter is used to measure the current flowing in

the circuit and must be inserted in series with the
circuit element as shown.
or
 A voltmeter measures the potential difference between
two points in a circuit and must be connected in parallel
zo
to the circuit element as shown.
 Variable resistor can be used as a rheostat to control current or as a potential divider to
an
control voltages.
 The fuse is a short piece of thin wire which overheats and melts to break the circuit if current
of more than its rated value flows through it. A fuse is connected in series to protect devices

in the circuit. M
Resistance of a thermistor (thermally sensistive resistor) decreases rapidly as its surrounding
temperature rises.
 Resistance of light dependent resistor (LDR) decreases with increasing surrounding light
intensity.
 A light emitting diode (LED) allows current to flow in only one direction. When current is
allowed to pass, it shines brightly with only a small voltage across it. LED is used as on/off
hid
indicator in many electronic devices such as televisions, computers.

 A earth connector is a conductor that connects directly to earth.
as
Series Circuits
Series circuits has the same current through each circuit components BUT different potential
R
difference across each circuit components.
Same Current
ir
 In a series circuit, the flow of charges

has only one path to follow. The flow of
S
charge passes through each component

in turn.
 Therefore, in a series circuit, the
current at every point is the same.
 Adding a new component to the series
circuit reduces the current flow
throughout because of the added
resistance of the new component.

Electric power and energy
Electrical energy is easily converted to other forms of energy by operation of different
electrical appliances, but unsafe use of electricity causes electric fire and shock, that
might lead to serious injuries or even death to users.
Using fuses, circuit breakers, switches and earthing wires in electrical appliances are
safety features in preventing both electrical fire and shock.
Heating effect of electricity
or
 Current flowing through a large resistor, converts electrical energy into heat
(thermal) energy. This is the heating effect of electric current.
zo
 This heating effect concept is used in all the heat‐generating household appliances
such as electric kettle, ovens, heaters, iron, hair dryers, toasters and electric
an
cookers etc.
 These electrical appliances have a heating element which is made of high
resistance, such as nichrome wire. The amount of heating effect is controlled by

M
varying the amount of current flowing through the heating element.
Apart from heating effect, electric current also has effects in magnetic and chemical
(as in electrolysis) from.
Measurement of electrical power and energy

hid
The rate of heating effect is usually measured is power units, i.e., the kilowatt (kW),
while the amount of energy converted is usually measured in energy unit, i.e., the
kilowatt‐hour (kWh).
as
Power (P) of electrical appliances is given by:

R
P=I2R V2R VI

Where;
V = voltage applied across appliance, I = current flowing through appliance
ir
R = total resistance of appliance

S
– SI unit for power is the kilowatt (kW) – 1 W = 1 J s‐1 => 1 kW = 1000 W = 1000 J s‐1

Energy converted (E) of electrical appliances is given by
E=Pt=I2Rt=V2Rt=VIt
where,
V = voltage applied across appliance, I = current flowing through appliance
R = total resistance of appliance, t = total time taken
– SI unit for energy conversion is the kilowatt‐hour (kWh)
or
– 1 kWh = (1000 W) X (60 X 60 s) = 3 600 000J = 3600 kJ = 3.6 MJ
– Appliances with high power rating consume more electrical energy per unit time.
zo
Notes:
an
Many, if not all, electrical appliances are not 100% efficient. Some of the electrical
energy are converted to other forms of energy. e.g. light, sound and etc.
Cost of using electrical appliances M

 Domestic consumption of electrical energy is measured by electrical meters units of
kilowatt‐hour (kWh).
 Each consumed energy unit (kWh) is billed according to a fixed or variable rate. The
total cost of energy usage for a defined period is the product of number of
hid
consumed energy units in kWh and the charge per energy unit.
 At the beginning of each month, the electricity meter of the domestic household is
read and the total number of energy units consumed so far is recorded. The
as
difference between last month’s reading and this month’s reading is the current
month’s consumption.
R
Dangers of Electricity
Most dangerous consequences of using electricity are electric shock and electric fire. They are
usually caused by damaged insulation, overheating of cables or damp conditions.
ir
Damaged insulation
S
 Rubber is used as insulation for the current‐carrying conductors of most electrical appliances.
 Rubber insulation is prone to damage due to regular bending and twisting. (Common
appliances that bend/twist during usage: Hair dryer and Iron) The rubber insulation might
break apart and expose the wire.
 This damaged insulation would result in
1. Electric shock →→ resulting in serious injury or even death to users.
2. Short circuit in the current path by connecting exposed current‐carrying conductors
together →→ resulting in the wires heating up →→ fire hazard.

Overheating of cables
 Especially thin wire conductors, when very large currents are made to flow through these
conductors, these wire conductors will heat up and produce very high temperatures. Short‐
circuit or overloading of cables are conditions that lead to such large currents.
 This overheating of cables would result in melting of the insulation and catching fire.
Damp Condition
 Effective body resistance drop drastically from 100 kΩ to 100 Ω under damp condition (wet
environment condition). Activities like sweating, bathing and etc lower the effective resistance
or
of our body.
 This damp condition, coupled with unsafe usage of electrical appliances, would result in large
currents flowing through our body causing electrical shock and leading to serious injury or
zo
even death.
an
Electricity in the home
Electricity is supplied to the households via the mains:
M
 Live wire (L): high voltage (240 V) wire or main wire
that carries current into the house circuit. (Typically
coloured BROWN)
 Neutral wire (N): Zero voltage wire or main wire that
carries current out of the house circuit. (Typically
hid
coloured BLUE)
as
R
Fuse and circuit breakers

ir
In order to prevent excessive currents flowing into the home circuit, electrical appliances and its
S
cables, fuses and circuit breakers are wired into the live wire and used as safety devices.
 A fuse is usually made up of a tin‐coated copper wire. When current exceeds its design rating
value. The wire will overheat and melt, thus opening the electrical circuit. It will prevent
further damage to the appliance or user. It cannot be reused.
 A circuit breaker is usually made up of a reusable spring‐loaded type of switch. The function of
the circuit breaker is similar to that of the fuse. If current exceeds its breaking setting, it will

spring open and break the circuit as in a fuse. The device can be reused by resetting the
spring‐loaded switch.
It is correct to fix the fuse or circuit breaker at the live wire before the
appliance. When the circuit is loaded with excessive current, the fuse or
circuit breaker will break and open the circuit. It will prevent
overloading, burning or damaging the appliance.
 Connecting the fuse or circuit breaker to the neutral wire is incorrect, i.e., even when the
circuit is opened due to excessive currents, the appliance may still be at live potential,
creating possibility of an electric shock.
The current limit through the fuse (fuse rating) can be controlled by varying the thickness of the tin‐
or
coated copper wire. Thicker the wire, the larger the heating effect needed to melt the connection,
thus permitting larger current to flow.
zo
 Different fuse ratings and circuit breaker settings are used in
different appliances according to their power requirements.
an
The rating limits used is normally slightly higher than the
normal current needed by the appliance.
Switch
M
Switch is used to open or close the electrical circuit.
Open the switch = NO current is flowing through the circuit.
Close the switch = Current can flow through the circuit.
The switch should be connected to the LIVE wire and not the neutral or earthing wire. If you connect
hid
the switch to the neutral wire, even if the switch is opened, the appliance will still be connected to
the live wire. This increases the possibility of an electric shock.
The switch should be connected BEFORE the appliance. (There’s no way for you to connect after the
appliance.)
as
R
Need for earthing and double insulation

Earthing is the act of connecting the metal casing of the appliance to earth via a wired connection to
the bare ground. Earthing wires are usually have a green and yellow bands around them. Why do
you need earthling? Consider this scenario:
ir
 The live wire is frayed and touched the metal casing of the appliance. (Another phrase for this
S
is: The metal casing of the appliance becomes live.)

 The appliance do not have an earthing cable.
 YOU touched the metal casing of the appliance.
 Your body would have completed the circuit →→ electricity will pass through your body.
 The current is not high enough to trigger the breaking of fuse in the power plug.
 You get electrocuted.

If you have earthing (connecting the metal casing to the ground), the current will have two paths to
take to complete the circuit:
1. The low resistance earthing wire

2. Your body (Note that your body have very high electrical resistance (orders of magnitude
larger) when compared to the earthing wire)
From the theory for current flows in parallel circuits, the current through the low resistance earthing
wire will be orders of magnitude higher than the current flowing through your body (which will be
negligible). In effect, the situation can be summarised as “the current flowing through the low
resistance earthing wire instead of your body”.
or
Hence, the earthing will divert the current into the earth by providing an alternate path to the large
current flow via the earth wire, rather than through the user’s body.
zo
Double Insulation
an
There are some appliances which do NOT have an
earth wire. They have another way to protect the
user: double insulation. Double insulation protects
M
the user of the appliance from an electrical shock
by preventing any possibility of the external casing
becoming live (the live wire can not touch the
casing even if wires inside become loose), thus
eliminating the need for an earth connection. The
two layers of insulation are:
hid
 First insulation: Insulating electrical cable

from the internal component of the
appliance.
as
 Second insulation: Insulating internal metal part which could become live from the external
casing.
R
Resistance Color Band

ir
S

or
zo
an
M
hid
Ohms Law Formula Wheel

as
R
ir
S

Formula's
&
Current
Current of Electricity
Current = rate of flow of charges
Symbols
I = Q / ∆t Q = Charge
t=time
Ohm’s Law V = voltage,
Resistance R = resistance
R=V/I I = current
Resistance of a wire ρ = resistivity Practical Electricity
R = ρL/A L = length of wire Electric Power P = Power
or
A = cross sectional area V = voltage
2
D.C. Circuits P = VI = V2/R = I R R = resistance
Kirchoff’s 1st Law Conservation of charges. I = current
∑ Iin = Sum of current going into a Electrical Energy E = energy output
zo
junction E = Pt = (VI)t P = power
� Iin = � Iout
∑ Iout = Sum of current going out t = time
of a junction V = voltage
an
Kirchoff’s 2nd Law ∑ V = Sum of potential difference V I = current
across all components in a circuit
E.M.F = Voltage supplied by the
� V = E. M. F
power supply.
Resistance in Series
Rtotal = R1 + R2 + R3
R1 R2
M
R3
I
Resistance in Parallel V
R1
1 1 1 1
= + +
R total R1 R 2 R 3 R2
R3
hid
Symbols and units of physical quantities

as
You should be able to state where they indicated. (multipliers: M mega, k kilo, c centi, m milli.)
R
Quantity Symbol Unit
potential difference / voltage V V, mV

current I A, mA
charge Q C
ir
e.m.f. E V
resistance R Ω
S

01.
Diagram 1 shows two thin, uncharged strips of plastic.
Diagram 2 shows the same strips after they have been
MCQ's
rubbed with a dry cloth.
strips strips
of plastic of plastic
or
zo
an
diagram 1 diagram 2
Which row describes the charge on the strips after rubbing, and the force between the strips after
M
rubbing?
charge on strips force between strips
A opposite attraction
B opposite repulsion
hid
C the same attraction

A B C D
D the same repulsion
as
02.
R
A voltmeter and an ammeter are used to measure the resistance of a resistor.

Which diagram shows the voltmeter and the ammeter correctly connected?
A B C D
ir
S
A V
A V A
V
A
V
A B C D

03.
A student sets up four circuits. In which circuit is there a heater in series with a fuse?
A B C D
or
A B C D
zo
04.
an
The diagram shows a circuit containing a d.c. power supply, a motor and a variable resistor.
Three ammeters X, Y and Z show the current in different parts of the circuit.
+ – M The reading on X is 4.0 A. Which statement is correct?
A The readings on Y and Z are both less than 4.0 A.
X A A Z B The readings on Y and Z are both equal to 4.0 A.
C The readings on Y and Z are both greater than 4.0 A.
A M
hid
D The reading on Z is zero.

Y
A B C D
as
05.
R
An electric heater is plugged into the mains supply using a fused plug.
The current in the heater is 10 A.
The cable attached to the heater is rated at 15 A.

ir
The fuses available are rated at 1 A, 3 A, 5 A and 13 A.

S
Which fuse should be used?

A 1A B 3A C 5A D 13 A
A B C D

06.
A lamp is to be connected in a circuit so that the potential difference (p.d.) across it can be
varied from 0 to 6 V. Which circuit would be most suitable?
A B
6V 6V
or
zo
an
C D
6V
M 6V
hid
A B C D
07.
Which statement about a voltmeter is correct?
as
A A voltmeter measures the current in a B A voltmeter measures the current in

component and is connected in series with a component and is connected in
the component. parallel with the component.
R
C A voltmeter measures the potential difference D A voltmeter measures the potential

(p.d.) across a component and is connected in difference (p.d.) across a component
series with the component. and is connected in parallel with the
component.
ir
08. A B C D
S
The diagrams show different resistor arrangements.

Which arrangement has the smallest combined resistance?
A B C D
10 Ω 10 Ω
10 Ω 10 Ω 10 Ω 5Ω
5Ω 10 Ω
A B C D

09.
Four wires are made from the same metal. Which wire has the lowest resistance?
length of diameter of
wire / cm wire / mm
A 20 0.20
B 20 0.40
C 40 0.20
D 40 0.40
or
A B C D
10.
zo
A student sets up a circuit containing a battery of two cells and three lamps, as shown.
What is the circuit diagram for this arrangement?
– + – +
an
M
A B C D
hid
as
R
A B C D
11.
The diagram shows a potential divider circuit.
The resistance of the variable resistor is increased.
ir
Which row shows what happens to the reading on voltmeter

P and on voltmeter Q?
S
V P
reading on voltmeter P reading on voltmeter Q
A decreases decreases
V Q B decreases increases
C increases decreases
D increases increases
A B C D

12.
The current in a kettle is 10 A and the kettle is protected by a 13 A fuse.
The owner of the kettle replaces the 13 A fuse with a 3 A fuse. What happens when the kettle is
switched on?
A The fuse melts and the kettle might be damaged.
B The fuse melts and the kettle is undamaged.
C The fuse does not melt and the kettle works correctly.
D The fuse does not melt but the kettle fails to work.
A B C D
13.
or
On a hot summer day, the level of the water in a pond falls.
Which statement explains this?
zo
A The least energetic water molecules escape from the surface and do not return.
an
B The least energetic water molecules escape from the surface and then return.
C The most energetic water molecules escape from the surface and do not return.
D
M
The most energetic water molecules escape from the surface and then return.
A B C D
14.
A battery stores chemical potential energy. The battery is connected to a resistor.
hid
As the battery runs down, what happens to its chemical energy?

The energy is transferred by and ends up as
A electrical working internal energy in the resistor

as
B electrical working potential energy in the resistor

R
C mechanical working internal energy in the resistor

D mechanical working potential energy in the resistor
A B C D
15.
ir
The diagram shows a circuit including a lamp, an electric bell and three switches S1, S2 and S3.
S
The lamp and bell are not faulty. The bell is ringing but the lamp is not lit. Which switches are closed?
S1 A S1 only
B S1 and S2 only
C S1 and S3 only
S2
D S1, S2 and S3
A B C D
S3

16.
A student is designing a lighting circuit for a dolls’ house. He sets up two different circuits.
Each circuit contains a 12 V power supply and three identical lamps. Each lamp is designed to
operate at normal brightness when connected individually to a 12 V supply.
12 V power 12 V power
supply supply
12
12
or
zo
circuit 1
circuit 2
Which statement is correct?
an
A In circuit 1, each of the lamps is at normal brightness.
B In circuit 1, if one lamp fails, the other lamps remain lit.
C
M
In circuit 2, if one lamp fails, the other lamps remain lit.
D In circuit 2, the current from the power supply is less than in circuit 1.
A B C D
17.
hid
A cell has an electromotive force (e.m.f.) of 1.5 V.

What does this statement mean?
as
A The cell converts 1.0 J of energy when driving 1.5 C of charge round a complete circuit.
B The cell converts 1.5 J of energy when driving 1.0 C of charge round a complete circuit.
R
C The cell converts 1.5 J of energy per second when driving 1.0 C of charge round a complete
circuit.
D The cell converts 1.5 W of power when driving 1.0 C of charge round a complete circuit.
ir
A B C D
18.
S
Which two changes to a metal wire both increase resistance?

A decreasing its length and increasing its temperature
B increasing its length and decreasing its temperature
C decreasing its thickness and increasing its temperature
D increasing its thickness and decreasing its temperature
A B C D

19.
A simple wiring diagram for an electric cooker is shown.
electric cooker
metal casing
live
or
neutral
earth
zo
connection to casing
an
Why is there a wire connecting the metal case of the cooker to earth?
A It improves the efficiency of the cooker.

B
C
M
It prevents the metal case from becoming too hot when the cooker is left on.
It reduces the risk of an electric shock if the live wire touches the metal case.
D The electric cooker will not switch on without it.
A B C D
hid
20.
A metal sphere is charged by induction. There are four stages W, X, Y and Z in this process.
as
W a charged rod is brought near to the sphere

R
X the sphere is earthed

Y the charged rod is taken away from the sphere
Z the earth connection is removed
In which order are the four stages carried out?

ir
A W → X → Y → Z C Z → W → X → Y
S
B W → X → Z → Y D X → Z → W → Y
A B C D

21.
The current in a kettle is 10 A and the kettle is protected by a 13 A fuse.
The owner of the kettle replaces the 13 A fuse with a 3 A fuse.
What happens when the kettle is switched on?
A The fuse melts and the kettle might be damaged.

B The fuse melts and the kettle is undamaged.
C The fuse does not melt and the kettle works correctly.
D The fuse does not melt but the kettle fails to work. A B C D
or
22.
zo
Two wires X and Y are made from the same metal and have the same resistance.
Which row identifies a possible pair of values for X and for Y?
an
length of X diameter of X length of Y diameter of Y
/ cm / mm / cm / mm
A
B
50
50
0.40
0.40
M 200
200
0.10
0.20
C 50 0.40 200 0.80
D 50 0.40 200 1.60
A B C D
hid
23.
Identical resistors are connected together to form arrangements X, Y and Z.
as
R
X Y Z
What is the correct order of the resistances of the arrangements from the largest to the smallest?
ir
AX→Y→ZBY→X→ZCZ→X→YDZ→Y→X
S
A B C D
24.
Where must a fuse be connected in a mains electric circuit?
A the earth wire only C the neutral wire only
B the live wire only D the live wire and the earth wire
A B C D

25.
A plastic rod is rubbed with a dry cloth. The rod becomes positively charged.
Why has the rod become positively charged?
A It has gained electrons. C It has lost electrons.

B It has gained neutrons. D It has lost neutrons.
A B C D
26.
A teacher asks her class “What quantity can be recorded in volts?”.
or
Student 1 says “The potential difference across a resistor”.
zo
Student 2 says “The rating of a fuse”.
Student 3 says “The electromotive force of a battery”.
an
Which students are correct?
27.
1 only B 1 and 2 M C 1 and 3 D 2 and 3
A B C D
The circuit shows two lamps connected to a d.c. supply.

hid
as
R
The same lamps and power supply are arranged in different ways, as shown.
P Q R
ir
S
In which circuits will the lamps be the same brightness as in the original circuit?
A Q only B P and Q only C P and R only D P, Q and R

A B C D

28.
A 12 V battery is connected to a combination of 2.0 Ω resistors as shown.
12 V
What is the current in the battery?
A 1.5 A B 2.0 A
2.0 Ω
C 4.0 A D 6.0 A
2.0 Ω
or
A B C D
2.0 Ω
zo
29.
A student uses 100 cm of resistance wire XY in a circuit to make a potential divider.
an
X
sliding contact M He changes the length of wire l by moving the

sliding contact along the resistance wire.
Which graph shows how the voltmeter reading

changes as the length of wire l is increased
l from zero to 100 cm?
V
hid
Y
A B
as
voltmeter voltmeter
reading / V reading / V
R
0 0
0 100 0 100
ir
l / cm l / cm
S
C D
voltmeter voltmeter
reading / V reading / V
0 0
0 100 0 100
l / cm l / cm
A B C D

30.
The circuit shows a wire WX connected to a cell.
100 cm
W X
or
The potential difference (p.d.) between W and X is 1.5 V.
zo
What is the reading on the voltmeter?
A 0.4 V B 0.6 V C 0.9 V D 4.0 V
an
A B C D
31. M
A student determines the resistance of an electric lamp.
He measures the current in the lamp and the potential difference (p.d.) across it.
Which circuit did he use?

hid
A B
as
A
R
A V V
C D
ir
S
V V
A A
A B C D

32.
A resistor is connected to a battery. There is a current in the resistor.
What is the main energy change?
A Chemical energy is converted into thermal energy.

B Chemical energy is converted into gravitational potential energy.
C Nuclear energy is converted into thermal energy.
D Nuclear energy is converted into gravitational potential energy.
A B C D
or
33.
zo
Lamps X and Y are designed to operate at normal brightness when each are connected
WRD9supply.
an
Lamp Z is designed to operate at normal brightness when connected to a 6.0 V supply.
In which circuit do all three lamps operate at normal brightness?
A B
M C D
6V 6V 3V 6V
X Y X X
hid
X Y Z
Z Y Y
as
Z Z
R
34. A B C D
Which circuit shows a variable resistor used to control the brightness of a lamp?
ir
A B C D
S
A B C D

35.
A plastic rod is rubbed with a dry cloth. The rod becomes positively charged.
Why has the rod become positively charged?

B It has gained neutrons. D It has lost neutrons.
A B C D
36.
or
A circuit contains a cell of electromotive force (e.m.f.) of 2.0 V. The current in the circuit is 2.0 A.
How much energy is converted by the cell in 2.0 minutes?
zo
A 2.0 J B 4.0 J C 8.0 J D 480 J
an
A B C D
37.
M
The circuit diagram shows a cell connected in series to a resistor and a component X.
What is component X?
A bell B diode
X
hid
C heater D thermistor A B C D
38.
A circuit contains a cell of electromotive force (e.m.f.) 2.0 V, three resistors, three ammeters and
as
two voltmeters. One ammeter is labelled P and one voltmeter is labelled Q.

R
The readings on the other two ammeters and on the other voltmeter are shown.
What is the reading on ammeter P and

2.0 V
what is the reading on voltmeter Q?
ir
reading on P / A reading on Q / V
S
A 2.0 A 0.50 A A 1.5 1.5

A B 1.5 2.5
C 2.5 1.5
A D 2.5 2.5
V P
0.50 V V A B C D
Q

or
zo
an
M
hid
as
R
ir
S

01.
(a) A student rubs a plastic rod with a dry cloth, as shown in
Fig. 1.1. The rod becomes negatively charged.
plastic rod
Theory
dry cloth
Fig. 11
or
(i) Use words from the box to complete the sentence.
zo
air cloth electrons hand neutrons protons
an
The rod becomes negatively charged because ......................................... move from the
......................................... to the rod. [2]
(ii)
M
The student moves the rod close to a suspended, charged rod. The two rods repel each
other. State the type of charge on the suspended rod.
..................................................................................................................................... [1]
(iii) Explain your answer to (a)(ii).

hid
...........................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................... [1]
as
(b) A device has a metal case. Any charge on the case must be able to move to earth.
R
(i) Draw one ring around a material that is suitable for the connection to earth.
copper glass plastic rubber
(ii) Explain your answer to (b)(i).
[1]
...........................................................................................................................................
ir
..................................................................................................................................... [1]
S
[Total: 6]
(a)(i) electrons in 1st space cloth in 2nd space
(a)(ii) negative (a)(iii) like charges repel (each other)
(b)(i) ring around copper (b)(ii) (earth wire must be good electrical ) conductor

02.
A student makes a circuit to switch on a 6.0 V lamp from two different switches X and Y.
Fig. 2.1 shows the circuit.

Fig. 2.1
(a) Switch X is in position P.
State the position of switch Y

+
6.0 V
– for the lamp to be lit.
P R
or
switch X switch Y
Q S
zo
............................................................................................................................................. [1]
(b) The current in the lamp is 0.50 A when the potential difference (p.d.) across the lamp is 6.0 V.
an
Calculate the resistance of the lamp. Include the unit.
M
resistance = ......................................................... [4]
(c) The student connects another 6.0 V lamp in parallel with the first lamp, as shown in Fig. 9.2.
hid
Fig. 2.2
+ Give two advantages of

as
6.0 V
– connecting the lamps in parallel.
R
switch X switch Y
...................................................................................................................................................
ir
...................................................................................................................................................
S
............................................................................................................................................. [2]
[Total: 7]
(a) (position) R
(b) V = IR in any form (R =) 6.0 ÷ 0.5 OR 6.0 = 0.5 × R (R=) 12 Ω or ohms
(c) both lamps have correct p.d. OR voltage (across them)
if one lamp fails the other is still lit
===========Page
=== Page
21 of
4024
of Sir
440Rashid
- Sir Rashid
Manzoor
Manzoor
(03332101054
- 03332101054
- Pride===
Academy)=====
03 (a) A teacher demonstrates the action of a device. Fig. 3.1 shows the symbol for the device.
Fig.3.1
State the name of this device.
............................................................................................................................................. [1]
or
(b) Fig. 3.2 shows another device being used in a circuit. The circuit contains a 6.0 V lamp.
zo
C
+
an
12 V B
–
A sliding
M Fig. 3.2
contact
(i) The sliding contact of this device is at position A, as shown in Fig. 3.2.
Describe and explain the brightness of the lamp when the sliding contact is in this
position.
hid
brightness of lamp .............................................................................................................
explanation ........................................................................................................................
as
[2]
(ii) The teacher moves the sliding contact from position A to position B. Describe and explain
R
what happens to the brightness of the lamp.
...........................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................... [2]
ir
(iii) The teacher moves the sliding contact from position B to position C. Suggest what
happens to the lamp.
S
..................................................................................................................................... [1]
[Total: 6]
(a) thermistor
(b)(i) low (brightness) OR off pd or voltage (across lamp) is zero or almost zero
(b)(ii) (brightness / it) increases p.d. / voltage (across lamp) increases
(b)(iii) lamp blows / fuses (when p.d. too high)

4 Fig. 4.1 and Fig. 4.2 each show an electrical circuit. Each circuit has two lamps connected to an
electrical supply.
or
.......................... circuit .......................... circuit
zo
Fig. 4.1 Fig. 4.2
(a) State the term used to describe each electrical circuit. Write the term under each circuit. [2]
an
(b) State two disadvantages of the circuit in Fg. 4.2.
M
1. ...............................................................................................................................................
2. ...............................................................................................................................................
[2]
(c) Redraw the circuit in Fig. 4.1 with switches that will turn lamps X and Y on and off independently
hid
of each other.
as
R
ir
S
[2]

(d) Fig.4.3 shows another circuit.
K W
or
S1 S2
J Z
zo
Fig. 4.3
an
The lamps can be turned on and off using two different switches S1 and S2.
M
Complete the table stating when the lamps are on or off. The first one has been done for you.
switch positions lamps

S1 S2 on or off
K Z off
K W
hid
J W
J Z
as
[3]
[Total: 9]
R
ir
S
(a) (Fig. 9.1 is a) parallel (circuit) (Fig. 9.2 is a) series (circuit)
(b) Any two from:

lamps less bright
if one lamp breaks the other does not light
lamps cannot be switched independently
(c) two correct switch symbols switch on each branch
(d) (K W) on (J W) off (J Z) on

05 Fig. 5.1 shows the apparatus for an experiment on electrostatics.
iron nail aluminium clamp

and stand
cotton thread (a) Identify the pieces of equipment

that are electrical conductors and those
that are electrical insulators.
plastic stirrup
Draw a line from each piece of
equipment to the correct box.
polythene
or
Fig. 5.1
zo
(c)
aluminium clamp and stand
an
conductor
plastic stirrup
iron nail
M insulator
cotton thread
[1]
hid
(b) State and explain how the polythene strip can be given a negative charge.
...................................................................................................................................................
as
...................................................................................................................................................
R
............................................................................................................................................. [2]
(c) Describe how the apparatus in Fig. 5.1 could be used to demonstrate that the polythene
strip has a negative charge.
ir
...................................................................................................................................................
S
...................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................. [2]
[Total: 5]
(a) clamp AND nail to conductor (c) (bring) a negatively charged

AND stirrup AND thread to insulator rod / strip / object near
(b) rubbed with a cloth repulsion
electrons transfer to polythene / from cloth

06 (a) A student tests some materials to find which ones are electrical conductors.
He uses the circuit in Fig. 6.1.
(i) State the name of component B.
Fig. 6.1 A ...........................................................
component B ............................................................
X Y
.............. [1]
or
(ii) Describe how the student can use the circuit in Fig. 6.1 to test whether a material is an
electrical conductor.
zo
...........................................................................................................................................
an
...........................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................... [2]
(iii)
M
State which materials are electrical conductors.
Put a tick in the box next to each material that is an electrical conductor.
plastic copper
hid
rubber gold [1]
(b) The student connects a resistor R, between X and Y. The student determines the resistance
of the resistor.
as
(i) Name the instrument he uses to measure the potential difference (p.d.) across resistor R.
R
..................................................................................................................................... [1]
(ii) The current in resistor R is 0.2 A when the p.d. across the resistor is 6.0 V. Calculate the
resistance of resistor R.
ir
resistance = .................................................... Ω [3]

S
[Total: 8]
(a)(i) variable resistor

(b)(i) voltmeter
(a)(ii) connect material in gap/between X and Y
(b)(ii)
if reading on ammeter material is a(n electrical) conductor
V = IR OR (R = ) V/I
(a)(iii) BOTH copper AND gold ticked i.e. 2nd and 4th boxes
= 6.0 ÷ 0. = 30 (Ω)

07 Fig. 7.1 shows a desktop computer. The computer is connected to a mains supply by a plug
containing a fuse.
or
Fig. 7.1
zo
(a) The computer has a metal case. A fault occurs and a live wire touches the metal case.
Explain how an earth wire and the fuse in the plug protect the user.
an
...................................................................................................................................................
M
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................. [3]
hid
(b) The computer contains a transformer. The input voltage to the transformer is 240 V and the
output voltage is 12.0 V. The input coil of the transformer has 3000 turns.
Calculate the number of turns on the output coil.
as
R
number of turns = ........................................................ [3]
[Total: 6]
ir
(a) any 3 from:

S
earth wire is connected to metal case

earth wire has low resistance
large current in earth wire
fuse in live wire
fuse (heats up and) melts
this disconnects case/computer/circuit from supply ( and so protects user)
(b) (Vp / Vs ) = (Np / Ns ) in any form
240 / 12 = 3000 / Ns OR Ns = 3000 × (12/240) OR Ns = 3000 / 20
150 (turns)

08 Fig.8.1 shows a circuit diagram that includes component X.
A
X
or
20 Ω
zo
30 Ω
Fig. 8.1
an
(a) State the name of component X.
M
............................................................................................................................................. [1]
(b) The electromotive force (e.m.f.) of the battery is E. The switch is closed.
The potential difference (p.d.) across the 30 Ω resistor is V30.

The p.d. across the 20 Ω resistor is V20.
The p.d. across component X is VX.
hid
State an equation that relates VX to:
(i) V30
as
..................................................................................................................................... [1]
R
(ii) E and V20.
..................................................................................................................................... [1]
(c) The e.m.f. of the battery is 6.0 V and the resistance of component X is 15 Ω.
ir
Calculate:
S
(i) the total resistance of the circuit
resistance = ......................................................... [3]

(ii) the ammeter reading.
reading = ......................................................... [2]
(d) The temperature of component X increases.
State and explain what happens to the ammeter reading.
or
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
zo
............................................................................................................................................. [2]
an
[Total: 10]
M
(a) thermistor c.a.o.
(b)(i) VX = V30
hid
(b)(ii) VX = E – V20 in any form
(c)(i) 1/R1 + 1/R2 = 1/Rtot OR (Rtot =) R1 R2 / (R1 + R2) OR 1/15 + 1/30 = 1/Rtot
OR (15 × 30) / (15 + 30)
as
10 (Ω) OR 10 + 20
R
30 Ω
(c)(ii) I = V / R in any form OR (I =) V / R OR 6.0 / 30
0.20 A
(d) resistance of X decreases

ir
ammeter reading / it increases and (total) resistance (of circuit) decreases /

S
more voltage across 20 Ω resistor

9 Fig. 9.1 shows current-potential difference (p.d.) graphs for a resistor and for a thermistor.
6.0
current / A
4.0
resistor
or
2.0 thermistor
zo
0
0 2.0 4.0 6.0 8.0
an
p.d. / V
M Fig. 9.1
(a) Calculate the resistance of the thermistor when the p.d. across it is 7.0 V.
hid
resistance = ......................................................... [2]
(b) In Table 9.1, tick the boxes that indicate the effect on the resistances of the resistor and of the
thermistor when the p.d. across them is increased from 0 to 7.0 V.
as
Table 9.1
R
component resistance increases resistance is constant resistance decreases

resistor
thermistor
[2]
ir
(c) The thermistor and the resistor are connected in parallel to a 7.0 V supply.
S
Calculate:
(i) the current from the supply
current = ......................................................... [2]

(ii) the energy transferred from the supply in 5.0 minutes.
energy = ......................................................... [2]
[Total: 8]
or
zo
an
M
(a) I = V / R in any form OR (R=) V / I OR 7.0 / 4.6
hid
1.5 Ω
(b) Resistor: resistance is constant

as
Thermistor: resistance decreases
(c)(i) 4.6 + 4.6

R
9.2 A
OR
Combined resistance = (1.522 / (1.52 + 1.52) = ) 0.76 Ω
(I = ) 7.0 / 0.76 = 9.2 A

ir
(c)(ii) (E =) IVt OR in words OR 9.2 × 7 × 5 × 60

S
19 000 J

10 Fig. 10.1 shows a 240 V mains supply connected to an air‑conditioning unit and a freezer. A fuse X
is placed in the circuit as shown.
240 V
air-conditioning
mains freezer
unit
supply
or
zo
Fig. 10.1
an
The freezer has an operating power of 700 W.(a)
Calculate the current in the freezer.

M
current = ......................................................... [2]
hid
(b) The maximum operating current of the air‑conditioning unit is 7.5 A.
Fuses of current rating 1 A, 3 A, 5 A, 10 A, 13 A and 30 A are available.

as
Suggest a suitable rating for fuse X. Give two reasons for your answer.
R
fuse rating .................................................................................................................................
Reason 1 ..................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
ir
...................................................................................................................................................
S
Reason 2 ..................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................. [3]

(c) A fuse is made out of a short length of wire.
Explain why fuses of a higher rating are made of thicker wire.
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................. [3]
or
(d) Electrical energy can be obtained from renewable and non‑renewable sources of energy.
zo
(i) State two renewable sources of energy.
an
Source 1 ........................................................
Source 2 ........................................................ [2]
(ii)
M
State one social, economic or environmental disadvantage of one of your answers to
(d)(i).
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
hid
..................................................................................................................................... [1]
[Total: 11]
as
(a) P = VI in any form 700

I (= ) = 2.9 A
R
240
(b) 13 A fuse
any two out of:

2.9 + 7.5 SEEN if too low it would break / blow / melt when the appliances are operating normally
if fuse too high wouldn’t break / blow until current was too high which would be dangerous (to
ir
people /wires /appliance)
(c) (Resistance inversely proportional to area so) resistance of thicker wire is lower
S
Fuse will melt at higher current
because heating effect = I 2 R OR less heating effect (for same current) owtte
(d)(i) Any two renewable sources of energy from: solar, wind, water, hydroelectric,
waves, tidal, geothermal
(d)(ii) Any relevant disadvantage for one of their correct answers to (d)(i) e.g.:
Energy for wind / waves / Sun not always available
Cost of building wind turbines or tidal barrages or hydroelectric dams
Wind turbines affect the scenery of some areas
Solar (farms) use (agricultural) land / takes up a lot of space

Alternative
01 A student is determining the resistance of a resistance wire. To
The circuit is shown in Fig. 2.1.
Practical
power supply
or
l
B
zo
sliding resistance
contact C wire
an
V
Fig. 1.1
M
(a) Record the current I in the circuit, as shown on the ammeter in Fig. 1.2.
0.4 0.6
0.2
hid
0.8
0 1.0
A
as
R
Fig. 1.2
ir
I = ........................................................ [1]
S
(b) The student places the sliding contact C at a distance l = 20.0 cm from B.
She records the potential difference V across the length l of the resistance wire.
She repeats the procedure using l values of 40.0 cm, 60.0 cm, 80.0 cm and 100.0 cm. All the
readings are shown in Table 2.1.
V
Calculate, and record in Table 2.1, for each value of l.
l
V
Complete the column heading.
l

Table 1.1 l / cm V/V V
/
l
20.0 0.50
40.0 0.92
60.0 1.62
80.0 2.08
100.0 2.40
or
[3]
V
zo
(c) Look carefully at the values of in Table 2.1.
l
(i) Tick the box to show your conclusion from the results.
an
V
is approximately constant.
l
V
l
is decreasing as V increases.
M
V
is increasing as V increases.
l
V
There is no simple pattern for in the results.
hid
l
[1]
(ii) Justify your conclusion by reference to your results.

as
...........................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................... [1]
R
V
(d) Calculate the resistance of 100 cm of the resistance wire using the equation R = , where
I
V is the potential difference across 100 cm of the resistance wire. Use the value of current I
from part (a). Give your answer to a suitable number of significant figures for this experiment
ir
and include the unit.

S
R = ........................................................ [3]

(e) In this type of experiment, it is sensible to keep the temperature of the resistance wire as
close to room temperature as possible. Suggest one way to minimise the rise in temperature
of the resistance wire.
...................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................. [1]
(f) Draw the circuit symbol for a variable resistor.
or
zo
[1]
an
[Total: 11]
M
(a)(i) I = 0.47(A)
hid
(b)(i) V/l 0.025

0.023
0.027
0.026
as
0.024
(b)(ii) V/l consistent 2 significant figures or consistent 3 significant figures

R
V/cm
(c) Box 1 ticked
Values are close OR values are within the limits of experimental accuracy
ir
(d) 5.1(1)
S
2 or 3 significant figures
Unit Ω
(e) Keep current low

OR switch off between readings
(f) Correct symbol

2 A student is investigating a resistance wire. She uses the circuit shown in Fig. 2.1.
power supply
A
P Q
crocodile clip
resistance wire
or
l
Fig. 2.1
zo
(a) (i) On Fig. 2.1, draw a voltmeter connected to measure the potential difference V across
terminals P and Q. [1]
an
(ii) The student connects the crocodile clip to a length l = 90.0 cm of the resistance wire and
measures the potential difference V across terminals P and Q and the current I in the
circuit.
M
2 3 0.4 0.6
1 4 0.2 0.8
0 5 0 1.0
hid
V A
as
R
Fig. 22 Fig. 2.3
Read, and record in Table 3.1, the values of V and I shown on the meters in Fig. 3.2 and
Fig. 3.3. [2]
ir
(b) The student then connects the crocodile clip to lengths l = 60.0 cm and l = 40.0 cm of the
resistance wire. She measures the potential difference V across terminals P and Q and the
S
current I in the circuit. Her readings are shown in Table 3.1.
Complete the column headings in Table 2.1. [1]

l / cm V/ I/ R/Ω
R Ω
/
l cm
90.0
60.0 2.5 0.52 Table 2.1
40.0 2.3 0.71
(c) (i) Calculate, and record in Table 2.1, the resistance R of each length l of the wire.
V
Use the readings from Table 2.1 and the equation R = .
I
or
[2]
zo
(ii) Calculate, and record in Table 2.1, the value of R for each length of the wire.
l
an
[1]
M
(d) Use your results in Table 2.1 to calculate the resistance R25 of a 25.0 cm length of the
resistance wire.
Show your working.
hid
R25 = ..................................................... Ω [1]

as
(e) Suggest one reason why different students, carrying out the experiment carefully with the
same equipment, may not obtain identical results.
R
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................. [1]
ir
S
(f) The student finds that, during the experiment, the wire becomes hot because of a high
current.
She decides to use a variable resistor to prevent this.
Complete the circuit in Fig. 2.4 to show a variable resistor used for this purpose in the
experiment.

power supply
or
zo
an
resistance wire
[2]
Fig. 2.4
M [Total: 11]
(a)(i) correct voltmeter symbol in parallel with P and Q

hid
(a)(ii) V = 2.6 (V)
I = 0.36 (A)
as
(b) correct units: V, A
(c)(i) correct calculations of R

R
consistent 2 or consistent 3 sig. figs.
(c)(ii) correct calculations or R / l
(d) R25 = 2.0 (Ω) and clear method seen

ir
e.g. proportion from other value(s) of R or use of R / l value(s)

S
(e) any one from:

difficult to judge position of crocodile clip,
difficult to measure wire to nearest mm,
contact between wire and crocodile clip not precise,
difficult to interpolate readings on meters between marks
(f) correct symbol for variable resistor
in series and with all circuit elements in correct arrangement

3 Some students are investigating a circuit containing different resistors.
They are using the circuit shown in Fig. 3.1.
power supply
or
Fig. 3.1
zo
X Y Z
an
(a) On Fig. 3.1, draw the symbol for a voltmeter connected to measure the potential difference V
across resistor X. [1]
(b) A student connects the voltmeter as described in (a) and measures the current I in the circuit
M
and the potential difference V across resistor X.
0.4 0.6 2 3
0.2 0.8 1 4
hid
0 1.0 0 5
A V
as
R
Fig. 3.2 Fig. 3.3
Read, and record in Table 3.1, the values of I and V shown on the meters in Fig. 3.2 and in
Fig. 3.3.
ir
Table 3.1
S
resistor
I/ V/ R/
combination
X
X and Y 0.23 3.3
X, Y and Z 0.21 5.0

The student connects the voltmeter to measure the potential difference V across the
combination of resistors X and Y together and then X, Y and Z together.
Her readings are shown in Table 3.1.
Complete the headings in Table 3.1.

[3]
(c) A student suggests that the current should remain constant when the voltmeter is used to
measure potential differences across the different combinations of resistors.
State whether the readings in Table 3.1 support this suggestion.
Justify your answer by reference to the readings.
statement ..................................................................................................................................
or
justification ................................................................................................................................
zo
...................................................................................................................................................
an
...................................................................................................................................................
[1]
(d) (i) Calculate, and record in Table 3.1, the resistance R of each combination of resistors.
M
Use the readings from Table 3.1 and the equation R = V .
I
hid
[2]
(ii) For resistors in series, the total resistance of the combination is the sum of the individual
resistances.
as
Use your results from Table 3.1 to calculate the resistances RY and RZ of resistors Y
and Z.
R
RY = ..............................................................
RZ = ..............................................................
[1]
ir
(e) (i) The circuit components are to be rearranged so that

S
• resistors X, Y and Z are in parallel

• the ammeter will measure the current in the circuit
• the voltmeter will measure the potential difference across the resistors.
In the space below, draw a diagram of this circuit.
[2]

(ii) One student sets up the circuit as described in (e)(i).
She measures the current IP in the circuit and the potential difference VP across the
resistors.
She uses these values to calculate the resistance RP of the resistors in parallel.
2.31
RP = .......................................................... Ω
Use the student’s result and your result from Table 3.1 to compare RP with the resistance
RS of the three resistors connected in series.
Tick the box next to the description that most closely matches the results.
or
RP = RS
zo
RP = 10RS
an
10RP = RS
None of these descriptions apply

M [1]
[Total: 11]
hid
as
(a) correct voltmeter symbol in parallel with X

R
(b) I = 0.22 (A)
V = 1.1 (V)
A, V, Ω
ir
3(c) statement matching results and

‘currents the same within limits of experimental accuracy’ / owtte
S
(d)(i) R values 5.0/ecf, 14(.3478), 24/(23.8095) (Ω)
consistent 2 or consistent 3 sig figs
(d)(ii) RY = 9.0 (Ω) and RZ = 10 (Ω)
(e)(i) 3 resistors in parallel arrangement and circuit symbols correct
voltmeter and ammeter in correct arrangement and circuit symbols correct
(e)(ii) 10RP = RS

01 Assignment
Static electricity
For questions 1 to 4, choose the correct answer by circling the letter.
1 Which of these subatomic particles has a negative charge?
(a) neutron (b) proton (c) electron (d) a & b [1]

2 Which of these is a conductor?
or
(a) plastic (b) silver (c) paper (d) glass [1]
zo
3 Earthing helps to prevent …
(a) sparks
an
(b) electric shocks
(c) charge building up
4
(d) all of the above
The SI unit of charge is …
M [1]
(a) coulomb (b) ampere (c) volt (d) watt [1]

5
(a) Why do most non-metals conduct charge poorly?

hid
��
�� [2]
as
(b) State one non-metal that is a conductor�
�� [1]
R
(a) Explain the following in terms of electric charge:
(i) a plastic comb attracts bits of paper

ir
�� [1]
S
(ii) a TV screen attracts dust
�� [1]
(iii) two charged rods repel each other
�� [1]

(b) Explain how the properties of electric charge can be used to reduce air pollution by a
power plant�
��
��
�� [3]
(a) Draw diagrams to show the distribution of charge on a metal sphere after being induced by
or
(i) a positively-charged rod
zo
an
M
[1]
(ii) a negatively-charged rod

hid
as
R
[1]
[Total: 15]
ir
S

Current electricity
1 An ammeter is used to measure …
02
(a) current
(b) potential difference
(c) power
(d) resistance [1]
2 Which of the following increases when cells are connected in series in a circuit?
or
(a) total resistance
(b) total current
zo
(c) total potential difference
(d) overall energy loss [1]
an
3 The resistance of a wire can be increased by …
(a) reducing the current
(b) increasing the current
(c) reducing its length
M
(d) increasing its length [1]
4 A thermistor conducts more current when …
(a) the temperature falls
hid
(b) the temperature increases

(c) the length increases
as
(d) the length is reduced [1]

5
R
(a) Draw the symbols for the following:
(i) ammeter
ir
[1]
S
(ii) cell
[1]

(iii) switch
[1]
(b) State the formula for calculating charge�
�� [1]
(a) Explain why a car battery of 12 V might deliver less potential difference after being
or
installed�
zo
��
��
an
�� [2]
M
(b) What happens to the potential difference when two or more components are connected in
series in a circuit?
��
�� [1]
hid
(a) State three factors affecting the resistance of a wire�

as
��
R
��
�� [3]
(b) Draw symbols for the following:
(i) resistor
ir
S
[1]

(ii) thermistor
[1]
(c)
(i) A resistor has a resistance of 5 Ω� What is the current passing through it if a potential
difference of 15 V is applied?
��
or
�� [2]
zo
(ii) State how the current passing would change if the potential difference were doubled�
an
�� [1]
8 M
(a) Draw a circuit showing two bulbs connected in parallel to a power source�
hid
[2]
(b) State what happens when one of the bulbs is removed� Give reasons�
as
��
R
�� [2]
(c) Explain what would happen if one of the bulbs in a series circuit were removed�
ir
��
S
�� [2]
[Total: 25]

Using electricity
1 Alternating current flows …
02
(a) forwards
(b) backwards
(c) backwards and forwards
(d) opposite to the direct current [1]
2 Double insulation substitutes for the …
or
(a) fuse (b) earth wire (c) live wire (d) circuit breaker [1]
3 One kilowatt hour is equal to …
zo
(a) 360 000 J (b) 3 600 000 J (c) 3600 J (d) 360 J [1]
4 A plug does not include …
an
(a) an earth wire (b) a neutral wire
(c) a live wire (d) none of the above [1]
5
M
(a) State the equation for calculating the power of a component in a circuit�
�� [1]
hid
(b) Calculate the power of a component when a current of 5 A passes through it and a potential
difference of 12 V is applied across its ends�
��
as
�� [2]
R
(c) How would the power of the component be affected if a similar bulb were connected in
series?
��
ir
�� [2]
S
(a) State the function of a fuse in a circuit�
�� [1]

(b) An electric iron has a power rating of 1100 W� Suggest an appropriate fuse for the iron if
the voltage is 230 V�
��
�� [2]
(c) A circuit breaker performs the same function as a fuse� State one advantage over a circuit
breaker over a fuse�
��
�� [1]
or
(d) Some appliances may not contain an earth wire� Are they necessarily dangerous?
zo
��
an
�� [1]
7
M
(a) Identify four hazards associated with mains electricity�
��
��
��
hid
�� [4]
as
(b) Suggest two ways in which these hazards can be avoided�

R
��
�� [2]
(a) If the potential difference is 12 V, how much energy is produced by an electric kettle when
ir
a current of 4 A is passed through it for 3 minutes to boil water for a cup of tea?
S
��
�� [2]
(b) Calculate the cost of running the kettle to have a cup of tea every day for two weeks if
energy costs 12cu per unit and the kettle has a power of 1�1 kW�
��
�� [3]
[Total: 25]

03
Static electricity
1 A plastic comb was able to attract small bits of paper after being run through hair several
times� What made this possible?
��
��
or
�� [2]
zo
2 Why do metals conduct electricity while rubber does not? How can this difference be useful
an
when making electrical wiring?
��
M
��
��
�� [3]
hid
3 Identify the charge on the following:
(a) proton
as
�� [1]
R
(b) electron
�� [1]
ir
(c) neutron
S
�� [1]

4
(a) In the diagram below, a charged rod is brought close to a metal sphere� What will happen
to the sphere after some time? Explain how this happens�
or
zo
an
��
M
��
��
��
�� [5]
hid
(b) What might happen if charges continue to build up at one end of a pole? What technique
can be used to avoid it?
as
��
R
��
�� [2]
ir
5 When does air act like an insulator? When does it act like a conductor?
S
��
��
��
�� [3]

6 Draw arrows to indicate the direction of magnetic field in the diagrams below:
-
- -
- -
- - + -
- -
or
- - -
zo
an
[2]
[Total: 20]
M
hid
as
R
ir
S

04
Current electricity
1 What is meant by electric current? How would you determine if current is flowing along a
circuit?
��
or
��
zo
�� [2]
an
2 What reading would an ammeter show if a charge of 100 C flows along a circuit in 5 seconds?
M
��
��
�� [2]
hid
3 Identify what the following symbols stand for:
(a)
as
�� [1]
R
(b)
�� [1]
ir
(c)
S
�� [1]

4 Do electromotive force and potential difference mean the same thing?
��
��
��
��
�� [4]
or
(a) State the formula for resistance� List four ways in which the resistance of a wire might be
increased�
zo
��
an
��
��
M
��
�� [5]
(b) Calculate the resistance of a resistor with a potential difference of 9 V and a current of 3 A
hid
flowing through it�
��
as
�� [2]
R
(c) What would happen to the current passing through a resistor of unknown resistance if the
potential difference across it were increased from 3 V to 6 V?
��
ir
�� [2]
S
[Total: 20]

Using electricity
05
1 Draw a complete circuit showing the following components in their proper positions: cell,
electric motor, switch, ammeter, resistor, and voltmeter� Draw arrows to indicate both the
conventional current direction and electron flow�
or
zo
[5]
an
2
(a) Two bulbs are connected in series in a circuit and a current of 3 A is passed through it�
M
How much current would pass through each bulb? How would the potential difference
across both the bulbs be determined?
��
��
hid
�� [2]
as
(b) If the PD across both the bulbs is the same and they are connected in parallel, how much
current would pass through each bulb if a total current of 8 A were passed through the
circuit?
R
��
��
�� [2]
ir
3
S
(a) What is meant by energy dissipation in a resistor?
��
��
�� [3]

(b) If a 60 W light bulb is connected to a 12 V power supply, determine the current passing
through it�
��
��
�� [2]
4
(a) What is the purpose of earthing? Why are some appliances not earthed?
or
��
��
zo
�� [3]
an
(b) If the cost of energy is 12cu per unit, calculate the cost of running two 100 W bulbs for 8
hours� M
��
��
�� [3]
hid
[Total: 20]
as
R
ir
S

Investigation
Van de Graaff generator
This demonstration might be conducted in the classroom to
support discussion on electric fields�
Warning
People with a heart condition, such as those wearing a pacemaker, must not come into close contact
with a Van de Graaff generator in operation�
or
Aim
zo
To demonstrate the effect of ionization of air, the effect of a lightning conductor on discharging a
charged cloud, and to map the electric field around your head when charged
Demonstration 1
an
1 Place the earthed metal sphere about 20 cm from the Van de Graaff generator� The best method to
do this is to attach the earthing cable to the supply� If the earth used is the same as that of the Van
M
de Graaff generator then the mains power might trip due to the current surge in the mains circuit
during a discharge�
2 Switch on the Van de Graaff generator and observe the discharges that jump between the
generator and the earthed sphere�
3 Switch off the generator and discharge it using the earthed sphere�
hid
Explanation
Due to the electric field set up between the generator and the earthed sphere, ionization of the air
occurs, providing a conduction path between the generator and the sphere� As the discharge occurs
light similar to a lightning strike is generated and can be seen�
as
R
ir
S

Demonstration 2
1 Repeat the above demonstration, but when the discharges between the generator and earthed
sphere are occurring point a sharp point at the generator from a distance of about 1�5 m to 2 m�
2 Observe that the frequency of discharge reduces significantly or even ceases�
or
3 Stop pointing the sharp point at the generator and the discharges resume�
Explanation
zo
Ionization of the air occurs at the tip of the sharp point causing an ion beam to slightly reduce the
charge on the generator� This means that the generator takes longer to charge up for the electric
an
field to be sufficiently high to cause ionization and a discharge between generator and earthed
sphere� Lightning conductors not only provide a charged cloud and a safe current path to Earth, but
also reduce the probability of a lightning strike by slowly discharging the cloud�
Demonstration 3
M
1 Attach the sharp point to the top of the generator onto which the electrostatic windmill can rest
and rotate freely�
2 Switch on the Van de Graaff generator and observe the electrostatic windmill rotate�
hid
Explanation
Ionization of the air occurs at the tips of the electrostatic windmill due to the accumulated
charge at the points� This ionization causes a stream of ions to be emitted away from the
as
tips of the windmill� The tips of the windmill recoil, due to the conservation of momentum,
resulting in a rotation of the windmill�
R
Demonstration 4
1 Ask a volunteer with medium length hair to stand on the insulating step or box whilst touching
the generator with one hand and holding the comb in the other� To avoid an electric shock it is
important that the volunteer not let go of the generator or come into close contact with an object
at Earth potential�
ir
2 Switch on the Van de Graaff generator and observe the volunteer's hair stand up on end� The
volunteer can make a most impressive effect if the hair is combed in an upward direction�
S
Explanation
The hairs on the volunteer’s body become charged and repel one another� On the head they move as
far as possible from one another by standing on end� In fact, they follow the electric field lines�

or
zo
an
M
hid
as
R
2019
ir
S

Answer Sheet
A B C D
MCQ's
A B C D A B C D A B C D A B C D
1. 26. 51. 76.
2. 27. 52. 77.
3. 28. 53. 78.
or
4. 29. 54. 79.
5. 30. 55. 80.
zo
6. 81.
an
31. 56.
7. 32. 57. 82.
8. 33. 83.
M
58.
9. 34. 59. 84.
10. 35. 60. 85.
11. 36. 61. 86.

hid
12. 37. 62. 87.
13. 38. 63. 88.
14. 39. 64. 89.

as
15. 40. 65. 90.

R
16. 41. 66. 91.
17. 42. 67. 92.
18. 43. 68. 93.

ir
19. 44. 69. 94.

S
20. 45. 70. 95.
21. 46. 71. 96.
22. 47. 72. 97.
23. 48. 73. 98.
24. 49. 74. 99.
25. 50. 75. 100.

Answer Sheet A B C D
MCQ's
101. 126. 151. 176.
102. 127. 152. 177.
103. 128. 153. 178.
129. 154. 179.

104.
105. 130. 155. 180.
or
106. 131. 156. 181.
zo
107. 132. 157. 182.
158. 183.
an
108. 133.
109. 134. 159. 184.
135. 160. 185.
M
110.
111. 136. 161. 186.
112. 137. 162. 187.
113. 138. 163. 188.

hid
114. 139. 164. 189.
115. 140. 165. 190.

as
116. 141. 166. 191.

R
117. 142. 167. 192.
118. 143. 168. 193.
119. 144. 169. 194.
120. 145. 170. 195.

ir
S
121. 146. 171. 196.
122. 147. 172. 197.
123. 148. 173. 198.
124. 149. 174. 199.
125. 150. 175. 200.

Answer Sheet A B C D
MCQ's
201. 226. 251. 276.
202. 227. 252. 277.
203. 228. 253. 278.
204. 229. 254. 279.
or
205. 230. 255. 280.
zo
206. 231. 256. 281.
207. 232. 257. 282.
an
208. 233. 258. 283.
209. 234. 259. 284.
210.
211.
A B C D
235.
236.
A B M
C D
260.
261.
A B C D
285.
286.
A B C D
212. 237. 262. 287.

hid
213. 238. 263. 288.
214. 239. 264. 289.
215. 240. 265. 290.

as
R
216. 241. 266. 291.
217. 242. 267. 292.
218. 243. 268. 293.
219. 244. 269. 294.

ir
220. 245. 270. 295.

S
221. 246. 271. 296.
222. 247. 272. 297.
223. 248. 273. 298.
224. 249. 274. 299.
225. 250. 275. 300.

MCQ's
01 When the potential difference (p.d.) across a piece of resistance wire is changed, the current
through the wire also changes. The temperature of the wire is kept the same. Which graph shows
how the p.d. and current are related?
A B C D
or
zo
current current current current
an
0 0 0 0
0 p.d. 0 p.d. 0 p.d. 0 p.d.
M
02 Which electrical component would not normally be found in a battery-operated torch (flashlight)?
A B C D
hid
as
03 Two faulty ammeters and two perfect ammeters are connected in series in the circuit shown.
R
A1 A2 A3 A4
ir
S
The readings on the ammeters are
A1 2.9 A A2 3.1 A A3 3.1 A A4 3.3 A
Which two ammeters are faulty?
A A1 and A2 B A1 and A4 C A2 and A3 D A3 and A4

04 A student connects two lamps in the circuit shown.
Which switches must he close to light both lamps?
1 A 1 an
and 2
B 1, 2 and 3
C 1 and 3
2 D 2 and 3
or
3
zo
an
05 A student makes four circuits. In which circuit are both lamps protected by the fuse?
A B
M
C D
hid
as
06 Four lamps are labelled ‘60 W 240 V’.

R
In which circuit are the lamps connected so that they all work at normal brightness?
A B C D
240 V 240 V 240 V 240 V
ir
S

A
07 An electrical component X is placed in water, as shown.

thermometer
When the temperature of the water is increased, the reading on
the ammeter increases. What is component X?
A a capacitor
or
B a light-dependent resistor X
C a reed relay
zo
water
D a thermistor
an
08 Which circuit shows how a voltmeter is connected to measure the potential difference across the
cell?
V
A
V
M
B C
V
D
V
hid
as
09 An electrical component is to be placed in the circuit at Z, to allow the brightness of the lamp to
be varied from bright to dim.
R
Z
ir
What should be connected at Z?

S
A B C D

10 The circuit shown contains four lamps and three switches.
Which switches must be closed to light only

switch 1 lamps 1 and 3?
lamp 1
switch 2 A switch 1 only

lamp 2
B switch 1 and switch 2 only
lamp 3 C switch 1 and switch 3 only
or
D switch 2 and switch 3 only
switch 3
lamp 4
zo
an
11 The diagram shows a torch containing two 2 V cells, a switch and a lamp.
plastic
case
brass
connecting
M switch
strip lamp
hid
What is the circuit diagram for the torch?
A B C D
as
R
12 Which statement is correct?
A A fuse is included in a circuit to prevent the current becoming too high.

ir
B A fuse should be connected to the neutral wire in a plug.

S
C An electric circuit will only work if it includes a fuse.

D An earth wire is needed to prevent the fuse blowing.

13 How many of the following materials conduct electricity?
aluminium silver iron plastic
A 1 B 2 C 3 D 4
14 In which circuit does the voltmeter read the potential difference across the lamp?
A B C D
or
zo
V
an
V V
6V
M
15 In the circuit below, X and Y are identical 6 V lamps.
What happens when the switch is closed?

hid
switch A X lights more brightly than Y.
X
B Y lights more brightly than X.
Y C X and Y light with equal brightness.

as
D Neither X nor Y light.

R
16 The diagram shows a circuit with three ammeters, X, Y and Z.

ir
Which set of readings is possible?

S
X Y Z
A X
A 2A 3A 5A
Y
A B 3A 2A 5A
Z C 3A 3A 3A
A
D 5A 2A 3A

17 A lamp is to be connected in a circuit so that the p.d. across it can be varied from 0 to 6 V.
Which circuit would be most suitable?
A B C D
6V 6V 6V 6V
or
zo
18 What are the symbols used for the units of current and resistance?
an
unit of current unit of resistance
A A W
B
C
D
A
V
V
M Ω
W
Ω
19 Which symbol represents an electrical component used to store energy?

hid
A B C D
as
R
20 Four lamps and four switches are connected to a power supply as shown in the circuit diagram.
A B
When all the switches are
ir
closed, all the lamps are lit.

When one of the switches is C D
S
then opened, only one lamp

goes out. Which switch is
opened?

21 Four resistors and an ammeter are connected to a battery as shown.
The ammeter reads 2 A.
Which of the four labelled points in the circuit is the only one where the current is less than 2 A?
A
A
or
C D
zo
B
an
to increase the circuit resistance
M
22 Why is a fuse used in an electrical circuit in a house?
A C to prevent a short-circuit from occurring

hid
B to keep the power used to a minimum value D to stop the cables from carrying too much current
as
23 An electric power tool is being used outdoors in a shower of rain.

R
What is the greatest hazard to the user?
A The cable gets hot and causes burns. C The current passes through water and causes a shock.
B The circuit-breaker cuts off the current. D The tool rusts.

ir
24 Four wires are made from the same material. length of wire / cm diameter of wire / mm
S
Which wire has the greatest resistance? A 50 0.1

B 50 0.2
C 100 0.1
D 100 0.2

25 Which diagram shows a circuit that will allow the lamps to be switched on and off independently?
A B C D
or
26 What is the symbol for a fuse?
zo
A B
an
A appliances not working M
27 A cable in a house is carrying too much current. What is the greatest danger?
B electric shock C fire D low power
28 Which circuit symbol represents a component used to store energy?

hid
A B C D
as
R
29 In the circuit shown, the switches S1 and S2 may be open (off) or closed (on).
Which line in the table shows the voltmeter reading

for the switch positions given?
ir
V
S1 S2 voltmeter reading / V
+
S
12 V A open open 12
– S2
S1 B closed closed 12
C open closed 0
switches shown
D closed open 12
open (off)

30 The device X in this circuit is designed to cut off the electricity supply automatically if too much
current flows.
What is device X?
X
A a fuse C a resistor
B a switch D an ammeter
or
31 The diagrams show two ways in which three lamps may be connected.
zo
an
A If lamp Y breaks in circuit 1, both the other
lamps will go out.
X
B If lamp Y breaks in circuit 2, both the other
lamps will go out.
lamp X will remain on. M

C If lamp Y breaks in circuit 1, lamp Z will go out, but
D If lamp Y breaks in circuit 2, lamp Z will go out, but

circuit 1
Y
Z
X Y Z
circuit 2
lamp X will remain on.
hid
32 Using the circuit shown, the current I is found for various voltages V. The temperature of the
resistor does not change.
as
Which graph shows the results obtained?

variable direct
voltage
R
I
ir
A B C D
S
I I I I
0 0 0 0
0 V 0 V 0 V 0 V

33 In the circuit shown, ammeter X reads 0.5 A. 4.0 V
What does ammeter Y read?
A 0 B 0.5 A X A A Y
3.0 Ω 5.0 Ω
C 3.5 A D 4.0 A
or
34 In the circuits shown, all the resistors are identical.
zo
Which circuit has the least resistance?
A B
an
C
M D
hid
as
R
35 In the circuit below, one of the lamps breaks, causing all the other lamps to go out.
Which lamp breaks?

ir
S
A C D

36 The table shows the lengths and diameters
length / m diamete / mm
of four copper wires.
A 0.50 1.0
Which wire has the least resistance?
B 0.50 2.5
C 0.75 1.0
D 0.75 2.5
or
37 A circuit is set up to measure the resistance of a resistor R. The meter readings are 2.0 A and
3.0 V.
zo
What is the resistance of the resistor R?
A 0.67 Ω B 1.5 Ω
an
A
V C 5.0 Ω D 6.0 Ω
38 The circuit shown is a potential divider.

M
What is component X?
hid
A a light-dependent resistor
X B a relay
output C a thermistor
as
D a variable resistor
R
39 Which diagram shows the correct positions for both the switch and the fuse?
fuse
live wire switch live wire
A lamp C lamp
ir
neutral wire neutral wire

fuse switch
S
fuse live wire

live wire switch
D lamp
B lamp neutral wire
neutral wire
fuse switch

40 After some building work in a house, a bare (uninsulated) live wire is left protruding from a wall.
What is the greatest hazard?
A a fire B a fuse will blow C an electric shock D no current will flow
41 An ammeter and an 18 Ω resistor are connected in series with a battery. The reading on the
ammeter is 0.50 A. The resistance of the battery and the ammeter can be ignored.
What is the electromotive force (e.m.f.) of the battery?
A 9.0 N B 9.0 V
or
A
zo
C 36 N D 36 V
18 Ω
an
42 The diagram shows a potential divider connected to two voltmeters P and Q.
The resistance of the variable resistor is
V voltmeter P M decreased.
Which row shows what happens to the reading
on each voltmeter?
reading on
voltmeter P
reading on
voltmeter Q
hid
V voltmeter Q B decreases increases

as
R
43 A student sets up the circuit shown. The switch is open (off).
Which lamps are on and which lamps are off?
X
ir
lamp X lamp Y lamp Z

S
A off off off

Y B on off off
C on off on
Z D on on on

44 The diagram shows a thermistor in a potential divider. A voltmeter is connected across the
thermistor. The graph shows how the resistance of the thermistor changes with
temperature. resistance
temperature
or
resistance voltmeter reading
As the thermistor becomes
zo
warmer, what happens to its A decreases decreases
resistance and what happens to
the reading on the voltmeter? B decreases increases
an
X
M
45 In this circuit, a component at X automatically protects the wiring from overheating if there is a
fault.
Which components are suitable to use at X?
A a circuit-breaker, a fuse or a switch

electrical supply B only a circuit-breaker or a fuse
hid
C only a circuit-breaker or a switch
D only a fuse
as
46 In which unit is potential difference measured?

A ampere B ohm C volt D watt
R
47 The circuit shown in the diagram contains an unknown component X, hidden in a box.
The voltage-current graph for X is as shown.

voltage
variable voltage supply
ir
+ –
S
A
0
0 current
X
What is the component X?
V A a capacitor C an open switch
B a closed switch D a resistor of constant resistance

48 Which circuit contains a fuse?
A B C D
A
V
or
49 A thermistor is used in a circuit to control a piece of equipment automatically.
What might this circuit be used for?
zo
A lighting an electric lamp as it C switching on a water heater at a pre-
becomes darker determined time
an
B ringing an alarm bell if a locked D turning on an air conditioner when the
door is opened temperature rises
M
50 A circuit-breaker is designed to protect a circuit which usually carries a current of 2 A.
The time taken to break the circuit depends on the current, as shown in the graph.
160
time taken
140
to break the
hid
circuit / s 120
100
80
as
60
40
R
20
0
0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20
current / A
ir
What happens when the current in the circuit is 2 A and what happens when the current 18 A?
S
when the current is 2 A when the current is 18 A
A the circuit breaks in less than 5 seconds the circuit breaks in less than 5 seconds
B the circuit breaks in less than 5 seconds the circuit does not break
C the circuit does not break the circuit breaks in less than 5 seconds
D the circuit does not break the circuit does not break

51 Three charged balls, P, Q and R are suspended by insulating threads. Ball P is negatively
charged. Ball Q is brought close to ball P.
insulating
thread What are the charges on ball Q and on ball R?
P – Q
ball Q ball R
or
Ball Q is now brought A positive positive
close to ball R. B positive negative
zo
C negative positive
D negative negative
Q
an
R
A M
52 Which circuit could be used to determine the resistance of the resistor R?
B C D
V A V A
hid
R R R R
A V
V A
as
53 Which copper wire would have the smallest resistance?

R
A a long, thick wire B a long, thin wire C a short, thick wire D a short, thin wire
54 The diagram shows an electrical circuit.
L M Between which two points must a voltmeter be connected

ir
to find the potential difference across the bell?
N
S
A L and M B M and N
P O
C N and O D O and P

55 The reading on the ammeter in the circuit is 1.0 A. 1.0 A
A second ammeter is connected in the circuit. It A
also reads 1.0 A. At which labelled point is it A
connected?
D
B C
or
56 The circuit shows a battery and four lamps. All the lamps are lit.
One lamp fails and all the lamps go out. Which lamp failed?
zo
A
B
an
D
C
M
57 A desk lamp should have a 3 A fuse fitted, but a 13 A fuse has been fitted by mistake.
The lamp is not faulty. The lamp is switched on. What happens?
hid
A The fuse blows.
B The fuse does not blow but the lamp does not light.
C The lamp draws too much current and the supply cables could melt.
as
D The lamp works normally.

R
58 The diagram shows a piece of metal resistance wire.
Which wire, made of the same metal, has a smaller resistance?

A a wire of the same length with a larger C a wire of greater length with the same
ir
diameter diameter
S
B a wire of the same length with a smaller D a wire of greater length with a smaller
diameter diameter
59 What is the unit of electromotive force (e.m.f.)?
A ampere B joule C volt D watt

60 Below the circuit diagram What is the current in the battery?
6.0 V A 0.50 A
B 0.75 A
C 1.5 A
4.0 Ω 8.0 Ω D 2.0 A
or
zo
61 The diagram shows a circuit which includes an uncharged capacitor and a switch.
an
The switch can be moved between position
X switch X and position Y.
M
What happens to the capacitor when the
capacitor switch is moved to position X, and what
happens when the switch is then moved to
position Y?
hid
switch at X switch at Y
A capacitor charges capacitor charges

B capacitor charges capacitor discharges
as
C capacitor discharges capacitor charges

D capacitor discharges capacitor discharges
R
62 The diagram shows a 3.0 Ω resistor and a 6.0 Ω resistor connected in parallel.
3.0 Ω What is the total resistance of this arrangement?
ir
A less than 3.0 Ω C 4.5 Ω

S
B 3.0 Ω D more than 6.0 Ω
6.0 Ω

63 The
T diagram shows a 10 Ω resistor and a 20 Ω resistor connected in a potential divider circuit.
What is the reading on the voltmeter?

10 Ω
A 4.0 V B 6.0 V
12.0 V
20 Ω C 8.0 V D 12.0 V
V
or
zo
64 In the circuit shown, only one of the fuses has blown, but none of the lamps is lit.
Which fuse has blown?
an
power
supply
M A
hid
B C
D
as
R
65 The diagram shows a 40 Ω resistor and a 60 Ω resistor connected in parallel.

60 Ω What is the total resistance between points P and Q?
ir
A less than 40 Ω C between 60 Ω and 100 Ω

P Q
B 50 Ω D 100 Ω
S
40 Ω

66 A student wants to find the resistance of resistor R using a voltmeter and an ammeter.
Which circuit should the student use?
A B C D
V A V A
V
R R R R
or
A V A
zo
67 Four students are asked to draw a circuit showing three lamps working in parallel, a cell, and a
switch that controls all three lamps. Which student is correct?
an
A B C D
M
hid
as
R
68 A 3.0 lamp and a 6.0 lamp are connected in series.
What is the total resistance of the combination?
A 0.5 B 2.0
ir
C 9.0 D 18.0
S

69 The table describes four different resistance length of diameter of
wires. They are all made from the same metal. wire / m wire / mm
Which wire has the smallest resistance?
A 2.0 1.0
B 2.0 1.5
C 3.0 1.0
D 3.0 1.5
or
zo
70 Four lamps are each labelled 240 V. In which circuit do all four lamps have normal brightness?
A B
an
240 V
M 240 V
C D
hid
240 V 240 V
as
R
71 How is electricity transmitted over large distances and why is it transmitted in this way?
ir
how why
S
A at high voltage for safety

B at high voltage to reduce energy loss
C at low voltage for safety
D at low voltage to reduce energy loss

72 When the thermistor in the circuit below is heated, the lamp becomes brighter.
Why does this happen?
A The resistance of the lamp decreases.

B The resistance of the lamp increases.
C The resistance of the thermistor decreases.
D The resistance of the thermistor increases.
or
73 A circuit is set up with a gap between two terminals X and Y. The four strips of material shown in
zo
the diagram are connected in turn across the gap.
Which strip completes the circuit so that the lamp lights?
an
A B C D
wood glass steel rubber
X
M Y
74 A pupil measures the potential difference across a device and the current in it.
hid
Which calculation gives the resistance of the device?
A current + potential difference C potential difference ÷ current
B current ÷ potential difference D potential difference x current

as
75 Which circuit could be used to find the resistance of resistor R?

R
A B C D
V
ir
A
R
R R R
S
A A V
V A V

76 In the circuit shown, the reading on ammeter 1 is 2 A.
2Ω
2Ω
ammeter 1 ammeter 2
reading = 2 A A A reading = ?
or
zo
What is the reading on ammeter 2?
an
A 0A B 1A C 2A D 4A
M
77 In which position in the circuit shown should a
switch be placed so that both lamps can be
A
switched on or off at the same time? B
C
D
hid
78 Either a fuse or a circuit-breaker can be used to protect electrical cables from large currents that
could cause overheating.
as
When a fuse is used, where should it

X cable be connected, and when a circuit-
live breaker is used, where should it be
R
connected?
electrical Y appliance
supply position position of
of fuse circuit-breaker
neutral
A X X
cable
ir
B X Y
S
C Y X
D Y Y
79 Which produces an electromotive force (e.m.f.)?

A a battery B a filament lamp C a resistor D a spring balance

80 A mains circuit can safely supply a current of 40 A.
A hair-drier takes 2 A. It is connected to the circuit by a lead which can carry up to 5 A.
Which of these fuses would be best to use in the plug fitted to the hair-drier lead?
A 1 A fuse B 3 A fuse C 10 A fuse D 50 A fuse
81 A positively charged plastic rod is placed just above a thick metal plate. The metal plate rests on
an insulator and is connected to the earth by a wire.
metal plate
or
positive rod
+ + + + +
earthing wire
zo
insulator
an
A student disconnects the earthing wire and then removes the positively charged rod. The
M
experiment is repeated. This time the student removes the positively charged rod and then
removes the earthing wire. Which statement is correct?
A When the earthing wire is disconnected first, the metal plate becomes positively charged.
B When the earthing wire is disconnected first, the metal plate becomes negatively charged.
hid
C When the plastic rod is removed first, the metal plate becomes positively charged.
D When the plastic rod is removed first, the metal plate becomes negatively charged.
as
82 Two very light, charged balls P and Q are hung, one above the other, from nylon threads. When a
negatively charged plastic sheet is placed alongside them, P is repelled and Q is attracted.
R
What are the original charges on P and on Q?
charge on P charge on Q
ir
P A negative negative
S
B negative positive
negatively C positive negative

charged D positive positive
plastic sheet

83 A teacher wishes to show the production of electrostatic charges.
She holds a rod and rubs it with a cotton cloth. A copper rod, a glass rod, a plastic rod and a steel
rod are available. Which two rods would both be suitable to use?
A a copper rod and a glass rod C a plastic rod and a copper rod
B a glass rod and a plastic rod D a plastic rod and a steel rod
84 In the circuit shown, the switch is closed for a

long time, then opened. V voltmeter 1
or
Immediately after the switch is opened,
which of the voltmeters reads zero?
zo
A voltmeter 1 only
an
resistor capacitor
B voltmeter 2 only
C voltmeter 3 only
D
M
voltmeter 1, voltmeter 2 and voltmeter 3
V
voltmeter 2
V
voltmeter 3
85 A battery is connected to two crocodile clips and a lamp. There is a gap between the crocodile clips.
hid
Four cylinders W, X, Y and Z are made of the

same metal but have different dimensions. The
crocodile clips
as
cylinders are connected in turn, by their ends,

between the crocodile clips. The diagrams of the
cylinders are all drawn to the same scale.
R
W Y
X Z
ir
Which cylinder makes the lamp glow most brightly most brightly least brightly
and which cylinder makes the lamp glow least
S
brightly? A W Y
B W Z
C X Y
D X Z

86 In which circuit can the lamps be switched on and off independently?
A B
or
D
zo
C
an
M
87 Two resistors, with resistances R1 and R2, are connected in parallel.
hid
The resistance R1 is greater than the resistance R2.
R1 What is the resistance of the parallel combination?

A less than either R1 or R2 C equal to R2
as
B equal to R1 D the average of R1 and R2

R2
R
88 What is the function of a relay?

ir
A to allow a current in one circuit to operate a switch in another circuit

B to prevent an electric shock by earthing a metal case
S
C to protect a circuit by melting if the current becomes too large

D to transform a d.c. voltage to a different value

89 A polythene rod is rubbed with a cloth.
polythene rod
cloth
The rod and the cloth both become charged as electrons move between them.
or
The rod becomes negatively charged.
Which diagram shows how the rod becomes negatively charged, and the final charge on the
zo
cloth?
A B
an
electron electron
– – movement – – movement
– –
– –
– – + + + – – + + +
– – – –
–
+
C
+ + +
+ +
M –
+
D
+ + +
+ +
electron electron
– – – –
hid
movement movement
– –
– –
– – – – – – – – – –
– – – – – – – – – – – –
– –
– – – –
as
R
90 The circuit shown contains three ammeters X, Y and Z.
X A Z
ir
A
10 Ω
S
A
20 Ω Y
Which ammeter has the largest reading?
A X B Y C Z D They all have the same reading.

91 A domestic circuit includes a 30 A fuse. This protects the wiring if there is too much current in the
circuit.
In which wire is the 30 A fuse positioned, and what does it do when it operates?
position operation
A live wire disconnects the circuit

B live wire reduces the current to 30 A
or
C neutral wire disconnects the circuit
D
zo
neutral wire reduces the current to 30 A
92 The diagram shows an uncharged ball coated with metallic paint. The ball is suspended from an
an
insulating thread. It is placed near a positively charged rod.
ball covered
M +
+
insulating thread
with metallic +
paint +
hid
positively
+
charged rod
+
as
Which diagram shows the charge distribution on the ball?
A B C D
R
+ + – + –
+ – + –
+ – + –
+ – + –
ir
93 How can one volt also be expressed?

S
A one coulomb per ampere

B one coulomb per joule
C one joule per ampere
D one joule per coulomb

94 The cells, lamps and resistors in the circuits are identical.
In which circuit is the lamp the brightest?
A B
or
zo
C D
an
M
95 The graph is the voltage-current graph for two resistance wires P and Q.
hid
voltage P
Q
as
R
0
0
current
The wires are made from the same material and have equal lengths.
ir
The resistances of the wires and their cross-sectional areas are different.
S
Which wire has the greater resistance and which wire has the larger cross-sectional area?
larger cross-
greater resistance
sectional area
A P P
B P Q
C Q P
D Q Q
96 A student is investigating resistance using the circuit shown.
variable voltage
supply
A
R
or
The resistance of R is approximately 5 Ω.
zo
What are the most suitable ranges for the voltmeter and for the ammeter?
an
voltmeter ammeter
range range
A 0–2V – 0.5 A
B
C
D
0–2V
0–5V
0 – 10 V
–2A
–5A
–5A
M
hid
97 Which component, when used in a circuit, allows current to pass in only one direction?
A B C D
as
R
98 A polythene rod is rubbed with a cloth and the cloth becomes positively charged.
Which statement describes the transfer of charge?

ir
A Negative charges are transferred from the cloth to the polythene.

B Negative charges are transferred from the polythene to the cloth.
S
C Positive charges are transferred from the cloth to the polythene.

D Positive charges are transferred from the polythene to the cloth.
99 A charge of 45 C flows through an electric appliance in 3.0 minutes.

What is the average current in the appliance?
A 0.25 A B 4.0 A C 15 A D 135 A

100 How can one volt also be expressed?
A one coulomb per ampere

B one coulomb per joule
C one joule per ampere
D one joule per coulomb
101 The diagram shows a battery of three 1.5 V cells.
or
What is an advantage of this arrangement of cells?
A The battery can supply a current for a longer time than a
zo
single 1.5 V cell.
B The battery can supply any e.m.f. between 0 V and 4.5 V.
an
C The battery supplies more energy to each coulomb of charge
than a single 1.5 V cell.
MThe e.m.f. of the battery is 4.5 V.
102 Which diagram shows the arrangement of the ammeter and voltmeter to obtain readings to find
the power of a lamp?
A B
hid
as
V A V A
R
C D
ir
V
S
A
A

103 A 6.0 V battery is connected to a network containing five identical resistors. A voltmeter has one
lead connected to point K as shown.
At which point should lead L be connected so that the voltmeter reads 3.0 V?
6.0 V
A
B
or
D C
zo
K
an
L
V
E
M
104 The diagram shows the wiring of a three-pin mains plug. There is an error in the diagram.
What is the error?
N A The cable cover C is not under the clip S.

hid
F
B The earth wire E is connected to the wrong
terminal.
C The fuse F is connected to the live wire L.
L
as
D The live wire L is connected to the wrong

end of the fuse F.
R
S
C
105 A 100 W lamp is switched on for five hours each day for three weeks.
ir
The cost of one unit of electricity is $0.24.

S
How much does it cost to run the lamp for this time?
A $0.36 B $0.84 C $2.52 D $25.20

106 Electrical power is transmitted by cables over long distances at very high voltages.
What are the effects of using a high voltage transmission system?
power loss in the current in the

cables cables
A high
igh high
igh
B high
igh low
ow
or
C low
ow high
igh
zo
D low
ow low
ow
an
107 A potential divider is connected across the terminals of a 6.0 V supply.
6.0 V
M
6.0 Ω R
hid
V V
V1 V2
as
When R is adjusted to 6.0 Ω, the voltmeter readings V1 and V2 are equal.
What happens to the readings when the resistance of R is then increased?

R
V1 V2
A decreases
ecreases hiigh
B decreases
ecreases low
hiigh
ir
C increases
ncreases
D increases
ncreases low
S

108 The diagram shows a circuit.
cells
– + – +
lamp
or
lamp
zo
an
Which circuit diagram shows this circuit?
M
A B C D
hid
as
109 A charge of 7.5 C flows through a resistor in 5.0 s. A student has ammeters with different ranges
that he can use to measure the current in the resistor.
R
Which ammeter range is the most appropriate?
A 0-1A B 0-2A C 0-5A D 0 - 40 A
110 Three identical cells are connected in parallel to a resistor.

ir
What is the advantage of using three cells in parallel, rather than using a single cell?
S
A Each cell produces more energy.

B Each cell supplies more charge.
C Each cell takes longer to run down.
D The total electromotive force (e.m.f.) is larger.

111 A 1.0 m length of wire of cross-sectional area 0.40 mm2 has a resistance of 2.0 Ω.
What is the resistance of a 0.50 m length of wire, of the same material, with a cross-sectional
area of 0.80 mm2 ?
A 0.5 Ω B 1.0 Ω C 4.0 Ω D 8.0 Ω
112 The diagram shows three resistors in parallel.
or
15 Ω
zo
30 Ω
an
30 Ω
M
What is the combined resistance?
A 7.5 Ω B 15 Ω C 30 Ω D 75 Ω
hid
as
R
ir
S

113 In which circuit is the voltmeter reading 7.2 V?
A B
3.0 Ω 4.0 Ω
12 V 12 V
or
5.0 Ω V 6.0 Ω V
zo
an
C D
12 V
2.0 Ω M 12 V
2.0 Ω
hid
4.0 Ω V 6.0 Ω V
as
114 The diagram shows the information found on an electric kettle.

R
240 V 50 Hz
600 W 700 cm3
What is the frequency of the electrical supply used to power the kettle?
ir
A 50 Hz B 240 V C 600 W D 700 cm3

S

115 Which row shows an electrical conductor and an insulator?
electrical
insulator
conductor
A aluminium rubber
B copper aluminium
C plastic copper
D rubber plastic
or
116 A metal sphere is connected to earth. A positively charged rod approaches the sphere and stops
before touching it.
zo
+
rod metal sphere
+
an
+
+
+
+
M connection
to earth
What is the movement of charge on the sphere and what is the final charge on the sphere?
hid
movement of charge final charge on sphere
A negative charge moves negative

from earth to the sphere
as
B negative charge moves neutral

from earth to the sphere
R
C positive charge moves negative

from the sphere to earth
D positive charge moves neutral
from the sphere to earth
ir
117 An appliance uses a current of 3 A. Which row is correct for the fuse in this appliance?
S
most suitable fuse connected

fuse rating / A in
A 5 earth wire
B 5 live wire
C 13 earth wire
D 13 live wire

118 A relay is used in a circuit containing a bell.
coil T
bell
P S
Q
or
How can the apparatus be altered to make the sound of the bell louder?
A increase the number of turns on coil T
zo
B increase the voltage of battery P
C increase the voltage of battery Q
an
D move the coil closer to switch S
119 A student rubs a rod held in his hand.

M
Which action causes the rod to gain a large electrostatic charge?
A rubbing an iron rod with a steel magnet

hid
B rubbing an iron rod with a woollen duster
C rubbing a polythene rod with a steel magnet
D rubbing a polythene rod with a woollen duster
as
120 A lightning flash carries 40 C of charge and lasts for 5.0 ms.
R
What is the average current in the flash?
A 0.20 A B 8.0 A C 200 A D 8000 A

ir
S

121 The diagram shows the current-voltage graph of two filament lamps.
lamp P
current
lamp Q
or
0
0 voltage
zo
A Lamp P has a lower resistance than lamp Q at all currents.
an
B Lamp P has the same resistance as lamp Q at low currents.
C Lamp P has the same resistance as lamp Q at high currents.
D
M
Lamp P has a higher resistance than lamp Q at all currents.
122 A circuit containing two lamps L1 and L2 is connected as shown.

hid
A
as
L1 L2
R
A voltmeter measures the potential difference across the lamp L1.

ir
The filament of lamp L1 breaks. What happens to the readings of the ammeter and of the
voltmeter?
S
reading on reading on
the ammeter the voltmeter
B decreases increases

123 In the circuits P and Q below, resistors R1, R2 and R3 have different resistances.
R1
R2 R1 R2 R3
R3
or
circuit P circuit Q
zo
In which circuit are the currents in the resistors equal and in which circuit are the potential
differences across the resistors equal?
an
potential differences
currents equal
equal
M
P P
B P Q
C Q P
D Q Q
hid
124 Five electrical appliances are connected to the same socket and there is a very large current.
as
Why is this dangerous?
A The fuses blow in the appliances.

R
B There is a greater risk of an electrical shock.

C There is overheating in each appliance.
D There is overheating in the socket.
ir
S

125 In a darkened room, a 1000 Ω resistor and a light-dependent resistor (LDR) are connected in
series with a 12 V power supply.
1000 Ω
12 V +
power
supply –
LDR
or
zo
The curtains are opened and light falls on the LDR.
What happens to the voltage across the LDR?
an
A It decreases.
B It increases.
C
D
It remains at 0 V.
It remains at 12 V. M
126 A polythene rod becomes charged when rubbed with a dry woollen cloth.
hid
The charge caused is a result of
A friction producing a movement of electrons.

as
B friction producing a movement of protons.

C
R
magnetism producing a movement of electrons.

D magnetism producing a movement of protons.
ir
S

127 A positively charged insulated metal sphere is brought close to an uncharged insulated metal
sphere.
positively charged uncharged sphere

sphere
or
Which diagram shows the charge distribution on the spheres?
A B C D
zo
+ + + – + + + – + –
+ + + – + + + – + –
++ ++ ++ – ++ ++ ++ – ++ –
– – –
an
128 The flash on a camera operates when a capacitor discharges through a flash-tube.
A
B
0.019 A
1.9 A
M
In 3.2 ms, a charge of 6.0 C passes through the flash-tube.
What is the average current in the flash-tube?
C
hid
19 A
D 1900 A
as
129 Which physical quantity is produced by a calculation where a charge is multiplied by a potential
difference (p.d.)?
R
A current
B electromotive force (e.m.f.)
C energy
D power
ir
S

130 T
hree 10 Ω resistors are connected together to form networks X, Y and Z.
10 Ω
10 Ω
10 Ω 10 Ω 10 Ω 10 Ω 10 Ω
10 Ω
10 Ω
or
network X network Y network Z
What is the order of resistance of the networks going from the smallest total resistance to the
zo
largest total resistance?
A X→Y→Z B X→Z→Y C Z→X→Y D Z→Y→X
an
131 Which circuit contains a fuse and a diode?
M B
hid
as
C D
R
ir
S

132 Four resistors of unequal resistances are connected to a power supply as shown.
I2
I1 I4
or
I3
The currents in the four resistors are I1, I2, I3 and I4.
zo
Which equation is correct?
an
A I1 = I2 – I3
B I2 = I1 + I4
D
I3 = I4 – I1
I4 = I2 + I3
M
133 Which diagram shows a lamp wired correctly to the mains supply in a house?
A B
hid
live neutral live neutral
as
R
C D
live neutral live neutral
ir
S

134 P and Q represent two, parallel, straight wires carrying currents into the plane of the paper. P and
Q exert a force on each other.
Which arrow shows the force on Q?
or
Q
P D B
zo
an
C
potential difference across it.
Which circuit is correct?

M
135 An experiment is set up to investigate how the current in a filament lamp changes with the
A B
hid
A
as
R
V V
ir
C D
S
A A
V V
136 Which section of the circuit contains a potential divider?
A B C D
or
buzzer
zo
an
M
137 In the circuit shown, all lamps are identical. Lamp P lights with normal brightness.
hid
as
Q
P
R
Y
R
Switch Y is closed and lamps come on.

ir
Which row indicates the brightness of the lamps?

S
P R
A dim
im dim
im dim
B normal
orm dim dim
C normal
orm off
ff off
D off
ff norm normal

138 Which particles move in a metal to cause an electric current?
A electrons B neutrons C nucleons D protons
139 The diagrams represent four copper wires.
Which wire has the greatest resistance?
or
A B C
zo
20 mm 20 mm
10 mm 10 mm
an
1 mm 2 mm
M 1 mm 2 mm
140 An air-conditioning unit, a lamp and an electric fire all receive electrical energy from the mains
supply.
From which of these devices is all this energy eventually transferred to the surroundings?
hid
air-
electric
conditioning lamp
fire
unit
as
A key
B = all energy transferred to surroundings
R
C = not all energy transferred to surroundings

D
141 A charged plastic ball is at rest.

ir
Which fields are found in the region surrounding the ball?

S
(Ignore the magnetic field of the Earth.)
A electric, gravitational and magnetic C electric and magnetic only
B electric and gravitational only D gravitational and magnetic only

142 A shoe becomes positively charged by friction when it rubs against a carpet.
What happens as the shoe becomes charged?

A Negative electrons are transferred to the carpet.
B Negative electrons are transferred to the shoe.
C Positive electrons are transferred to the carpet.
D Positive electrons are transferred to the shoe.
or
143 During a thunderstorm, a lightning flash occurs when charge flows between a cloud and the
Earth. On average, 20 C of charge flows during each flash and there are three flashes every
minute. What is the average current between the cloud and the Earth during the thunderstorm?
zo
A 1.0 A B 36 A C 60 A D 1800 A
an
144 Why are batteries sometimes made from several identical cells arranged in parallel?
A
B
C
M
The battery has a greater e.m.f. than a single cell on its own.
The battery has a lower e.m.f. than a single cell on its own.
The battery lasts longer than a single cell on its own.
D The battery supplies a smaller current than a single cell on its own.
hid
145 A cylinder of conducting material has resistance R.

as
A second cylinder of the same material is twice as long but has half the cross-sectional area.
What is the resistance of the second cylinder?

R
A R B R C 2R D 4R
2
146 The circuit shown is switched on for 1.0 minute.
6.0 V
ir
+ – How much charge passes through the 3.0 Ω resistor?

S
A 2.0 C B 12 C
C 120 C D 720 C
3.0 Ω

147 The readings of an ammeter and a voltmeter are used to calculate the resistance of resistor R.
Which circuit shows the ammeter and voltmeter in the correct positions?
A B
V
A
or
V A
R R
zo
C D
an
A
V
R
M A
R
V
hid
148 What is electromotive force (e.m.f.)?
charge charge work done work done

A B C D
as
work done time charge time
149 In a circuit, a voltmeter is used to measure the potential difference across a lamp. An ammeter is
R
used to measure the current in the lamp.
Which diagram shows the circuit?
A B C D
ir
– + – + – + – +
S
V V
V A A V
A A

150 The battery in a circuit contains two identical cells connected in parallel.
Which row shows the relationship between currents

2.0 V I1 and I2 and gives the electromotive force (e.m.f.) of
the battery?
relationship e.m.f. / V
A I1 > I2 2.0
or
I1 I2 B I1 > I2 4.0
2.0 V
C I1 = I2 2.0
zo
D I1 = I2 4.0
an
151 The diagram shows the circuit for a hair-dryer.
fan motor
M
P
M
Q
hid
as
R
R
The fan motor has a power rating of 0.10 kW and the heaters each have a rating of 0.40 kW. The
cost of electricity is 8.0 cents / kW h.
What is the cost of running the hair-dryer for two hours with switches P and Q closed and
switch R open?
A 1.6 cents B 4.0 cents C 6.4 cents D 8.0 cents

ir
S
152 Why are the metal casings of electrical appliances earthed?
A to complete the circuit

B to ensure the casing is not at a dangerous voltage
C to ensure the fuse blows when the current in the appliance is too large
D to protect the appliance from overheating

153 A polythene rod is charged by rubbing it with a cloth. Which statement explains why the cloth is
charged?
cloth cloth
+
+ +
+
–
–
–
–
polythene rod polythene rod
after charging
or
before charging
zo
A Electrons move from the cloth to the rod. C Protons move from the cloth to the rod.
B Electrons move from the rod to the cloth. D Protons move from the rod to the cloth.
an
154 A plastic block is rubbed with a silk handkerchief and the block becomes charged.
What causes the block to become charged?
A
B
M
Negative electrons flow from the handkerchief and positive electrons flow from the block.
Negative electrons flow from the handkerchief to the block.
C Positive electrons flow from the block to the handkerchief.
hid
D Positive electrons flow to the handkerchief and negative electrons flow to the block.
as
155 A negatively-charged rod is brought near to an uncharged metal sphere on an insulating stand.
Which diagram shows the charge distribution on the sphere?

R
A B C D
metal sphere
rod
––––––
––––––
––––––
––––––
– + – + + –
– + – + + –
ir
– + – + + –
– + – + + –
S
insulating
stand

156 A 6.0 V battery, three resistors and three voltmeters are connected in the circuit shown.
voltmeter 1
The reading on voltmeter 1 is 2.0 V.
V
What is the reading on voltmeter 2 and what
6.0 V is the reading on voltmeter 3?
voltmeter 2 voltmeter 3
or
/V /V
V
A 2.0 4.0
zo
voltmeter 2
B 2.0 8.0
an
C 4.0 4.0
D 4.0 8.0
V
M
voltmeter 3
157 A piece of wire has a resistance of 16 Ω. cross-sectional

length / cm
area / mm2
The wire is 20 cm long and has a cross-
A 10 1.0
sectional area of 2.0 mm2. Which wire of the
hid
B 10 4.0
same material has a resistance of 8.0 Ω? C 20 1.0
D 20 4.0
as
158 A student rubs a plastic rod with a cloth. The rod becomes positively charged. What has happened to
the rod?
R
B It has gained protons. D It has lost protons.
159 The circuit shows a 2.0 Ω resistor and a 1.0 Ω resistor connected to a 12 V battery.
ir
12 V What is the current in the 2.0 Ω resistor?

S
A 4.0 A B 6.0 A
2.0 Ω 1.0 Ω C 24 A D 36 A

160 The diagram shows a power supply with a constant electromotive force (e.m.f.). It is connected to
a voltmeter, a variable resistor and two identical lamps, P and Q. Both lamps are lit.
The resistance of the variable resistor is increased. The
V voltmeter reading remains unchanged. What happens to the
brightness of the lamps?
lamp P lamp Q
or
A brighter brighter
P B dimmer dimmer
zo
C dimmer unchanged
an
Q D unchanged unchanged
R
T
M
161 A student connects a variable potential divider (potentiometer) circuit.
V
As the sliding terminal T is moved from R to S,
what happens to the reading on the voltmeter?
A It decreases from 12 V to 0 V.
hid
B It increases from 0 V to 12 V.
12 V C It remains at 0 V.
D It remains at 12 V.
as
S
R
162 The circuit diagram shows three resistors connected in series across a 6.0 V supply.
What is the potential difference (p.d.) across the
4.0 Ω resistor?
6.0 V
ir
A 0.67 V B 1.5 V
S
C 2.0 V D 6.0 V
3.0 Ω4.0 Ω5.0 Ω

163 A thermistor is connected in series with a sensitive ammeter and a battery.
Which change will give a larger ammeter reading?
A adding another thermistor in series
thermistor B cooling the thermistor

C heating the thermistor
A
D reducing the number of cells in the battery
or
164 Three ammeters measure the currents in different parts of the circuit shown. The diagram
indicates the reading on the ammeters.
zo
How do we know that at least one of the ammeters must
an
be faulty?
A All three ammeters must read the same value.
18 Ω
A B All the current takes the easier path through the 6 Ω
A
2.0 A
3.0 A
A
1.5 A
6Ω MC
D
resistor.
The current from the battery must be equal to the
sum of the currents in the two resistors.
The current in the two parallel resistors must be the same.
hid
165 The diagram shows an electric circuit. What is the potential difference (p.d.) across the LDR?
as
A 4.0 V B 8.0 V
20 Ω 0.40 A C 25 V D 50 V
R
10 Ω
166 The diagram shows a circuit containing two resistors of resistance 1.0 Ω and 2.0 Ω.
A voltmeter is connected across the 1.0 Ω resistor by connecting P to X.
ir
The reading on the voltmeter is 6.0 V.

P is moved to point Y in the circuit. What is
the new reading on the voltmeter?
S
A 3.0 V B 6.0 V
1.0 Ω X 2.0 Ω Y
C 12 V D 18 V
P
V

167 The circuit diagram shows a simple circuit with a battery of electromotive force (e.m.f.) 6.0 V and
two bulbs each of resistance 2.0 Ω.
Which row gives the readings on the ammeters?
ammeter 1 / A ammeter 2 / A
ammeter 1 A ammeter 2 A
A 1.5 0
B 1.5 1.5
or
C 3.0 0
D 3.0 1.5
zo
an
168 The diagram shows three identical heating elements connected to a power supply.
switch 1
Which arrangement of switches causes most power to be used?
switch 2 M
A
switch 1
closed
switch 2
closed
switch 3
closed
switch 3
B closed open closed
hid
C closed open open
D open closed closed
power
as
supply
R
169 The diagram shows a circuit used to make a light detector.

One component is connected between X and Y. Which component causes the ammeter
reading to increase when the light gets brighter?
A B
ir
A
S
C D
X Y

170 A cylinder of conducting putty has length l, diameter d and resistance R. The putty is now
moulded into a cylinder of diameter 2d that has the same volume.
l By which factor does the resistance of the putty cylinder

decrease?
R d A 2 B 4 C 8 D 16
or
171 The average current during a lightning strike between a cloud and the ground is 1.5 × 104 A.
zo
The lightning releases 3.0 × 108 J of energy and lasts for 2.0 × 10–4 s.
What is the average electromotive force (e.m.f.) between the cloud and the ground?
an
A 4.0 V B 100 V C 1.0 × 108 V D 9.0 × 108 V
172 An isolated metal sphere is positively charged.
M
It is then brought near to another isolated metal sphere that is neutral.
+ +
+ + +
+
+ + +
positively charged + + + neutral
hid
metal sphere metal sphere
What happens to the charges on the neutral sphere as the positively charged sphere is brought
close to it?
as
A Some positive charges move to the left and some negative charges move to the right.
R
B Some positive charges move to the right and some negative charges move to the left.
C Some positive charges move to the right, but the negative charges do not move.
D The positive charges do not move, but some negative charges move to the left.
173 Which diagram is the current-voltage (I-V) characteristic graph for a metallic conductor at
ir
constant temperature?
S
A B C D
I I I I
0 0 0 0
0 V 0 V 0 V 0 V

174 The diagrams each show a positive point charge.
Which diagram represents the pattern and the direction of the electric field due to the charge?
A B C D
+ + + +
or
zo
175 Which quantity is equivalent to 1.0
an
V? A 1.0 J / C B 1.0 kJ / C C 1.0 J / s D 1.0 kJ / s
176 A circuit contains a fixed resistor. The potential difference across the resistor is 24.0 V and the
current in the resistor is 2.30 A.
A B
M
How much energy is transferred in the resistor in a time of 17.0 minutes?
938 J 5630 J C 56.3 kJ D 9.38 kJ

hid
177 The diagram shows a motor and a light-dependent resistor (LDR) connected in a circuit.
as
R
Which change decreases the current in the motor so that it turns more slowly?
A connecting a resistor in parallel with the LDR
ir
B connecting a resistor in series with the LDR

S
C exchanging the positions of the motor and the LDR in the circuit
D increasing the brightness of the light falling on the LDR

178 The diagram shows a circuit with a fixed resistor connected in series with a thermistor and an
ammeter.
Which row shows how temperature change affects the resistance of
the thermistor and the current in the circuit?
A
resistance of
temperature current in circuit
thermistor
A decreases decreases increases

B decreases increases decreases
or
C increases decreases decreases
zo
D increases increases increases
an
179 An appliance is connected to a mains supply. Its circuit also contains a switch and a fuse.
M
Which circuit shows the fuse in the correct position?
A B
appliance appliance
live live
hid
neutral neutral
as
C D
R
appliance appliance
live live
neutral neutral
ir
S

180 The diagram shows a circuit symbol for a component that can be used as an input transducer.
Which graph shows how the resistance of the component varies with
its intended input variable?
C D
A
resistance
resistance
resistance
resistance
or
zo
0 0
0 0 0
0 0 0 light intensity light intensity
temperature temperature
an
181 Which statement is not correct for two identical lamps connected in parallel?
A
B
C
M
The potential difference across each lamp is half the supply voltage.
The remaining lamp still operates when one lamp is removed.
They can be switched on and off separately.
D They remain bright if another lamp is connected in parallel.
hid
182 Only one of the ammeters in the circuit is showing an incorrect reading.
Which ammeter is showing the incorrect reading?

as
ammeter A:
reading = 0.30 A
R
A
ir
ammeter B:
reading = 0.10 A ammeter D:
S
A
reading = 0.20 A
A
ammeter C:
reading = 0.25 A

183 A positively-charged rod is held near to, but not touching, an uncharged metal sphere.
The sphere is briefly now connected to earth.
The rod is removed.
Which statement about the charge on the sphere is correct?
A It is charged negatively because negative charges have moved from earth to the sphere.
B It is charged negatively because positive charges have moved from the sphere to earth.
C It is charged positively because negative charges have moved from the sphere to earth.
or
D It is charged positively because positive charges have moved to earth from the sphere.
zo
184 The diagram shows a circuit with a gap between points P and Q.
Four pieces of metal wire of the same material are connected, in turn, between points P and Q in
an
the circuit.
The table gives the diameters and lengths of the wires. In
which wire is the current the largest?
P Q
A
M A
B
diameter / mm
0.10
0.10
length / m
1.0
2.0
C 0.20 1.0
hid
D 0.20 2.0
185 A torch has a simple circuit with a 3.0 V battery and a lamp. There is a 20 mA current in the lamp.
as
How much energy is transferred to the lamp in 5.0 minutes?
A 0.30 J B 18 J C 60 J D 0.30 kJ
R
186 A battery is connected to a circuit. It is switched on for 1.0 minute. During that time, there is a
current of 0.40 A in the circuit and the battery supplies a total of 48 J of energy.
Which row gives the charge that passes and the electromotive force (e.m.f.) of the battery?
charge that passes e.m.f. of the

ir
in 1.0 minute / C battery / V

S
A 0.40 2.0
B 0.40 120
C 24 2.0
D 24 120

187 Identical cells and identical resistors are used to make the circuits shown.
In circuit 1, the ammeter reads 2.0 A.
A A What is the ammeter reading in circuit 2?
A 1.0 A B 2.0 A
circuit 1 circuit 2 C 4.0 A D 8.0 A
or
zo
188 What is electromotive force (e.m.f.)?
an
charge charge work done work done
A B C D
work done time charge time
M
189 The diagrams represent two different electric fields.
hid
as
field 1 field 2
R
A single electron is located in each of the fields.
Which row gives the correct direction of the force on the electron and the field in which there is a
larger force on it?
direction of
larger force
ir
the force
A ↓
S
field 1
B ↓ field 2
C ↑ field 1
D ↑ field 2

190 The resistance of a component in a circuit is found using an ammeter and a voltmeter.
How are the ammeter and the voltmeter connected?
A the voltmeter and ammeter in parallel with the component

B the voltmeter and ammeter in series with the component
C the voltmeter in parallel with the component and the ammeter in series with the component
D the voltmeter in series with the component and the ammeter in parallel with the component
or
191 The table gives data for four different electrical devices.
zo
Which device develops the greatest power?
an
device voltage current
A car headlight 12 V 3.0 A

B
C
D
cooling fan
electric spark generator
mains lamp
M 110 V
400 kV
240 V
0.40 A
0.10 mA
0.20 A
hid
192 Which row shows the meaning of the quantity e.m.f. and the unit in which it is measured?
meaning unit
as
A electromagnetic force N
B electromagnetic force V
R
C electromotive force N
D electromotive force V
193 Which diagram shows the current-voltage (I - V) characteristic for a filament lamp?
ir
A B C D
I I I I
S
0 0 0 0
0 V 0 V 0 V 0 V

194 Either a fuse or a circuit-breaker can be used to protect electrical cables from large currents that
could cause overheating.
X cable
live
electrical Y appliance
supply
or
neutral
zo
cable
When a fuse is used, where should it be connected, and when a circuit-breaker is used, where
should it be connected?
an
position position of
of fuse circuit-breaker
A
B
C
X
X
Y
X
Y
X
M
D Y Y
hid
195 There is a current of 3.0 A in a conductor.

as
The current is changed to 6.0 A in the opposite direction.

R
Which effect does this have on the magnetic field around the conductor?
A It decreases and it acts in the opposite direction.

B It decreases and it acts in the same direction.
C It increases and it acts in the opposite direction.
ir
D It increases and it acts in the same direction.

S

196 The diagram shows a light-dependent resistor (LDR) connected in a potential divider circuit.
or
zo
The brightness of the light falling on the LDR is increased.
an
Which row shows what happens to the resistance of the LDR, and what happens to the reading
on the voltmeter?
resistance of LDR reading on voltmeter
A
B
C
decreases
decreases
increases
M decreases
increases
decreases
hid
197 The circuit diagram shows a variable potential divider.

as
The slider is moved from P towards Q.
What happens to the reading on the voltmeter and

R
P Q
to the brightness of the lamp?
slider
ir
V
reading on brightness
voltmeter of lamp
S
B decreases increases

198 A positively charged rod is held close to an insulated metal sphere. The sphere is earthed as
shown.
metal
sphere
+
+
rod +
+
+
+
or
earth
The earth connection is removed and then the rod is removed.
zo
Which diagram shows the charges on the sphere after the rod is removed?
an
A B C D
+
+ + ++ –
– – ––
+ –
M
++ ++ –– ––
199 The voltage across a resistor of fixed resistance changes.

hid
Which graph shows how the current in the resistor changes with the voltage?
A B C D
current current current current
as
R
0 0 0 0
0 voltage 0 voltage 0 voltage 0 voltage
200 A wire of length 0.50 m and cross-sectional area 1.0 × 10–6 m2 has a resistance of 0.75 Ω.
ir
Another wire of the same material has a length of 2.0 m and a cross-sectional area of
0.50 × 10–6 m2.
S
What is the resistance of the longer wire?
A 0.094 Ω B 0.38 Ω C 1.5 Ω D 6.0 Ω

201 A 4 Ω resistor and a 2 Ω resistor are connected to a 12 V battery in a circuit.
4Ω
12 V
2Ω
or
zo
What is the current in the 2 Ω resistor?
A 0.5 A B 2.0 A C 3.0 A D 6.0 A
an
ammeter 1
M
202 The diagram shows three identical resistors connected to a battery.
A
ammeter 3
hid
A
ammeter 2 A
as
Which row gives the possible readings on the three ammeters?

R
ammeter 1 / A ammeter 2 / A ammeter 3 / A
A 1.5 3.0 4.5

B 3.0 1.5 4.5
ir
C 3.0 4.5 1.5

D 4.5 1.5 3.0
S

203 The diagram shows part of a circuit which contains an ammeter, a voltmeter and a resistor R. The
ammeter and the voltmeter are in the correct positions to determine the resistance of R.
meter P
R
meter Q
or
Which expression gives the value of R?
A reading of meter P ÷ reading of meter Q C reading of meter Q × reading of meter P
zo
B (reading of meter P)2 × reading of meter Q D reading of meter Q ÷ reading of meter P
an
204 Which row shows the meaning of the quantity e.m.f. and the unit in which it is measured?
A
B
meaning
electromagnetic force
electromagnetic force
M unit
N
V
C electromotive force N
hid
D electromotive force V
205 Diagram 1 shows a voltmeter that is not connected to anything. It shows a small reading, called a
as
zero error, because it is not correctly adjusted.
Diagram 2 shows the same meter used to measure the p.d. across a resistor in a circuit.
R
4 6 4 6
2 8 2 8
10
10
0
0
ir
V V
S
diagram 1 diagram 2
What is the p.d. across the resistor?
A 4.6 V B 4.7 V C 5.2 V D 5.4 V

206 There is an electric current in a wire. The wire is placed in a magnetic field. A force acts on the
wire due to the current.
A The magnetic field must be produced by a permanent magnet and not by an electromagnet.
B The wire must be made from a magnetic material.
C When both the current and the magnetic field are reversed, the direction of the force is
unchanged.
or
D When the current is reversed, but not the magnetic field, there will be no force on the wire.
zo
an
207 The diagram shows a circuit.
M A
Which statement describes and explains how the circuit behaves?

hid
A The ammeter reading decreases when the light intensity decreases.
B The ammeter reading decreases when the temperature decreases.
C The ammeter reading increases when the light intensity decreases.
as
D The ammeter reading increases when the temperature decreases.

R
208 Which component uses a small direct current (d.c.) in one circuit to switch on a much larger
current in a second circuit?
A potential divider B relay

ir
C transformer D variable resistor

S

209 A lamp is connected into a circuit so that the potential difference across it can be varied from 0 to
12 V. Which circuit is suitable?
A B C D
12 V 12 V 12 V 12 V
or
zo
an
M
210 The diagram shows a circuit with a power supply and four components.
+ –
What is component N?
A fixed resistor B fuse
C D variable resistor
hid
thermistor
N
as
211 Two lamps are connected in parallel.
Which switches must be closed so that both lamps light?

R
S1 S2
A S1 and S2 only
B S1 and S3 only
ir
S3
C S2 and S3 only
S
D S1, S2 and S3

212 In a lighting circuit, the switch is placed in the live wire.
Why is this?
A A lamp in the circuit can be isolated from the supply.

B The fuse is in the neutral wire.
C The switch does not work in the neutral wire.
D Too much current flows in the earth wire.
or
213 A 12 V lamp glows at normal brightness when connected to the secondary coil of a mains
transformer. The mains voltage is 240 V. The transformer is 100% efficient and the primary coil
zo
has 200 turns. How many turns are there on the secondary coil?
an
A 10 B 14 C 4000 D 580 000
214 Which row shows how the electrical energy produced by a power station is transmitted to distant
towns?
A
current
alternating
voltage
low
M
B alternating very high
hid
C direct low
D direct very high
as
215 A negatively charged plastic rod P is placed above a positively charged plastic rod Q.
R
P
– – – – –
Q
+ + + + +
What are the directions of the electrostatic forces on rod P and on rod Q?
ir
electrostatic force electrostatic force

S
on rod P on rod Q
A downwards downwards
B downwards upwards
C upwards downwards
D upwards upwards

216 A battery of electromotive force (e.m.f.) 10 V is connected to a resistor.
10 V
A charge of 2.0 coulombs passes through the resistor.
How much work is done as the charge passes through the resistor?
or
A 0.20 J B 2.0 J C 5.0 J D 20 J
zo
217 Three identical resistors are joined in series to a cell.
an
P
V
M V
Q
hid
Voltmeter Q reads 8.0 V.
What is the reading on voltmeter P and what is the e.m.f. of the cell?
as
reading on P / V e.m.f. of cell / V
A 4.0 8.0
R
B 4.0 12
C 8.0 8.0
D 8.0 12
ir
218 The power of an electrical heater is 3.0 kW.

S
The heater is switched on for a time of 2 hours and 30 minutes.
The cost of using the heater for this time is 120 c.
What is the cost of 1.0 kW h of electrical energy?
A 16 c B 17 c C 40 c D 48 c

219 A defibrillator is a device that is used to give an electric shock to a patient’s heart.
It supplies an electric shock with energy 240 J at an average voltage of 2000 V for 10 ms.
What is the average current it supplies?
A 0.012 A B 1.2 A C 12 A D 120 A
220 In a lighting circuit, the switch is placed in the live wire.

Why is this?
or
A A lamp in the circuit can be isolated from the supply.
B
zo
The fuse is in the neutral wire.
C The switch does not work in the neutral wire.
an
D Too much current flows in the earth wire.
221 Which cable transmits electrical energy at the highest voltage?
A
B
C
a household lighting cable
a power cable between towns
M
a cable from a bicycle dynamo to a lamp
D an electric cooker cable

hid
222 An oscilloscope is connected to a d.c. power supply.

as
The time-base on the oscilloscope is switched off.
What is seen on the screen of the oscilloscope?

R
A B C D
ir
S

223 Which diagram shows the electric field around an isolated point positive charge?
A B
+ +
or
zo
an
C D
+
M +
hid
224 An electric field is formed by two isolated, equal and opposite charges P and Q.
as
X
R
P + Y – Q
ir
How does the field at X compare with the field at Y?

S
A It is stronger at X than at Y and is in the opposite direction.

B It is stronger at X than at Y and is in the same direction.
C It is weaker at X than at Y and is in the opposite direction.
D It is weaker at X than at Y and is in the same direction.

225 Students are asked to describe an experiment to measure the resistance of a metallic conductor.
Which description is correct?
A Connect an ammeter in parallel and a voltmeter in series with the conductor then use R = I .
V
B Connect an ammeter in parallel and a voltmeter in series with the conductor then use R = V .
I
C Connect a voltmeter in parallel and an ammeter in series with the conductor then use R = I .
V
Connect a voltmeter in parallel and an ammeter in series with the conductor then use R = V .
or
D
I
zo
226 The diagram shows three 6.0 Ω resistors connected to give various total resistances.
an
M
hid
as
R
What is the difference between the smallest total resistance and the largest total resistance?
A 7.0 Ω B 9.0 Ω C 12 Ω D 16 Ω
227 The diagram shows part of an electric circuit. The reading on the voltmeter is 16 V. The current in
ir
the resistor is 8.0 A.

V
S
8.0 A P Q
One coulomb of charge flows from P to Q through the resistor.
How much energy is transferred in the resistor?
A 2.0 J B 8.0 J C 16 J D 128 J

228 The diagram shows point X between two charged plates.
+ –
+ –
+ –
+ X –
+ –
+ –
or
Which diagram shows the electric field pattern near point X?
A B C D
zo
an
M
229 Copper wire is available in fixed lengths but in various diameters d. Each diameter has a different
resistance R.
Which relationship between R and d is correct?

hid
A R is directly proportional to d.
B R is directly proportional to d 2.
C R is inversely proportional to d.
as
D R is inversely proportional to d 2.
R
230 A student investigates the resistance of a lamp.
Which row states how the meters must be connected?

ir
ammeter voltmeter
S
A in parallel with the lamp in parallel with the lamp

B in parallel with the lamp in series with the lamp
C in series with the lamp in parallel with the lamp
D in series with the lamp in series with the lamp

231 A thermistor and a light-dependent resistor are connected in series.
Which conditions give the least resistance?
A B
cold dark cold light
or
C D
zo
hot dark hot light
an
232 Electrical power is transmitted at 400 kV and transformed down to 240 V before being delivered to
consumers. Which statement is correct?
A
B
M
A 400 kV cable requires less insulation than a 240 V cable.
Birds are subject to a high-voltage shock when resting on a high-voltage cable.
C The current in the transmission wires is equal to the current delivered to the consumers.
hid
D With a 400 kV transmission system, a smaller proportion of the energy is used to heat the
atmosphere than with a 240 V system.
as
R
ir
S

or
zo
an
M
hid
as
R
ir
S

Theory
1 (a) A student connects the circuit shown in Fig. 1.1.
150 Ω
or
12 V
zo
an
200 Ω
M
(i) Calculate the current in the circuit.
Fig. 1.1
hid
as
R
current = [4]
(ii) Calculate the potential difference (p.d.) across the lamp.

ir
S
p.d. = V [2]
(iii) Draw on Fig. 1.1 to suggest how the circuit may be modified so that the brightness of
the lamp can be controlled. [1]

(b) The circuit is re-arranged as shown in Fig. 1.2.
12 V
150 Ω 200 Ω
or
zo
Fig. 1.2
(i) What word is used to describe this new arrangement of the components?
an
[1]
M
(ii) Predict and explain how the brightness of the lamp compares to the lamp in Fig. 1.1.
[2]
hid
[Total: 10]
2 The electric circuit in Fig. 2.1 consists of a battery, two lamps and a switch. A voltmeter is connected
across one of the lamps.
as
(a) Which quantity does the voltmeter

12 V
measure? Tick one box.
R
charge
A B current
ir
potential difference
S
power [1]
V Fig. 2.1
charge
(b) The switch is closed so that there is a
current in the lamps. potential difference
(i) What flows in the circuit in order to power

create the current? Tick one box.
resistance [1]
(ii) The resistance of each lamp is 18 Ω.
Calculate
1. the combined resistance of the lamps,
or
combined resistance = ...................................................... Ω [1]
zo
2. the current in the circuit, stating the unit in your answer.
an
M current = ...........................................................[4]
(iii) Calculate the value of the reading on the voltmeter.

hid
as
voltmeter reading = ...................................................... V [2]
(c) Suggest one disadvantage of connecting lamps in series rather than in parallel.
R
...................................................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................................[1]
[Total: 10]
ir
S

3 (a) (i) State what is meant by an electric field.
...........................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................... [1]
(ii) Fig. 3.1 shows a small, positively charged sphere.
or
+
zo
an
Fig. 3.1
M
On Fig. 3.1, sketch the pattern of the electric field in the space around the sphere.
(b) Fig. 3.2 shows a metal sphere on an insulating support.

[2]
hid
as
Fig. 3.2
A student has available two rods, one charged positively and one charged negatively. Using
R
one of these rods, she gives the sphere a uniform negative charge by induction.
State which rod she chooses, and describe the procedure she follows.
...................................................................................................................................................
ir
...................................................................................................................................................
S
. ..................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
.............................................................................................................................................. [4]
[Total: 7]

4 (a) The list below contains the names of five different components that might be found in an
electric circuit.
capacitor light-dependent resistor resistor thermistor variable resistor
Which of these has
(i) a resistance that falls rapidly when the temperature rises,
...................................................................................................................................
or
(ii) a resistance that changes when a sliding contact is moved,
...................................................................................................................................
zo
(iii) a high resistance in the dark but a low resistance in daylight?
an
...................................................................................................................................
[3]
Fig. 4.1.
M
(b) A lamp shines with full brightness when connected to a 12 V battery, as shown in
0.50 A
12 V
Fig. 4.1
hid
lamp
(i) 1. Write down the equation that links resistance with p.d. and current.
as
R
2. The current in the lamp is 0.50 A. Calculate the resistance of the lamp.
ir
S
resistance of lamp = …………………

[4]

(ii) A resistor is now connected in series with the lamp, as shown in Fig. 4.2.
12 V
Fig. 4.2
lamp
or
1. State what happens to the current in the lamp when the resistor is added.
...........................................................................................................................
zo
2. Explain your answer.
an
...........................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................
3.
M
Suggest what change might be seen in the lamp.
...........................................................................................................................
[3]
hid
5 Fig. 5.1 shows a 240 V a.c. mains circuit to which a number of appliances are connected and
switched on.
as
R
240 V a.c. refrigerator

fan
60 W 60 W
1.2 kW 200 W
ir
Fig. 5.1
S
(a) Calculate the power supplied to the circuit.
power = …………..[1]

(b) The appliances are connected in parallel.
(i) Explain what connected in parallel means.
...................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................
(ii) State two advantages of connecting the appliances in parallel rather than in series.
or
advantage 1 ...............................................................................................................
advantage 2 ...............................................................................................................
zo
[3]
(c) Calculate
an
(i) the current in the refrigerator,
(ii) the energy used by the fan in 3 hours,

M current = …………..
energy = …………..
hid
(iii) the resistance of the filament of one lamp.
resistance = …………..
as
[7]
R
ir
S

06 In the engine compartment of a car, the battery supplies a current of 120 A to the starter motor.
(a) The starter motor is switched on for 3.5 s.
Calculate the charge that passes through the starter motor in this time.
or
zo
an
M charge = ...........................................................[2]
hid
(b) The starter motor circuit is switched on and off using a relay.
The relay is controlled using a second circuit. A switch in the second circuit is used by the
driver to operate the relay and turn the starter motor on and off. Explain how the current in
the second circuit controls the relay.
as
...................................................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................................[2]
R
ir
S

7 The table below shows the potential difference (p.d.) needed at different times during a day
to cause a current of 0.03 A in a particular thermistor.
time of day (24-hour clock) 0900 1200 1500 1800
p.d. / V 15.0 9.9 7.5
resistance / 500 210 250
(a) Calculate the two values missing from the table. You may use the space below for your
or
working. Write your answers in the table.
zo
[3]
an
(b) On Fig. 7.1, plot the four resistance values.
resistance /
600
400
M
hid
200
as
0
R
0600 0900 1200 1500 1800 2100

time of day
Fig. 7.1
[2]
ir
(c) (i) Draw a smooth curve through your points.

S
(ii) Why do we draw a smooth curve rather than a series of straight lines joining the
points?
..................................................................................................................................
[2]

(d) The thermistor is a circuit component with a resistance that decreases as the temperature
increases.
(i) From your graph, estimate the time of day when the temperature was greatest.
time of day = .............................

(ii) State the reason for your answer to (d)(i).
..................................................................................................................................
or
..................................................................................................................................
[2]
zo
8 (a) (i) What name do we give to the type of material that allows electrical charges to pass
through it?
an
..................................................................................................................................
(ii) Give an example of such a material.
M
..................................................................................................................................
(iii) What must be done to this type of material in order to make electrical charges pass
through it?
..................................................................................................................................
hid
..................................................................................................................................
[3]
(b) (i) What name do we give to the type of material that does not allow electrical
as
charges to pass through it?
..................................................................................................................................
R
(ii) Give an example of such a material.
..................................................................................................................................
[2]
ir
(c) Which of the two types of material in (a)(i) and (b)(i) may be held in the hand and
charged by friction (e.g. by rubbing with a soft cloth)?
S
.................................................................................................................................... [1]

9 The circuit in Fig. 9.1 is connected up.
Fig. 9.1
2Ω
or
resistance wire
zo
(a) How does the current in the resistance wire compare with the current in the 2
resistor? Tick one box.
an
smaller same greater [1]
(b) A voltmeter connected across the resistance wire shows the same reading as a
M
voltmeter connected across the 2 resistor.
State the value of the resistance of the resistance wire.
........................................ [1]
(c) Calculate the combined resistance of the wire and the resistor.
hid
as
combined resistance = ........................................ [2]
(d) The wire and resistor are disconnected and then reconnected in parallel, as shown in
R
Fig. 9.2.
ir
A
resistance wire
S
Fig. 9.2
2Ω

(i) What is the combined resistance of the wire and resistor in Fig.9.2? Tick one box.
zero
1
2
3
or
(ii) The ammeter in Fig. 9.1 reads 0.3 A. What is the reading on the ammeter in
Fig. 9.2? Tick one box.
zo
zero
an
less than 0.3 A
0.3 A
more than 0.3 A

M
(e) Walls in buildings sometimes develop cracks. The width of a crack can be monitored by
[2]
measuring the resistance of a thin wire stretched across the crack and firmly fixed on
either side of the crack, as illustrated in Fig. 9.3.
hid
thin wire
as
R
Fig. 9.3
fixing pin
The wall moves and the crack widens slightly. fixing pin
crack
State what happens to
ir
S
(i) the length of the wire, ...............................................................................................
(ii) the resistance of the wire. ........................................................................................

[2]

10 A student has a power supply, a resistor, a voltmeter, an ammeter and a variable resistor.
(a) The student obtains five sets of readings from which he determines an average value
for the resistance of the resistor.
In the space below, draw a labelled diagram of a circuit that he could use.
or
[3]
zo
(b) Describe how the circuit should be used to obtain the five sets of readings.
..........................................................................................................................................
an
..........................................................................................................................................
(c) Fig. 10.1 shows another circuit.

M
..................................................................................................................................... [2]
6.0 V
hid
A
resistor resistor of
3.0 Ω unknown value
as
Fig. 10.1
R
When the circuit is switched on, the ammeter reads 0.50 A.
(i) Calculate the value of the unknown resistor.
resistance = ………………. [2]

ir
(ii) Calculate the charge passing through the 3.0 Ω resistor in 120 s.
S
charge = ………………. [1]
(iii) Calculate the power dissipated in the 3.0 Ω resistor.
power = ………………. [2]

11 In the boxes of the left column below are some electrical hazards. In the boxes of the right
column are means of protecting against those hazards.
From each hazard, draw a line to the appropriate protection. One line has been drawn as an
example.
electrical hazard means of protection
loose live wire touches fuse or circuit-breaker

metal case of appliance in the circuit
or
zo
worn insulation on cable use of switches with
to an appliance a nylon pull-cord
an
steam in a washroom earth wire connected to the
condenses inside a switch metal case of the appliance
wires get hot because

current is too high
M visual check of cables
before connecting appliance
[3]
hid
as
R
ir
S

12 Fig. 12.1 shows an electrical circuit. 12.0 V d.c.
The resistance of the lamp is 4.0 Ω when it is
A C B R at its normal brightness.

one metre 4.0 Ω
resistance
sliding contact Fig.12.1
or
wire
zo
(a) The lamp is rated at 6.0 V, 9.0 W.
Calculate the current in the lamp when it is at its normal brightness.
an
=current ........................[2]
(b) The sliding contact C is moved to A. The lamp lights at its normal brightness.
M
Calculate
(i) the total circuit resistance,
=resistance ........................[1]
(ii) the potential difference across the 4.0 Ω resistor R.

hid
potential difference = ........................[1]
(c) The sliding contact C is moved from A to B.

as
(i) Describe any change that occurs in the brightness of the lamp.
..............................................................................................................................[1]
R
(ii) Explain your answer to (i).
..................................................................................................................................
..............................................................................................................................[2]
ir
(d) The 1 m wire between A and B, as shown in Fig. 8.1, has a resistance of 2.0 Ω.
Calculate the resistance between A and B when
S
(i) the 1 m length is replaced by a 2 m length of the same wire,
=resistance ........................[1]
(ii) the 1 m length is replaced by a 1 m length of a wire of the same material but of only
half the cross-sectional area.
=resistance ........................[1]

13 (a) Fig. 13.1 shows a positively charged plastic rod, a metal plate resting on an insulator,
and a lead connected to earth.
positively charged
plastic rod
metal plate
or
lead connected
insulator
to earth
zo
Fig. 13.1
an
Describe how the metal plate may be charged by induction.
..........................................................................................................................................
M
..........................................................................................................................................
......................................................................................................................................[3]
(b) An electrostatic generator sets up a current of 20 mA in a circuit.
Calculate
hid
(i) the charge flowing through the circuit in 15 s,
as
=charge ............................
R
(ii) the potential difference across a 10 kΩ resistor in the circuit.

ir
potential difference = ............................

[3]
S

14 (a) Fig. 14.1 shows two resistors connected to a 6 V battery.
2Ω
6V X
10 Ω
or
Y
zo
Fig. 14.1
an
(i) What name do we use to describe this way of connecting resistors?
............................................................................................................................ [1]
(ii)
M
Calculate the combined resistance of the two resistors.
combined resistance = .................. [1]

hid
(iii) Calculate the current in the circuit.

as
R
current = ...................... [4]
(iv) Use your answer to (a)(iii) to calculate the potential difference across the 10
resistor.
ir
S
potential difference = .................. V [2]
(v) State the potential difference between terminals X and Y.
.................. V [1]

(b) The circuit in Fig. 14.2 is similar to the circuit in Fig. 14.1, but it uses a resistor AB with a
sliding contact.
A
sliding
contact
6V X
or
zo
B
Y
an
Fig. 14.2
(i)
2.
M
State the potential difference between X and Y when the sliding contact is at
1. end A of the resistor,
end B of the resistor.

.............. V
.............. V [2]
(ii) The sliding contact of the resistor AB is moved so that the potential difference
hid
between X and Y is 5 V.
On Fig. 9.2, mark with the letter C the position of the sliding contact. [1]
as
[Total: 12]
R
15 Fig. 15.1 shows part of a low-voltage lighting circuit containing five identical lamps.
12 V d.c.
supply
A B
ir
S
E Fig. 15.1

(a) Complete the circuit, by the addition of components as necessary, so that
(i) the total current from the supply can be measured,
(ii) the brightness of lamp E only can be varied,
(iii) lamps C and D may be switched on and off together whilst lamps A, B and E
remain on. [4]
(b) All five lamps are marked 12 V, 36 W. Assume that the resistance of each lamp
is the same fixed value regardless of how it is connected in the circuit. Calculate
or
(i) the current in one lamp when operating at normal brightness,
zo
an
current = ................................................ [1]
(ii)
M
the resistance of one lamp when operating at normal brightness,
resistance = ................................................ [1]

hid
(iii) the combined resistance of two lamps connected in parallel with the 12 V supply,
as
resistance = ................................................ [1]
(iv) the energy used by one lamp in 30 s when operating at normal brightness.
R
energy = ................................................ [1]

ir
(c) The whole circuit is switched on. Explain why the brightness of lamps A and B is much
less than that of one lamp operating at normal brightness.
S
....................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
.................................................................................................................................... [2]
[Total: 10]

16 Fig. 16.1 shows a series circuit.
R1 R2
X Y
or
zo
Fig. 16.1
Resistance R1 = 25 Ω and resistance R2 = 35 Ω. The cell has zero resistance.
an
(a) Calculate the combined resistance of R1 and R2.
=resistance M ........................................... Ω
(b) On Fig. 10.1, use the correct circuit symbol to draw a voltmeter connected to measure
[2]
the potential difference between X and Y. [1]

hid
(c) The variable resistor is set to zero resistance. The voltmeter reads 1.5 V.

as
R
=current .................................................. [4]
(ii) State the value of the potential difference across the cell.
ir
potential difference = ............................................ V [1]

S

(d) The resistance of the variable resistor is increased.
(i) What happens to the current in the circuit? Tick one box.
increases
stays the same
decreases [1]
(ii) What happens to the voltmeter reading? Tick one box.
or
increases
zo
stays the same
decreases [1]
an
(iii) State the resistance of the variable resistor when the voltmeter reads 0.75 V.
17
=resistance
M ............................................Ω
Fig. 17.1 is the plan of a small apartment that has four lamps as shown.
[Total: 11]
[1]
hid
Fig. 17.1 100 W
kitchen
Power for the lamps is supplied at 200 V a.c. and the 2 × 60 W
living room
60 W
as
lamps are all in parallel.

bathroom
R
(a) In the space below, draw a lighting circuit diagram so that there is one switch for each
room and one master switch that will turn off all the lamps. Label the lamps as 60 W or
100 W.
ir
S
[3]

(b) The 100 W lamp is switched on. Calculate
(i) the current in the lamp,
or
=current ................................................ [2]
(ii) the charge passing through the lamp in one minute.
zo
an
=charge
M ................................................ [2]
(c) The three 60 W lamps are replaced by three energy-saving ones, that give the same
light output but are rated at only 15 W each.
Calculate
hid
(i) the total reduction in power,
as
reduction in power = ................................................ [1]

R
(ii) the energy saved when the lamps are lit for one hour.
ir
S
energy saved = ................................................. [2]
[Total: 10]

18 Fig. 18.1 shows a simple circuit.
6V
reading
A
50 mA
or
R
zo
Fig. 18.1
(a) What is the value of
an
(i) the e.m.f. of the battery,
(ii) the current in the circuit?

M ................................................. [1]
................................................. [1]
(b) Calculate the resistance R of the resistor.

hid
as
R = ................................................ [3]
R
(c) State how the circuit could be changed to
(i) halve the current in the circuit,
............................................................................................................................ [2]
ir
(ii) reduce the current to zero.
............................................................................................................................ [1]
S

(d) A student wishes to include a switch in the circuit, but mistakenly connects it as shown
in Fig. 18.2.
6V
student’s
A incorrect
connection
or
R
zo
an
Fig. 18.2
(i) Comment on the size of the current in the circuit if the student closes the switch.
(ii) M
............................................................................................................................ [1]
What effect would this current have on the circuit?
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
hid
............................................................................................................................ [2]
[Total: 11]
as
R
19 The circuit shown in Fig. 19.1 uses a 12 V battery.
12 V
ir
A
S
16 8
S
Fig. 19.1

(a) Switch S is open, as shown in Fig. 19.1. State
the value of
(i) the reading on the ammeter,
=reading ................................................ [1]
(ii) the potential difference (p.d.) across S.
or
=p.d. ................................................ [1]
zo
(b) Switch S is now closed.
(i) Calculate the current in the ammeter.
an
=current
(ii)
M
Calculate the p.d. across the 8 resistor.
................................................ [2]
hid
=p.d. ................................................ [2]

as
(c) The two resistors are now connected in parallel.

R
Calculate the new reading on the ammeter when S is closed, stating clearly any
equations that you use.
ir
S
=reading ................................................ [4]
[Total: 10]

20 (a) Fig. 20.1 shows a circuit containing a 6 V lamp, two switches and a 6 V motorcycle battery.
The lamp has a resistance of 10 when it is glowing normally.
S1 S2
6V 6 V, 10
or
Fig. 20.1
zo
How can the lamp be made to light up at normal brightness? Tick the box alongside any
action which will do this.
an
close S1 only
close S2 only
close both S1 and S2

M [1]
(b) Fig. 20.2 shows a similar circuit, but the switches are arranged in parallel.
hid
S1
as
S2
R
6V 6 V, 10 X
Fig. 20.2
How can the lamp be made to light up at normal brightness? Tick the box alongside any
ir
action which will do this.

S
close S1 only
close S2 only
close both S1 and S2

[2]

(c) The lamp is now connected to a 12 V car battery, as shown in Fig. 20.3.
12 V 6 V, 10
or
Fig. 20.3
State why it would not be wise to close switch S.
zo
..........................................................................................................................................
an
.................................................................................................................................... [1]
(d) Resistor R is connected in series with the lamp, as shown in Fig. 20.4.
M S
R
Fig. 20.4
hid
12 V
6 V, 10
as
(i) State what value R must have, in order to enable the lamp to have 6 V across it
R
when S is closed.
resistance = ............................................ [1]
(ii) With this resistor and the lamp in series, calculate the current in the circuit.
ir
S
current = ................................................ [4]
[Total: 9]

21 Fill in the gaps in the sentences below, using only appropriate words from the following list.
Do not use any word more than once.
charge, current, few, many, potential difference, resistance
Insulators are materials which possess very ……………………………… free electrons.
Because of this, when a ……………………………… is applied across an
insulator, the electric ……………………………… in it is very small.
or
The ……………………………… of a piece of insulator is likely to be very high. [3]
[Total: 3]
zo
22 (a) A coil of wire is connected into a circuit containing a variable resistor and a battery.
an
The variable resistor is adjusted until the potential difference across the coil is 1.8 V.
In this condition, the current in the circuit is 0.45 A.
Calculate
M
(i) the resistance of the coil,
resistance = ................................................ [1]

hid
(ii) the thermal energy released from this coil in 9 minutes.
as
R
energy released = ................................................ [3]
(b) The coil in part (a) is replaced by one made of wire which has half the diameter of that
in (a). When the potential difference across the coil is again adjusted to 1.8 V, the
current is only 0.30 A. Calculate how the length of wire in the second coil compares
with the length of wire in the first coil.
ir
S
length of wire in second coil is ………………………… the length of wire in first coil [4]
[Total: 8]

23 (a) State the law of attraction and repulsion between electrostatic charges.
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
.................................................................................................................................... [2]
(b) Sometimes, when people have been riding in a car, they get an electric shock from the
door handle as they get out of the car. Suggest why this happens.
..........................................................................................................................................
or
..........................................................................................................................................
zo
.................................................................................................................................... [2]
an
(c) A plastic rod is rubbed with a cloth and becomes positively charged. After charging, the
rod is held close to the suspended table-tennis ball shown in Fig. 8.1. The table-tennis
ball is covered with metal paint and is initially uncharged.
M nylon thread
hid
light
table-tennis ball
covered with metal
paint
as
positively
R
charged rod
Fig. 23.1
ir
(i) Describe what happens to the charges on the metal-painted table-tennis ball as the
positively-charged rod is brought close to the ball.
S
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................ [1]

or
zo
an
M
hid
as
R
ir
S

(ii) The ball is attracted towards the charged rod.
Explain why this happens.
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................ [2]
or
(iii) When it is a few centimetres away from the rod, the ball is briefly touched by a wire
connected to earth.
zo
In terms of the movement of charges, describe what happens to the charge on the
ball.
an
..................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................ [2]
24
M
Fig. 24.1 shows two resistors forming part of a circuit.
[Total: 9]
3Ω
hid
A B C D
as
7Ω
Fig. 24.1
R
4.2 V
(a) (i) Complete the following sentence about the two resistors connected between A and D.
The two resistors are connected in ..................................................... . [1]
(ii) The potential difference between A and D is 4.2 V.

ir
State the value of the potential difference between B and C.

S
potential difference = ........................................................V [1]

(iii) Calculate the current in the 3 Ω resistor.
=current ............................................................ [4]
or
(iv) State how the current in AB compares with
zo
1. the current in each of the two resistors,
...........................................................................................................................................
an
2. the current in CD.
.......................................................................................................................................[2]
M
(b) In the boxes below, draw two circuit diagrams, each containing a battery and three identical
resistors. Arrange each circuit so that all the resistors in the circuit carry the same current.
Draw one circuit in each box.

hid
as
R
ir
[2]
S
[Total: 10]

25 A length of bare uniform resistance wire is included in the circuit of Fig. 10.1. Contact C can
be moved to any position along the resistance wire.
resistance
wire
I
A
contact C
2.0 V
or
l
zo
5.0 Ν
Fig. 25.1
an
(a) On the axes of Fig. 25.2, sketch the graph that relates the current I in the circuit to the
length l of the resistance wire.
I /A M
hid
0
as
0 l / cm
R
Fig. 25.2 [2]
(b) Calculate the reading on the ammeter when the length l is zero.
ir
S
ammeter reading = ............................................. A [3]

(c) Contact C is moved so that the resistance of the length l of the resistance wire is 15.0 Ω.
Calculate
(i) the total resistance of the circuit,
or
resistance = .................................................... Ω
(ii) the new ammeter reading.
zo
an
ammeter reading = .................................................... A
M
(d) When l = 25 cm, the reading on the ammeter is half that found in (b).
Calculate the resistance of 25 cm of the resistance wire.

[2]
hid
as
resistance = .............................................. Ω [2]
(e) Which of the following effects is caused by the current in the resistance wire?
R
Tick the boxes alongside two correct effects.
heating
ir
light
S
sound
magnetism [2]
[Total: 11]

26 (a) In Fig. 26.1, S is a metal sphere standing on an insulating base. R is a negatively charged
rod placed close to S.
– Fig. 26.1
–
R – (i) Name the particles in S that move when R is
S brought close to S.
–
–
or
– insulating
base ........................................................................................
.........................................................................................
zo
................................................................................... [1]
an
(ii) On Fig. 26.1, add + signs and – signs to suggest the result of this movement. [1]
(iii) Describe the actions which now need to take place so that S becomes positively
M
charged with the charge distributed evenly over its surface. A positively charged
object is not available.
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................. [3]
hid
(b) During a thunderstorm, the potential difference between thunderclouds and the ground
builds up to 1.5 × 106 V. In each stroke of lightning, 30 C of charge passes between the
thunderclouds and the ground. Lightning strokes to the ground occur, on average, at 2
as
minute intervals.
Calculate
R
(i) the average current between the thunderclouds and the ground,
average current = ................................................. [2]

ir
(ii) the energy transferred in each stroke of lightning.

S
energy = ................................................. [2]

[Total: 9]

27 This question refers to quantities and data shown on the circuit diagram of Fig. 27.1.
6.0 V
Fig. 27.1
I4
I1 3.0 Ν
A R
or
I2
X Y
zo
I3
2.0 Ν
an
(a) State the relationship between
(i)
(ii) M
the currents I1, I2 and I3 , ..................................................................................... [1]
the currents I1 and I4 . ......................................................................................... [1]
(b) The ammeter reads 0.80 A. Assume it has zero resistance.
Calculate
hid
(i) the potential difference between X and Y,
as
p.d. = ................................................. [1]

R
(ii) the current I3,
current = ................................................. [2]

ir
(iii) the resistance of R.

S
resistance = ................................................. [4]

[Total: 9]

28 Fig. 28.1 shows an electron beam about to enter, at point A, the electric field between two
charged metal plates.
B
or
electron
beam A
zo
an
+
M Fig. 28.1
C
(a) On Fig. 28.1, carefully draw the path of the electron beam between A and the line BC.
hid
[3]
(b) The voltage across the plates is reversed. State what difference this makes to the path
of the electron beam.
as
..........................................................................................................................................
R
..................................................................................................................................... [1]
[Total: 4]
ir
S

29 (a) Which electrical quantity is described as “the flow of charge”? Tick one box.
current
electromotive force
power
or
resistance [1]
zo
(b) Fig. 9301 shows a circuit in which switch S is open. The battery and ammeter have
resistances that can be ignored.
an
12 V
16 Ν
M S
Fig. 29.1
8Ν
A
(i) Switch S is closed.

hid
Calculate
1. the combined resistance of the two resistors,
as
resistance = ............................................. Ω [2]

R
2. the reading on the ammeter. Include the unit.
ammeter reading = .................................................. [4]

ir
(ii) Switch S is opened again.

S
State, including units,

1. the reading on the ammeter,
ammeter reading = .................................................. [1]
2. the potential difference across the battery.

potential difference = .................................................. [1]
[Total: 9]

30 The circuit for adjusting the brightness of the lamp in the display panel of a car is shown in
Fig. 30.1.
B
S
brightness
control
12 V
panel
lamp
or
A
zo
Fig. 30.1
an
The brightness control is uniformly wound with resistance wire and has a sliding contact S.
(a) State the name of the component used as the brightness control.
M
...................................................................................................................................... [1]
(b) State the potential difference across the panel lamp when
(i) S is at end A, …………… V

hid
(ii) S is at end B. …………… V
[2]
(c) Describe what happens to the brightness of the lamp as S is moved from A to B.
as
..........................................................................................................................................
R
...................................................................................................................................... [2]
[Total: 5]
ir
S

31 A student has devised the circuit in Fig. 31.1 to control the lighting of three lamps, A, B and C.
3 2
A
or
4
B
zo
5
C
an
Fig. 31.1
M
More than one switch must be closed in order to light any lamp.
(a) In the table below, put ticks to indicate which switches must be closed in order to light
the lamps. The first row has been completed for you.
switches closed
hid
lamp that is lit
1 2
as
lamp A only ✓ ✓
R
lamp B only
lamp C only
[3]
ir
(b) All the switches are now closed.

S
Which of the lamps light up? ........................................................................................ [1]
(c) Which one switch must be open to ensure that none of the lamps light up? ............... [1]
[Total: 5]

32 (a) There is a current in a wire.
(i) What is moving in the wire, to create this current?
..................................................................................................................................
(ii) What must be done to the wire in order to cause a current?
..................................................................................................................................
(iii) In which unit do we measure the current?
or
..................................................................................................................................
[3]
zo
(b) Fig. 32.1 shows a circuit connected to a 6.0 V power supply. Ignore the resistance of the
power supply and the ammeter.
an
8.0 Ν
+
6.0 V
–
M
4.0 Ν
A
hid
Fig. 32.1
(i) Calculate the combined resistance of the two resistors.

as
R
resistance = .............................................. Ω [2]
(ii) Calculate the current indicated by the ammeter. Your answer must include the unit.
ir
S
reading = .................................................. [3]

(iii) The 8.0 Ω resistor is replaced by another resistor with a larger resistance.
Without further calculation, state the effect this has on
1. the ammeter reading,
..................................................................................................................................
2. the potential difference across the 4.0 Ω resistor.
..................................................................................................................................
or
[2]
[Total: 10]
zo
an
33 (a) Which electrical quantity is described as “the flow of charge”? Tick one box.
M
current
electromotive force
power
hid
resistance [1]
(b) Fig. 33.1 shows a circuit in which switch S is open. The battery and ammeter have
resistances that can be ignored.
as
12 V
R
A
16 Ν 8Ν
S
ir
Fig. 33.1
S
(i) Switch S is closed.

Calculate
resistance = ............................................. Ω [2]

2. the reading on the ammeter. Include the unit.
ammeter reading = .................................................. [4]
(ii) Switch S is opened again.

State, including units,
1. the reading on the ammeter,
or
ammeter reading = .................................................. [1]
2. the potential difference across the battery.
zo
potential difference = .................................................. [1]
[Total: 9]
an
34 The circuit for adjusting the brightness of the lamp in the display panel of a car is shown in
Fig. 34.1
M
brightness
control
B
S
12 V
panel
hid
lamp
A
as
Fig. 34.1
R
The brightness control is uniformly wound with resistance wire and has a sliding contact S.
(a) State the name of the component used as the brightness control.
...................................................................................................................................... [1]
(b) State the potential difference across the panel lamp when
ir
(i) S is at end A, …………… V

S
(ii) S is at end B. …………… V

[2]
(c) Describe what happens to the brightness of the lamp as S is moved from A to B.
..........................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................... [2]
[Total: 5]
35 (a) There is a current in a wire.
(i) What is moving in the wire, to create this current?
..................................................................................................................................
(ii) What must be done to the wire in order to cause a current?
..................................................................................................................................
or
(iii) In which unit do we measure the current?
..................................................................................................................................
zo
[3]
(b) Fig. 35.1 shows a circuit connected to a 6.0 V power supply. Ignore the resistance of the
an
power supply and the ammeter.
8.0 Ν
+
6.0 V
– M A
4.0 Ν
hid
Fig. 35.1
(i) Calculate the combined resistance of the two resistors.

as
R
resistance = .............................................. Ω [2]
(ii) Calculate the current indicated by the ammeter. Your answer must include the unit.
ir
S
reading = .................................................. [3]

(iii) The 8.0 Ω resistor is replaced by another resistor with a larger resistance.
Without further calculation, state the effect this has on
1. the ammeter reading,
..................................................................................................................................
2. the potential difference across the 4.0 Ω resistor.
or
..................................................................................................................................
[2]
zo
[Total: 10]
an
M
hid
as
R
ir
S

36 (a) A transformer consists of two coils of insulated wire, wound on a core.
State a suitable material for which to make:
(i) the coils,
..................................................................................................................................
(ii) the core.
or
..................................................................................................................................
[2]
zo
(b) A lamp has a normal working voltage of 6.0 V.
an
The transformer in Fig. 36.1 is used to enable the 6.0 V lamp to be lit at normal
brightness using a 240 V mains supply.
240 V
mains
M A
B
6.0 V
lamp
800 turns
hid
Fig. 36.1
The primary coil has 800 turns. The secondary coil is connected to terminals A and B.
as
Calculate the number of turns in the secondary coil.

R
ir
number of turns = .................................................. [3]

S
(c) A technician wishes to use the transformer in Fig. 9.1 to light three 6.0 V lamps.
(i) What would happen to the lamps if the technician connected them directly across
the mains supply?
..................................................................................................................................
.............................................................................................................................. [1]

(ii) On Fig. 36.2 below, show how the three lamps should be connected to terminals
A and B, so that they all light with normal brightness
A
240 V
mains
or
B
zo
800 turns
an
Fig. 36.2
[1]
[Total: 7]
M
hid
as
R
ir
S

37 A student connects the circuit shown in Fig. 37.1.
S1
S2
6.0 V 10 Ω
or
zo
Fig. 37.1
an
When operating normally, the lamp has a resistance of 10 Ω.
(a) (i) State the current in the lamp when both S1 and S2 are open.
(ii) The student closes switch S1.

M
.......................................................................................................................................[1]
Calculate the current in the lamp, stating the unit of your answer.
hid
as
R
current = ................................................. [4]
(iii) The student now closes S2 as well as S1.
State the current in the lamp with both switches closed.

ir
.......................................................................................................................................[1]
S
(b) The student decides that she would like to be able to vary the brightness of the lamp.
(i) Name an electrical component that she could add to the circuit to do this.
.......................................................................................................................................[1]

(ii) In the space below, redraw the circuit of Fig. 37.1, including the component for varying the
lamp brightness.
or
zo
[2]
an
[Total: 9]
38 M
The electric circuit shown in Fig. 38.1 contains a battery, two resistors, a switch and another
component.
12 V
hid
A
as
16.0 Ω 8.0 Ω
S
R
Fig. 38.1
(a) (i) Which instrument does the symbol A represent?
.......................................................................................................................................[1]
ir
(ii) Which quantity does this instrument measure? Tick one box.
S
charge
current
power
[1]
(b) The switch is closed so that there is a current in the circuit.
(i) What flows in the circuit in order to create the current? Tick one box.
charge
or
power
zo
resistance [1]
an
(ii) Using values from Fig. 37.1, calculate
M combined resistance = ............................................. Ω [2]
2. the current in the circuit, stating the unit of your answer.

hid
as
R
current = ..................................................[4]
(c) When the switch is open, what is the potential difference across the 16 Ω resistor? Tick one
box.
ir
12 V
S
8.0 V
6.0 V
0V
[1]
[Total: 10]

39 A laboratory technician has a 12 V a.c. power supply. He wishes to use it to light a 6.0 V, 1.5 Ω
lamp, using either a transformer or a resistor.
(a) State what will happen if he connects the lamp directly to the 12 V power supply.
...............................................................................................................................................[1]
(b) (i) Using a standard transformer symbol, complete the circuit in Fig. 38.1 to show how the
transformer could be used to light the lamp at normal brightness.
or
zo
12 V 6.0 V 1.5 Ω
input lamp
a.c.
an
[1]
Fig. 39.1
(ii)
Determine the value of the ratio: M

The transformer is to light the lamp at normal brightness.
number of turns on secondary coil
number of turns on primary coil
.
hid
ratio = ..................................................[2]
(c) (i) Complete the circuit in Fig. 38.2 to show how a single resistor could be connected so that
as
the lamp lights at normal brightness.

R
12 V 6.0 V 1.5 Ω
input lamp
a.c.
[2]
ir
Fig. 39.2
S
(ii) State the value of the resistance that is needed for the lamp to light at normal brightness.
resistance = ............................................. Ω [1]
[Total: 7]

40 In an attempt to measure the current in a lamp and a resistor, a student connects the circuit shown
in Fig. 40.1.
or
zo
V
an
Fig. 40.1
(a) What instrument does the symbol
M V represent?
...............................................................................................................................................[1]
(b) When the lamp fails to light, she realises that she has used the wrong instrument to measure
the current.
(i) With which instrument should she replace it, in order to be able to measure the current?
hid
.......................................................................................................................................[1]
(ii) In the space below, redraw the circuit of Fig. 40.1, but with the correct instrument in the
as
place of V , and with V connected in parallel with the cell.

R
ir
S
[2]

(c) When the circuit is working correctly, the student records that the potential difference across
the cell is 1.9 V and that the current in the circuit is 0.038 A.
(i) Calculate the combined resistance of the lamp and the resistor. State the unit.
or
zo
an
=resistance ................................................... [4]
(ii) The positions in the circuit of the lamp and the resistor are interchanged, as shown in
Fig. 40.2. The measuring instruments are not shown.
M
hid
as
Fig. 40.2
R
What difference, if any, does interchanging the components make to the value of the
current? Tick one box.
increases the current

ir
decreases the current

S
makes no difference to the current

[1]
[Total: 9]

41 In the circuit shown in Fig. 41.1, resistors can be connected between terminals P and Q. The e.m.f.
of the battery is 6.0 V.
6.0 V
or
P Q
zo
Fig. 41.1
an
(a) Calculate the current shown by the ammeter when a 12.0 Ω resistor and a 4.0 Ω resistor are
(i) connected in series between P and Q,
M current = ............................................... [2]
(ii) connected in parallel between P and Q.

hid
as
current = ............................................... [3]
(b) State the relationship between

R
(i) the resistance R and the length l of a wire of constant cross-sectional area,
...........................................................................................................................................
(ii) the resistance R and the cross-sectional area A of a wire of constant length.
ir
...........................................................................................................................................
[2]
S
(c) The 12.0 Ω and 4.0 Ω resistors in (a) are wires of the same length and are made of the same
alloy.
cross-sectional area of 12.0 Ω resistor

Calculate the ratio:
cross-sectional area of 4.0 Ω resistor
ratio = ............................................... [1]

42 Fig. 42.1 shows three cells each with e.m.f. 1.5 V connected in
series.
1.5 V 1.5 V 1.5 V
4.0 Ν 1.0 Ν
or
zo
1.0 Ν
an
Fig. 42.1
M
(a) Calculate the combined e.m.f. of the cells.
e.m.f. = ........................................................ [1]

hid
(b) Calculate the combined resistance of the three resistors shown in Fig. 42.1.
as
R
ir
resistance = ........................................................ [2]

S
(c) Calculate the current in the 4.0 Ω resistor in Fig. 42.1.
current = ........................................................ [3]

(d) Calculate the combined e.m.f. of the cells if one cell is reversed.
e.m.f. = ........................................................ [1]
[Total: 7]
or
43 The electric circuit in a clothes dryer contains two heaters X and Y in parallel. Fig. 43.1 shows the
circuit connected to a 230 V power supply.
zo
230 V
an
X
M Fig. 43.1
Y
When both switches are closed, the current in X is 3.5

hid
A.(a) Calculate the power developed in heater X.
as
R
power = ............................................... [2]
(b) The resistance of X is double that of Y.
Determine the total resistance of X and Y in parallel.

ir
S
resistance = ............................................... [4]

[Total: 6]
44 Overhead power cables supply electrical power to a town that is a considerable distance from the
power station.
The voltage at which the power is transmitted in the cables is very much greater than the voltage
at the power station and the voltage of the mains supply in the town.
(a) Explain the advantage of transmitting electrical power at a very high voltage.
...................................................................................................................................................
or
...................................................................................................................................................
zo
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
an
.............................................................................................................................................. [3]
(b) It is suggested that the resistance of the cables can be changed by doubling their diameter.
(i)
M
Explain the effect of this change on the resistance of the cables.
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
hid
...................................................................................................................................... [2]
(ii) Suggest one disadvantage of doubling the diameter of the cables.

as
...........................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................... [1]
R
[Total: 6]
ir
S

45 (a) A warning on the packaging of a light switch purchased from an electrical store reads
SAFETY WARNING
This push-button switch is not suitable for use in a washroom. Lights in washrooms should be
operated by pull-cord switches.
(i) Explain why it might be dangerous to use a push-button switch in a washroom.
..................................................................................................................................
or
..................................................................................................................................
zo
............................................................................................................................ [2]
(ii) Why is it safe to use a pull-cord switch in a washroom?
an
..................................................................................................................................
M
............................................................................................................................ [1]
(b) An electric heater, sold in the electrical store, has a current of 8 A when it is working
normally. The cable fitted to the heater has a maximum safe current of 12 A.
Which of the following fuses would be most suitable to use in the plug fitted to the cable
of the heater? Tick one box.
hid
5A 13 A
10 A 20 A
[1]
as
(c) The cable for connecting an electric cooker is much thicker than the cable on a table
R
lamp.
(i) Why do cookers need a much thicker cable?
..................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................ [1]
ir
(ii) What would happen if a thin cable were used for wiring a cooker to the supply?
S
..................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................ [1]
[Total: 6]

46 In cold weather, houses are often heated with an electrical heater.
Fig. 46.1 shows a simplified electrical circuit for a household heater.
or
B
zo
C
an
(a) What does the symbol M Fig. 46.1
represent?
.............................................................................................................................................. [1]
(b) The heater has three identical heating elements, a fan driven by a motor and a lamp.
hid
Name the components that are working when switch A only is closed.
.............................................................................................................................................. [1]
as
(c) The heater has two switches, B and C, to give high, medium and low heat settings.
R
Identify how each heat setting is obtained. Complete the table by adding ticks to represent a
closed switch.
heater settings switch B switch C

high
ir
medium
S
low
[3]
(d) Write down the equation that relates resistance, potential difference (p.d.) and current.
.............................................................................................................................................. [1]

(e) The current in one of the heating elements is 5.0 A. The resistance of the heating element
is 50 Ω.
Calculate the p.d. across the heating element. Include the appropriate unit.
or
zo
p.d. = ........................................................... [2]
(f) Explain how the component with the symbol protects the circuit.
an
...................................................................................................................................................
M
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
.............................................................................................................................................. [2]
[Total: 10]
hid
as
R
ir
S

47 A student sets up the circuit shown in Fig. 47.1.
or
Fig. 47.1
zo
(a) On Fig. 12.1, label the thermistor with a T. [1]
an
(b) The student wants to determine the resistance of the thermistor at different temperatures.
Complete the sentences for the meters he should use in the circuit.
(i)
(ii) M
The meter to be connected in series with the thermistor is .................................. .
The meter to be connected in parallel with the thermistor is ................................ .
(c) These are the student’s results for a temperature of 20 °C.

[1]
[1]
p.d. across thermistor / V current in thermistor / A

hid
3.2 0.0050
(i) Calculate the resistance of the thermistor at 20 °C.

as
R
resistance = ....................................................... Ω [3]

ir
(ii) When the temperature increases, the resistance of the thermistor decreases.
S
State what happens, if anything, to the current in the thermistor.
.......................................................................................................................................[1]
[Total: 7]

48 Some cars have electrically heated front seats. Each seat has a warm and a hot setting, controlled
by a switch.
The circuit for one seat is shown in Fig. 48.1.
12.0 V
fuse
or
X
zo
switch
A C
an
B
M heater
Fig. 48.1
hid
(a) The circuit contains a switch that can connect to any of the contacts A, B or C.
In the table below, put one tick for each switch setting to indicate the condition of the seat.
as
condition of seat
R
switch setting off warm hot

A
B
C
ir
[3]
(b) When the heater setting is on ‘hot’, the current in the heater is 6.0 A. The potential difference
S
across the heater is 10.0 V.
Calculate the resistance of the heater.
resistance = .......................................................... [3]

(c) What is the name and purpose of component X?
name of component ..................................................................................................................
purpose .....................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
[2]
or
(d) The heated seat develops a fault and there is a large current in the circuit.
Explain what happens to prevent further damage to the circuit.
zo
...................................................................................................................................................
an
...................................................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................................[2]
M [Total: 10]
hid
as
R
ir
S

49 A student makes the circuit shown in Fig. 49.1 using a 12 V battery.
12 V
X
Y
or
Fig. 49.1
(a) Complete the sentences about the circuit. Use words from the box.
zo
fixed
ed resis
resi
resistor
resisto
stor
tor lamp lig allel ies t mistor
an
(i) Components X and Y are connected in .........................................................................[1]
M
(ii) The component Y is a ....................................................................................................[1]
(b) Fig. 49.2 shows how the resistance of Y varies with temperature.
160
140
hid
120
resistance / Ν
100
as
80
R
60
40
20
ir
0
0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50
S
temperature / °C
Fig. 49.2
(i) Describe how the resistance of Y varies with temperature.
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
.......................................................................................................................................[2]
(ii) The temperature of Y is 10 °C. The resistance of X is 20 Ω.
Calculate the combined resistance of Y and X.
or
resistance = ..................................................... Ω [3]
(iii) Calculate the current in the circuit.
zo
an
current = ..................................................... A [3]
M [Total: 10]
hid
as
R
ir
S

50 Fig. 50.1 shows a 12 V battery connected in a circuit containing resistors A, B, C and D. Each
resistor has a resistance of 6.0 Ω.
12 V
or
zo
A B
an
C
(a) Calculate the combined resistance of

M Fig. 50.1
(i) resistors A and B,

hid
resistance = ................................................................. [1]

as
(ii) resistors A, B and C,

R
ir
resistance = ................................................................. [2]

(iii) resistors A, B, C and D.
S
resistance = ................................................................. [1]

(b) Calculate
(i) the current in the battery,
current = ................................................................. [1]
or
(ii) the energy transferred from the battery to the circuit in 50 s.
zo
an
M
energy transferred = ................................................................. [2]
[Total: 7]
hid
as
R
ir
S

51 Fig. 51.1 shows part of the circuit of a hair-dryer with a 240 V a.c. supply.
240 V
A
X
B
C
or
Y Z
zo
Fig. 51.1
an
The switch can be in one of three positions:
• position A: off (as shown),

•
•
position B: low heater power,
position C: high heater power.
M
All three heaters X, Y and Z each have a power of 1000 W when used in this hair-dryer.
Heaters Y and Z have equal resistances.

hid
Calculate
(a) the resistance of heater X,

as
R
resistance = ................................................................. [2]

ir
(b) the resistance of heater Y,

S
resistance = ................................................................. [1]

(c) the current in heater Z when the switch is in position C.
current = ................................................................. [2]
or
[Total: 5]
zo
an
M
hid
as
R
ir
S

52 An uncharged piece of metal P rests on an insulator. A positively charged rod is placed close to P,
as shown in Fig. 52.1.
+++++++ positively
+++++++ charged rod
metal P
insulator
or
Fig. 52.1
zo
(a) State a material that is an electrical insulator.
an
...............................................................................................................................................[1]
(b) On Fig. 52.1, draw the distribution of charges on P. [2]
(c)
52.2. M
P is then connected to earth by a wire, as shown in Fig.
positively
charged rod
+++++++
+++++++
hid
metal P
earth wire
insulator
as
Fig. 52.2
R
(i) On Fig. 52.2, show the distribution of charges on P with the earth wire [1]
connected.
(ii) State what happens to the charges on P if the positively charged rod is removed
ir
1. with the earth wire still connected to P

....................................................................................................................................
S
................................................................................................................................[1]
2. after the earth wire is disconnected from P.
....................................................................................................................................
................................................................................................................................[1]

Answer two questions from this section. Answer in the spaces provided.
53 Fig. 53.1 is a circuit diagram.
12 V
18 Θ 30 Θ
or
Fig. 53.1
zo
The electromotive force (e.m.f.) of the battery is 12 V.
an
(a) Explain what is meant by electromotive force.
...................................................................................................................................................
(i) 1.
M
...............................................................................................................................................[2]
(b) An 18 Ω resistor and a 30 Ω resistor are connected in series with the battery.
State the relationship between the current IB in the battery, the current I1 in the 18 Ω
resistor and the current I2 in the 30 Ω resistor.
hid
................................................................................................................................[1]
2. State an equation that relates the e.m.f. E of the battery, the potential difference V1
across the 18 Ω resistor and the potential difference V2 across the 30 Ω resistor.
as
................................................................................................................................[1]
R
(ii) Calculate the current in the battery.

ir
current = ...........................................................[2]
S
(iii) Calculate the potential difference (p.d.) across the 18 Ω resistor.
p.d. = ...........................................................[1]

(iv) Calculate the power produced in the 18 Ω resistor.
power = ...........................................................[2]
(c) The resistors obey Ohm’s law.
or
State Ohm’s law and describe one limitation on this law.
zo
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
an
...............................................................................................................................................[2]
(d) The resistors are made from the same material, but have different cross-sectional areas and
different lengths.
State the relationship between
(i)
M
the resistance R and the length l of a wire of constant cross-sectional area,
...........................................................................................................................................
hid
(ii) the resistance R and the cross-sectional area A of a wire of constant length.
...........................................................................................................................................
as
[2]
(e) A resistor is shown in Fig. 53.2 and part of the resistor colour code is shown in Fig. 53.3.
R
digit or multiplier colour

first band third band 0 black
1 brown
ir
2 red
second band
S
3 orange
Fig. 53.2 Fig. 53.3
State the colour of the bands on the 30 Ω resistor.
first band = ...............................................................
second band = ...............................................................
third band = ...............................................................

=== Page 229 of 440 - Sir Rashid Manzoor - 03332101054 === [2]
54
54 Fig. 6.1 shows a circuit that contains a resistor connected to a power supply of 6.0 V and a lamp
L.
6.0 V 60 Ν L
or
zo
Fig. 54.1
The resistor has a resistance of 60 Ω. The lamp is marked 6.0 V, 0.90 W.
an
(a) Calculate
(i) the current in the resistor,
M
hid
current = ...........................................................[2]
as
(ii) the current in the power supply.

R
ir
current = ...........................................................[2]
S

(b) A second lamp is added to the circuit shown in Fig. 54.1.
The second lamp is in series with the 60 Ω resistor, but is not in series with lamp
L.
(i) In the space below draw a circuit diagram of this new circuit.
The power supply, 60 Ω resistor and lamp L have been drawn for you.
or
zo
L
an
M [1]
(ii) The two lamps are identical.

hid
Explain why the second lamp is dimmer than lamp L.
A calculation is not required.

as
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
R
.......................................................................................................................................[1]
ir
S

55 When a balloon is rubbed on hair, the balloon becomes negatively charged. The balloon is shown
in Fig. 55.1.
or
zo
Fig. 55.1
an
(a) Explain how rubbing causes the balloon to become negatively charged.
...................................................................................................................................................
M
...................................................................................................................................................
.............................................................................................................................................. [2]
(b) Explain why the hair is pulled towards the balloon.

hid
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
as
...................................................................................................................................................
.............................................................................................................................................. [2]
R
(c) Explain why it is important that the balloon is made from an electrical insulator.
...................................................................................................................................................
.............................................................................................................................................. [1]
ir
(d) State one example where static electricity is useful.

S
...................................................................................................................................................
.............................................................................................................................................. [1]

56 An electric hairdryer and an electric heater are connected to the mains supply, as shown in Fig. 56.1.
or
zo
Fig. 56.1
The cable from the heater to the mains supply has a live, a neutral and an earth wire.
an
(a) State the purpose of the neutral wire.
...................................................................................................................................................
M
.............................................................................................................................................. [1]
(b) The live wire in the electric heater touches the outer metal case.
Explain how the earth and the fuse together protect the user from electric shock.
hid
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
as
...................................................................................................................................................
.............................................................................................................................................. [2]
R
(c) The hairdryer does not have an earth wire. Explain why this hairdryer is still safe to use.
...................................................................................................................................................
.............................................................................................................................................. [1]
ir
(d) In some modern homes, circuit breakers are used instead of fuses.
S
Suggest one advantage of using a circuit breaker rather than a fuse.
...................................................................................................................................................
.............................................................................................................................................. [1]

57 A positively charged sphere C is brought close to a small, uncharged metal sphere U. Sphere U is
suspended from an insulating thread, as shown in Fig. 57.1.
insulating thread
or
U
zo
an
Fig. 57.1
(a) On Fig. 57.1, draw the induced charges on sphere U. [1]
M
(b) Sphere C is moved towards sphere U until the spheres touch. Sphere U is then repelled by
sphere C, as shown in Fig. 5.2. The charges on C and U are not shown.
hid
C
as
U
R
Fig. 57.2
(i) State and explain what happens to the charge on the two spheres as they touch.
ir
charge on C: ......................................................................................................................
S
...........................................................................................................................................
charge on U: ......................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
[3]
(ii) Explain why U is repelled by C.
...........................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................... [1]
58 (a) Fig. 7.1 shows a variable potential divider (potentiometer) connected to a 6.0 V
battery.
A movable
contact
6.0 V
output
B voltage
or
zo
Fig. 58.1
an
The movable contact can slide between A and B. As it moves, the output voltage changes.
Complete the table below to show the output voltage when the contact is at A and at B.
position of movable contact

output voltage M A B
[2]
(b) Fig. 58.2 shows a thermistor in a potential divider circuit that is used to monitor temperature.
The fixed resistor has a resistance of 2000 Ω.
hid
6.0 V
as
A
thermistor 2000 Ν
R
Fig. 58.2
ir
(i) Explain why the voltage across the thermistor decreases as its temperature rises.
...........................................................................................................................................
S
...................................................................................................................................... [2]
(ii) At one temperature, the thermistor has a resistance of 1000 Ω. Calculate the current in
the thermistor.

current = .......................................................... [2]
59 A student sets up the circuit shown in Fig. 11.1.
18 V movable
contact
or
50 Ν
filament
zo
lamp
Fig. 59.1
an
R is a fixed resistor in the circuit. The filament lamp is marked 12 V, 0.25 A.
M
The circuit is used to produce a current/voltage graph for the filament lamp. The ammeter and
voltmeter needed are not shown.
To obtain different readings, the student changes the position of the movable contact.
(a) On Fig. 59.1, draw the symbols for an ammeter and a voltmeter in the correct positions.
[3]
hid
(b) Explain why it is sensible to include the resistor R in this circuit.
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
as
.............................................................................................................................................. [2]
R
(c) (i) On Fig. 59.2, sketch a current/voltage graph for the lamp.
0.25
current / A
ir
S
0
0 4 8 12
voltage / V
Fig.59.2 [3]

(ii) State and explain how a current/voltage graph for a fixed resistor is different from the
graph for a filament lamp.
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................... [2]
(d) Fig. 59.3 shows the position of the movable contact when the voltage across the lamp is 12 V
and the current in the lamp is 0.25 A.
or
zo
R
an
18 V
50 Ν
M Fig. 59.3
12 V, 0.25 A
Determine
hid
(i) the current in the 50 Ω resistor,
as
current = .......................................................... [2]

R
(ii) the current in R,
current = .......................................................... [1]

ir
(iii) the potential difference (p.d.) across R,

S
p.d. = .......................................................... [1]
(iv) the resistance of R.
resistance
=== Page 237 of 440 - Sir Rashid Manzoor=- 03332101054
..........................................................
=== [1]
60 Fig. 6.1 is a graph of current against potential difference (p.d.) for a length of metal
wire.
0.3
current / A
0.2
or
0.1
zo
an
0
0 1 2 3 4 5
p.d. / V
M Fig. 60.1
(a) The metal wire obeys Ohm’s law. State Ohm’s law in words.
..........................................................................................................................................
hid
..........................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................... [2]
(b) Calculate the resistance of the metal wire.

as
R
resistance = .................................................. [2]
(c) A new wire is made from the same metal as the original wire. The two wires have the
ir
same length. The cross-sectional area of the new wire is half that of the original wire.
S
(i) Calculate the resistance of the new wire.
resistance = .................................................. [1]
(ii) On Fig. 60.1, draw a line to show how current varies with p.d. for the new wire. [2]

61 A student connects a thermistor in series with a power supply and a fixed resistor.
(a) In the space below, draw the circuit diagram of the apparatus.
or
zo
an
[2]
(b) Values for potential difference (p.d.) and current are given in Fig. 61.1.
p.d. across the

thermistor / V
8.0
p.d. across the
fixed resistor / V
4.0
Me.m.f. of power
supply / V
current in the
thermistor / A
0.018
current in the
fixed resistor / A
Fig. 61.1
hid
The maximum power rating of the thermistor is 150 mW.
(i) In the blank spaces in Fig. 61.1, insert the values of the electromotive force
(e.m.f.) of the power supply and the current in the fixed resistor.
as
[2]
(ii) Calculate the power produced in the thermistor.
R
ir
power = .................................................. [2]

S
(iii) The e.m.f. of the power supply is doubled. Describe what happens to the thermistor.
..................................................................................................................................
.............................................................................................................................. [1]

62 Fig. 6.1 shows the current-voltage graph for a filament
lamp.
0.4
current / A
0.3
or
0.2
zo
an
0.1
0
0 2
M 4 6 8
voltage / V
10 12
Fig. 62.1
hid
(a) (i) State the range of voltages where the resistance increases.
............................................................................................................................. [1]
as
(ii) State why the resistance of the lamp increases as the voltage increases.
..................................................................................................................................
R
............................................................................................................................. [1]
ir
S

(b) The filament lamp is connected in the circuit shown in Fig. 6.2.
6.0 V 20 Ν
or
zo
an
Fig. 62.2
(i) M
There are currents in the lamp, the 20 Ω resistor and the ammeter.
State what is meant by an electric current.
..................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................. [1]
hid
(ii) Use Fig. 62.1 to determine the current in the filament lamp.
as
R
current = .................................................. [1]
(iii) Determine the current in the ammeter.

ir
S
current = .................................................. [3]

63 Fig. 63.1 shows a view, from above, of two wires X and Y. These wires carry equal currents
vertically downwards through a piece of card.
card
wire X
or
wire Y
A B
zo
an
magnetic
field line
M Fig. 63.1
hid
One complete magnetic field line is drawn around each wire.
In this question, ignore the effects of the Earth’s magnetic field.
(a) On Fig. 63.1, draw the complete magnetic field line due to the current in wire X
as
that passes through point A.

Mark the direction of this field line. [2]
R
(b) Point B is midway between the two wires. Explain why the magnetic field at B is zero.
..........................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................... [1]
ir
(c) There is a force on wire Y due to the current in wire X.

S
(i) State the direction of the force on wire Y.
............................................................................................................................. [1]
(ii) Explain why there is a force on wire Y.
..................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................. [1]

64 Fig. 5.1 shows part of a low-voltage lighting circuit.
12 V
or
zo
B
an
M C
Fig. 64.1
hid
The power supply voltage is 12 V.
(a) On Fig. 64.1, complete the circuit, adding components as necessary, so that:
as
• the total current in the circuit can be measured,

• lamp A is on all the time,
• lamps B and C are in series with each other and are switched on or off
R
together. [3]
(b) All the lamps are on. The potential difference (p.d.) across lamp B is 8.0 V and the current in
lamp B is 50 mA.
(i) Calculate the resistance of lamp B.

ir
S
resistance = ........................................................ [2]
(ii) State the current in lamp C.
current = ............................................................. [1]

65 The cable from the mains plug to a washing machine contains a live wire, a neutral wire and an
earth wire. The earth wire is connected to the metal case of the washing machine.
(a) Explain how connecting the earth wire to the metal case makes the washing machine safer.
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
or
............................................................................................................................................... [2]
(b) When in use, the average input power to the washing machine is 500 W.
zo
Calculate the number of kW h of energy used by the washing machine in 45 minutes of use.
an
M number of kW h = ................................................[2]
hid
as
R
ir
S

66 Fig. 66.1 shows a circuit used in an experiment to measure the current in a lamp for different
values of the potential difference (p.d.) across the lamp.
or
P
zo
Fig. 66.1
an
(a) State the name of component P.
M
...................................................................................................................................... [1]
(b) On the axes below, sketch a graph of current against p.d. for a filament lamp.
hid
current
as
R
0
0
p.d.
[2]
(c) (i) State how the resistance of the lamp changes as the p.d. increases.
ir
.............................................................................................................................. [1]
S
(ii) Explain how the graph in (b) shows the change you have described in (c)(i).
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
.............................................................................................................................. [1]

67 (a) Fig.6 7.1 shows a circuit with two resistors in series.
800 Ω
6V 1600 Ω V
Fig. 67.1
or
zo
an
current = ……………………… .................... [2]
(ii) Calculate the reading on the voltmeter.
M voltmeter reading = …………………… ....... [1]
(b) Fig. 67.2 and Fig.6 7.3 show circuits containing a capacitor and a transistor respectively.
hid
open high
switch resistance
as
transistor
capacitor V open
R
switch
Fig. 67.2 Fig. 67.3
EITHER Explain the action of the capacitor shown in Fig. 67.2 when the switch is closed.
ir
..........................................................................................................................
S
..........................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................... [2]
OR Explain the action of the transistor shown in Fig. 67.3 when the switch is closed.
..........................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................
......................................................................................................................
68 A filament lamp is labelled 240 V, 0.20 A.
(a) Calculate the resistance of the lamp at normal brightness.
resistance = ................................................ [2]
or
(b) The lamp is connected to a 240 V supply and switched on at time t = 0.
Fig. 68.1 shows the variation with t of the resistance of the lamp.
zo
an
Fig. 68.1
resistance
Describe how the current in the lamp
M varies with t.
0
0 t
hid
..........................................................................................................................................
as
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
R
..........................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................... [2]
(c) A second filament lamp has higher resistance.

ir
State two differences between the two filaments that may cause the change in
S
resistance.
1 The filament in the second lamp is ..............................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
2 The filament in the second lamp is ..............................................................................
..................................................................................................................................... [2]

69 A farmer connects a house to the mains electricity. The house is a long way from the nearest 230 V
mains electricity supply.
Fig. 69.1 shows the mains supply connected to the house.
230 V
mains
supply
or
zo
Fig. 69.1
an
(a) The farmer uses 230 V lamps in the house but they do not light up at full brightness. Explain
why the lamps are dim. [2]
mains
supply transformer
M
(b) The farmer adds transformers, as shown in Fig. 69.2.
230 V
transformer
A B
hid
Fig. 69.2
as
The lamps in the distant house light up at full brightness.

R
Explain why the lamps are now bright. [3]
(c) (i) Describe the structure of a transformer. You may draw a diagram to help your
explanation. [3]
(ii) Explain in detail how a transformer produces an output voltage. [3]

ir
(d) The 230 V mains supply provides 690 W of power to transformer A in Fig. 10.2.
S
(i) Calculate the current supplied to the transformer. [2]
(ii) Calculate the energy supplied to the transformer in 10 minutes. Give your answer in
joules. [2]

70 Fig. 70.1 shows an electrical circuit containing a 12 V power supply and a number of
resistors.
12 V
6Ω
or
3Ω
zo
2Ω 4Ω
an
Fig. 70.1
(a) Calculate the combined resistance of
(i) M
the 2 Ω and 4 Ω resistors in series,
hid
resistance = ................................................ [1]
(ii) the 3 Ω and 6 Ω resistors in parallel.

as
R
resistance = ................................................ [2]
(b) Calculate the reading of the ammeter in Fig. 70.1.

ir
S
ammeter reading = ................................................ [2]
(c) Determine the potential difference across the 4 Ω resistor.
=== Page 249 of 440 - Sir Rashid Manzoor -p.d. = ................................................

03332101054 === [2]
71 Fig. 71.1 shows a mains extension lead. The six sockets allow several electrical appliances
to be connected to the mains supply through one cable.
mains supply
cable
sockets
or
Fig. 71.1
(a) The cable connects the sockets to the mains supply.
zo
The cable contains three wires: live, neutral and earth. State what is meant by
an
(i) live,
..................................................................................................................................
(ii) neutral, M
............................................................................................................................ [1]
..................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................ [1]
hid
(iii) earth.
..................................................................................................................................
as
............................................................................................................................ [1]
(b) Six powerful lamps are plugged into the sockets and switched on, one by one.
R
(i) State what happens in the cable as the lamps are switched on, one by one.
..................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................ [1]
ir
(ii) Describe why it can be dangerous when a fuse of the wrong value is used in the plug.
..................................................................................................................................
S
..................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................ [1]
(c) Explain why your hands should be dry when you put a plug into a socket.
..........................................................................................................................................
.................................................................................................................................... [1]

72 Fig.72.1 shows a wiring diagram for two different lamps A and B.
D C
or
240 V B
mains ~
supply
zo
an
Fig. 72.1
these components.
M
(a) State the names of components C and D and explain the purpose, in this circuit, of each of
(b) When both lamps are working correctly, the current in C is 0.42 A.
[4]
Lamp A is marked 240 V, 60 W. Calculate

hid
(i) the current in lamp A, [2]
(ii) the current in lamp B, [2]
(iii) the resistance of lamp A. [3]
as
(c) The two lamps in Fig. 11.1 are connected in parallel. When wiring the circuit in a house, an
electrician makes a mistake and connects the two lamps in series to the mains supply. He
R
switches them on.

(i) Draw a circuit diagram showing the two lamps connected in series to the mains supply.
[1]
(ii) State whether the current in the two lamps is larger than, the same as, or smaller than
the currents you have calculated in (b). Explain your answer. [2]
ir
(d) Another lamp is made using the same material for the filament as lamp A.
S
The filament in this new lamp has the same length as the filament in lamp A but has half the
cross-sectional area.
State the resistance of the new lamp. [1]

73 Three cells are connected in series making a battery, as shown in Fig. 73.1. The e.m.f. of
each cell is 1.5 V. A resistance of 15 is connected to the battery.
15
or
Fig. 73.1
zo
(a) What is the total e.m.f. of the battery?
.................................................................................................................................... [1]
an
(b) Calculate the current in the circuit.
State the equation that you use.
M
hid
current = ............................. [3]
(c) A battery can be made from cells connected in parallel, as shown in Fig. 73.2.
as
R
Fig. 8.2
State one advantage of
connecting the cells in parallel.

ir
S
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
.................................................................................................................................... [1]

74 Fig. 74.1 shows a circuit in which a voltmeter is placed across a resistor.
18 Ω
power
supply
12 Ω V
or
A
zo
Fig. 74.1
an
The potential difference across the 12 Ω resistor is 4.0 V.
The voltmeter has three different ranges: 0 to 3.0 V, 0 to 6.0 V and 0 to 30 V. The best range
for use in this circuit is 0 to 6.0 V.
(a) Explain why
(i)
M
using the voltmeter on the range 0 to 3.0 V is unsuitable,
...................................................................................................................................
hid
...................................................................................................................................
(ii) using the voltmeter on the range 0 to 30 V is unsuitable.

as
...................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................
R
[2]
(b) (i) Calculate the current in the 12 Ω resistor. State the formula that you use.
ir
S
current = …………………
(ii) Calculate the p.d. between A and B in Fig. 6.1.
=== Page 253 of 440 - Sir Rashid Manzoor - 03332101054 === p.d. = ………………….
[5]
75 A potential divider is made from a light-dependent resistor (LDR) and a 6.0 Ωk fixed resistor. The
potential divider is connected in series with a 12 V d.c. power supply and a voltmeter is connected
across the 6.0 kΩ resistor. Fig. 75.1 is the circuit diagram.
LDR
+
12 V
–
or
6.0 k V
zo
Fig. 75.1
an
A light shines on the LDR. The resistance of the LDR is 2.0 kΩ.
(a) Calculate
(i) the current in the LDR,

M
hid
current = ........................................................ [2]
(ii) the reading on the voltmeter.

as
R
reading = ........................................................ [1]
(b) The brightness of the light on the LDR is gradually increased.
State and explain what happens to the reading on the voltmeter.

ir
...................................................................................................................................................
S
...................................................................................................................................................
.............................................................................................................................................. [2]
(c) Suggest a use for a potential divider made from an LDR and a fixed resistor.
...................................................................................................................................................
.............................................................................................................................................. [1]
76 A student makes a 2.0 V battery by connecting two cells of electromotive force (e.m.f.) 2.0 V in
parallel. The battery, an ammeter with different ranges and three different resistors are used to set
up the circuit shown in Fig. 76.1.
2.0 V
Fig. 76.1
(a) (i) Explain what is meant by
electromotive force.
or
2.0 V 3.0 Ν
A
zo
2.0 Ν
an
X
M
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
.......................................................................................................................................[2]
hid
(ii) State one advantage of using two cells in parallel rather than using a single 2.0 V cell.
...........................................................................................................................................
.......................................................................................................................................[1]
as
(b) Resistor X and the 3.0 Ω resistor have a combined resistance that is equal to 2.0 Ω.
R
Calculate

ir
total resistance = ...........................................................[1]

S
(ii) the resistance of X.
resistance of X = ...........................................................[2]

(c) (i) Determine the reading of the ammeter.
reading = ...........................................................[2]
(ii) Suggest a suitable range for the ammeter.
or
.......................................................................................................................................[1]
zo
(d) The current in the 2.0 Ω resistor is I2.
The current in the 3.0 Ω resistor is I3.
an
The current in X is IX.
State the equation that relates I2, I3 and IX.
(e) State the potential difference (p.d.) across
(i) the 2.0 Ω resistor,

M
...............................................................................................................................................[1]
hid
p.d. = ...........................................................[1]
(ii) the 3.0 Ω resistor.

as
p.d. = ...........................................................[1]
R
ir
S

77 The circuit of Fig. 77.1 includes an ammeter, a 6.0 Ω resistor, a length of metal resistance wire and
three 1.5 V cells connected in parallel.
1.5 V
1.5 V
P Q
1.5 V
or
6.0 Ν
zo
an
metal
resistance wire
(a) State
(i)
M Fig. 77.1
one advantage of using cells in parallel rather than using a single cell,
...........................................................................................................................................
hid
.......................................................................................................................................[1]
(ii) the potential difference (p.d.) between points P and Q in the circuit of Fig. 7.1.
as
p.d. = ...........................................................[1]
R
(b) (i) The ammeter in Fig. 7.1 reads 0.075 A.
Calculate the resistance of the resistance wire.

ir
S
resistance = ...........................................................[3]
(ii) The temperature of the metal resistance wire increases.
State and explain the effect of this temperature increase on the ammeter reading.
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
.......................................................................................................................................[2]
or
zo
an
M
hid
as
R
ir
S

or
zo
an
M
hid
as
R
ir
S

78 A 9.6 kW electric shower is powered by a 240 V mains supply.
(a) (i) Calculate the electric current in the heating element of the shower.
or
current = .................................................. [3]
zo
(ii) Suggest an appropriate rating for the circuit breaker in the circuit for the shower.
.............................................................................................................................. [1]
an
(b) A family uses the shower for a total time of 25 minutes every day. The cost of 1 kW h of
electrical energy is 21 cents.
Calculate the daily cost of using the shower.

M
hid
cost = .................................................. [2]

as
R
ir
S

79 An ammeter, a variable resistor and a 4.0 Ω resistor are connected in series with a 6.0 V
battery. A cathode-ray oscilloscope (c.r.o.) is connected in parallel with the Ω4.0resistor
through a switch. Fig. 79.1 is the circuit diagram.
6.0 V switch
or
4.0 c.r.o.
zo
an
Fig. 79.1
The switch is open.
M
(a) The variable resistor is adjusted so that it has a resistance of 8.0 Ω.
Calculate
(i) the current measured by the ammeter,

hid
as
current = .................................................. [2]
(ii) the potential difference (p.d.) across the 4.0 Ω resistor.

R
p.d. = .................................................. [1]

ir
(b) The resistance of the variable resistor is adjusted until the p.d. across the 4.0 Ω resistor
is 5.0 V.
S
State the effect that this adjustment has on
(i) the current measured by the ammeter,
.............................................................................................................................. [1]
(ii) the resistance of the variable resistor.
.............................................................................................................................. [1]
(c) The trace on the c.r.o. is a horizontal line across the middle of the screen and the p.d.
across the 4.0 Ω resistor is still 5.0 V.
The Y-gain control is set at 2.0 V / cm and the switch is closed.
State the effect on the trace of closing the switch.
..........................................................................................................................................
or
..........................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................... [2]
zo
(d) Fig. 79.2 shows, in outline, the basic structure of a c.r.o. viewed from the side.
an
filament
M electron beam
hid
as
Fig. 79.2
R
(i) On Fig. 79.2 write, in the five empty boxes, the names of the parts of the c.r.o.
indicated. [3]
(ii) Explain how the electron beam is produced.
..................................................................................................................................
ir
..................................................................................................................................
S
.............................................................................................................................. [2]
(iii) Explain why the tube of the c.r.o. must be evacuated.
..................................................................................................................................
.............................................................................................................................. [1]

80 A metal filament lamp is connected to a power supply. The electromotive force (e.m.f.)
produced by the supply can be varied. Fig. 80.1 is the circuit diagram.
variable + metal
power filament
supply – lamp
or
Fig. 80.1
zo
(a) State what is meant by electromotive force (e.m.f.).
..........................................................................................................................................
an
..........................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................... [2]
(b)
of
(i)
M
Add appropriate circuit symbols to Fig. 80.1 to show the position
an ammeter that measures the current in the circuit,

[1]
[1]
(ii) a voltmeter that measures the voltage across the lamp.
hid
(c) A student adds meters to the circuit and makes measurements of the current and
voltage. He then plots the current/voltage graph shown in Fig. 80.2.
2.0
as
R
1.5
current / A
1.0
ir
S
0.5
0
0 2.0 4.0 6.0 8.0 10.0 12.0
voltage / V
Fig. 80.2

81 A 600 Ω resistor and a thermistor are connected in series with an ammeter and a 20 V d.c.
(direct current) power supply. A voltmeter is in parallel with the resistor.
Fig. 81.1 is the circuit diagram.
600 Ν V
20 V d.c. +
power _
or
supply
thermistor
zo
an
Fig. 81.1
The ammeter reads 0.025 A.
(a) Calculate
(i) the reading on the voltmeter, M

hid
reading = ................................................. [2]

as
(ii) the resistance of the thermistor.

R
resistance = ................................................. [2]
(b) The temperature of the thermistor increases.
State what, if anything, happens to

ir
(i) the resistance of the thermistor,

S
............................................................................................................................. [1]
(ii) the ammeter reading and to the voltmeter reading.
ammeter reading: .....................................................................................................
voltmeter reading: .....................................................................................................
[1]
82 (a) Fig. 82.1 shows a thunder cloud with a flat, positively charged base. It passes over a tall
tree growing in a region of flat, open land.
+ + + + + + + +
or
zo
an
M
hid
Fig. 82.1 (not to scale)

as
(i) On Fig. 82.1, mark the charge on the tree. [1]

(ii) Explain how the tree becomes charged.
R
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................. [2]
ir
(iii) A lightning strike occurs and, in 2.0 × 10–4 s, a charge of 560 C passes from the
cloud to the tree. The size of the charge on an electron is 1.6 × 10–19 C.
S
1. Calculate the number of electrons that pass between the tree and the cloud.
number = ................................................. [2]

2. Calculate the average current in the lightning strike.
current = ................................................. [2]
or
(b) Two flat metal plates are positioned horizontally, one above the other. Fig. 82.2 shows
the positive terminal of a high-voltage supply unit connected to the bottom plate and the
negative terminal connected to the top plate.
zo
horizontal
metal plates
an
high-voltage –
supply unit +
M
hid
Fig. 82.2
The high-voltage supply is switched on.

as
(i) On Fig. 82.2, draw the shape and the direction of the electric field produced. [3]
(ii) Suggest why a small, charged oil droplet placed between the two metal plates
R
accelerates upwards.
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
ir
............................................................................................................................. [3]
S
(iii) The oil droplet touches the top metal plate. State and explain what happens to the
charge on the oil droplet.
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................. [2]

83 Fig. 83.1 is the circuit diagram of a fan oven that works from a 230 V a.c. mains supply.
S1
S2
230 V a.c.
supply M fan motor
heater
or
zo
Fig. 83.1
an
The oven contains a 3500 W electric heater, an electric fan operated by a 200 W fan motor and two
switches S1 and S2.
(a) (i) When switches S1 and S2 are open, both the heater and the fan motor are off, as shown
in Fig. 10.2.
S1 S2
M heater fan motor
Fig. 83.2
Complete Fig. 83.2

open open off off
hid
by writing “open” or
“closed” in the boxes.

off on
as
on on
R
[2]
(ii) Explain how the circuit represented by Fig. 83.1 ensures that the heater cannot be
switched on when the fan motor is off.
...........................................................................................................................................
ir
...........................................................................................................................................
S
.......................................................................................................................................[2]
(iii) Suggest one reason why the circuit is designed so that the heater cannot be switched on
when the fan motor is off.
...........................................................................................................................................
.......................................................................................................................................[1]

(b) (i) The heater and the fan motor are both switched on. Calculate the current supplied to the
oven.
current = ....................................................[2]
or
(ii) 1. Suggest a suitable rating for the fuse to be used with this oven.
zo
................................................................................................................................[1]
2. The fuse is placed in one of the three wires in the mains lead. State the wire in
an
which it is placed.
................................................................................................................................[1]
(iii)
M
Explain how earthing the metal case of the oven makes it safer.
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
hid
.......................................................................................................................................[3]
(c) The cost of 1 kW h of electrical energy is 35 cents. Calculate the cost of leaving just the fan
as
motor switched on for 12 hours.

R
ir
S
cost = ....................................................[3]

84 A householder installs a burglar alarm. The alarm does not operate for the first 200 s after
it is switched on. This time delay lets the householder leave the house and lock up without
setting off the alarm.
Fig. 84.1 is a circuit inside the burglar alarm.
or
capacitor
zo
an
Initially, the switch is open.
M Fig. 84.1
high resistance
hid
(a)
a) ( The switch is now closed. Explain what happens to the potential difference across
the capacitor as time passes.
..................................................................................................................................
as
..................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................ [2]
R
(ii) Suggest how this circuit may be used for the time delay of the burglar alarm.
..................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................ [1]
ir
(b) The capacitor in the circuit is uncharged when the burglar alarm is first switched on.
S
A current then starts to charge the capacitor and after 200 s, the charge stored is
5.4 × 10–7 C.
Calculate the average value of the current during this time.
current = ......................................... [2]

85 Fig. 85.1 shows a 9.0 V battery connected in series with a 16.0
Ω resistor and a small metal
conductor X at room temperature.
16.0 Ω
V
9.0 V
or
zo
X
an
Fig. 85.1
the resistance of X is 4.0 Ω.
(a) (i)
(ii)
M
A voltmeter measures the potential difference (p.d.) across the 16.0 Ω resistor. At room temperature
Calculate the current supplied by the battery.

Calculate the p.d. across the 16.0 Ω resistor.
[2]
[1]
(b) X is heated slowly to a very high temperature.

hid
(i) Sketch a graph to show how the resistance of a metal conductor depends on its
temperature. [2]
as
(ii) State and explain how the voltmeter reading changes as the temperature of X rises. [2]
(iii) Suggest a suitable range for the voltmeter. [2]
R
ir
S

EITHER (c) (i) Describe in outline how the circuit in Fig. 85.1 can be used as a thermometer.[2]
(ii) State two advantages of a thermometer such as this over a liquid-in-glass

thermometer. [2]
(iii) The change in voltmeter reading with temperature is non-linear. Explain what is
meant by non-linear. [2]
or
OR (c) The voltmeter is removed from the circuit in Fig. 85.1 and the negative terminal of
the battery is earthed. A connection is made from the circuit to the inputs A and B of
zo
a NAND gate. The output of the NAND gate is connected to an LED (light-emitting
diode) and a resistor. This is shown in Fig. 85.2.
an
16.0 Ω
9.0 V
M
X A
hid
B
LED
as
Fig. 85.2
R
(i) Draw the truth table for a NAND gate. [2]
(ii) The LED is lit. State the inputs at A and B and explain why these inputs cause
the LED to light. [2]
ir
(iii) X is slowly heated to a very high temperature. At a certain temperature, the

LED switches off. Explain why this happens. [2]
S

86 Fig. 8.1 shows an electrical circuit using two resistors.
16 V
or
6 S 2
zo
an
Fig. 86.1
M
(a) The switch S is open and the ammeter reading is zero.
State the value of the potential difference across the 6 resistor.
potential difference = ............................. [1]
(b) Switch S is now closed.

hid
(i) State the value of the total resistance of the circuit.
resistance = .............................................[1]
as
(ii) Calculate the current in the ammeter. State clearly the formula that you use.
R
ir
current = ..................................................[2]
S
(iii) Calculate the potential difference across the 6 resistor.
p.d. = .......................................................[2]

87 Fig. 87.1 shows an arrangement of three resistors.
20 Ω
20 Ω
40 Ω
or
Fig. 87.1
(a) Calculate the total resistance of this arrangement.
zo
an
resistance = ...........................................................[3]
(b) The arrangement is connected to a d.c. power supply.
resistor. M
Voltmeters are placed across the resistors, as shown in Fig. 5.2. There is a current in each
voltmeter V2
V
hid
voltmeter V1
V 20 Ω
20 Ω
as
40 Ω
R
voltmeter V3
ir
Fig. 87.2
S
Compare the readings on the three voltmeters. There is no need for any calculation.
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................................[2]

88 Fig. 88.1 shows a 240 V a.c. mains supply connected to a television and two lamps.
live
120 W 40 W 40 W
240 V television
a.c. supply
or
neutral
zo
an
Fig. 88.1
In normal operation, the power supplied to each lamp is 40 W and the power supplied to the
television is 120 W.
(a) Calculate, in normal operation,
(i) the total power supplied,

M
hid
power = ...........................................................[1]
(ii) the total number of kilowatt-hours (kW h) of energy supplied to the circuit in 3.0 hours,
as
number of kW h = ...........................................................[2]
R
(iii) the current in each lamp.
current = ...........................................................[2]
ir
(b) Explain why the switches are placed in the live wire and not in the neutral wire.
S
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................................[2]

89 (a) Measurements are made of the current in a metal wire and the potential difference (p.d.)
across it. Fig. 10.1 shows a graph of the current against the p.d. for the wire.
0.5
0.4
0.3
or
current / A
0.2
zo
0.1
an
0
0 1 2 3 4 5
p.d. / V
(i)
M Fig. 89.1
State the relationship between the current and the p.d. for the metal wire.
...........................................................................................................................................
.......................................................................................................................................[1]
hid
(ii) State how the graph shows that the temperature of the wire does not change in the
experiment.
as
...........................................................................................................................................
.......................................................................................................................................[1]
R
(iii) Another wire of the same material has the same length as the original wire but has only
half the cross-sectional area.
1. Compare the resistance of the new wire and the original wire.
ir
....................................................................................................................................
S
................................................................................................................................[1]
2. On Fig. 89.1, draw the graph for the new wire. [1]

(b) Three resistors are connected to a d.c. power supply, as shown in Fig. 10.2. The electromotive
force (e.m.f.) of the power supply is 6.0 V.
6.0 V 24 Ω
or
20 Ω
zo
Fig. 89.2
an
80 Ω
(i) Calculate
1.
M
the total resistance of the circuit,
hid
resistance = ...........................................................[2]
as
2. the current supplied by the power supply,

R
current = ...........................................................[2]
ir
3. the p.d. across the 20 Ω resistor.

S
p.d. = ...........................................................[2]

(ii) The d.c. power supply is a battery that contains a number of cells. Each cell has an
electromotive force (e.m.f.) of 1.5 V.
1. State what is meant by the electromotive force (e.m.f.) of a cell.
....................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................
or
................................................................................................................................[1]
2. In the space below, draw a diagram to show how four of these cells are connected
zo
to make a battery of e.m.f. 6.0 V. Mark the positive terminal of the battery.
an
M [2]
3. In another arrangement to produce a battery of e.m.f. 6.0 V, eight cells of e.m.f. 1.5 V
hid
are connected. In this arrangement, some cells are connected in series and some in
parallel.
In the space below, draw a diagram to show how the eight cells are connected to
as
make the battery.

R
ir
[1]
(c) State one advantage of using a battery made from cells in parallel rather than a single cell.
S
...................................................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................................[1]

90 (a) Fig. 90.1 shows a negatively charged rod close to an uncharged metal sphere that is mounted
on an insulating stand.
Fig. 90.1 –
–
–
(i) Suggest a material for the insulating stand. –
–
–
–
............................................................................
....................................................................... [1]
or
insulating stand
(ii) On Fig. 90.1, draw the distribution of charges on the sphere.
zo
(iii) A metal wire connected to earth is touched against the sphere.
[2]
1. Explain what happens to the charge on the sphere.
an
....................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................
M
....................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................... [3]
2. The earth wire remains in contact with the sphere.

hid
Describe what happens in the wire as the rod is moved away.
....................................................................................................................................
as
....................................................................................................................................
R
............................................................................................................................... [1]
(b) A circuit contains a 7.5 V d.c. power supply and three resistors.
Fig. 90.2 is the circuit diagram. d.c. power supply

ir
+ –
S
Fig. 90.2
(i) Determine the total resistance of the circuit. 18 Ω

60 Ω
resistance = .......................................................... [3] 15 Ω

(ii) Calculate the current in the power supply.
current = .......................................................... [2]
(iii) There is a different current in each of the three resistors in the circuit in Fig. 90.2.
or
Underline the resistor in which the current is
zo
1. the largest,
15 Ω resistor 18 Ω resistor 60 Ω resistor
an
2. the smallest.
15 Ω resistor 18 Ω resistor 60 Ω resistor
(iv) M
The 7.5 V d.c. power supply is made from five 1.5 V cells.
In the space below, draw a diagram that shows how the cells are arranged.
[1]
hid
as
R
[1]
(v) The 18 Ω resistor is made of metal.

ir
State and explain what happens to the current in this resistor as its temperature
S
increases.
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................... [1]

91 A 4.5V battery is connected in a circuit with an ammeter, a light-dependent resistor (LDR) and a
1800 Ω fixed resistor. Fig. 91.1 is the circuit diagram.
4.5 V
(a) The resistance of the LDR is 9000 Ω.
Calculate
A (i) the total resistance of the circuit,

1800 Ω
or
zo
Fig. 91.1
an
M resistance = ...........................................................[2]
(ii) the reading on the ammeter.

hid
as
reading = ...........................................................[2]
R
(b) A very bright lamp is switched on and the light intensity on the LDR increases.
State and explain what happens to
(i) the current in the LDR,

ir
...........................................................................................................................................
S
.......................................................................................................................................[1]
(ii) the current in the 1800 Ω resistor.
...........................................................................................................................................
.......................................................................................................................................[1]

92 A theatre has three coloured lamps. Fig. 92.1 shows the circuit for the coloured lamps. It is not
complete.
power supply
X Y
or
red
zo
green
an
blue
(a) The circuit needs additional components so that
•
•
M
each lamp can be switched on and off separately,
the brightness of each lamp can be changed.
Fig. 92.1
hid
Complete the circuit diagram in Fig. 92.1. [3]
(b) Suggest the purpose of switch X.

as
...............................................................................................................................................[1]
(c) State the name of component Y and describe how it works.

R
name .........................................................................................................................................
description ................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
ir
...................................................................................................................................................
S
...................................................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................................[3]
[Total: 7]

93 (a) The resistance of a circuit component varies with the brightness of the light falling
on its surface.
(i) State the name of the component.
.......................................................................................................................................[1]
(ii) Draw the circuit symbol for this component.
or
zo
[1]
an
(b) Fig. 93.1 shows a 6.0 V battery connected in series with a 1.2 kΩ resistor and a thermistor.
6.0 V
M 1.2 kΩ
V
hid
Fig. 93.1
as
(i) At a certain temperature, the resistance of the thermistor is 2.4 kΩ.

R
Calculate the reading on the voltmeter.

ir
S
voltmeter reading = ...........................................................[4]
(ii) The battery connected to the circuit in Fig. 93.1 is not changed.
Suggest a change that would cause the reading of the voltmeter to decrease.
.......................................................................................................................................[1]
[Total: 7]

94 (a) Describe the movement of charge that causes an object to become positively charged.
...............................................................................................................................................[1]
(b) Fig. 94.1 shows a negatively charged rod held over an uncharged metal sphere.
negatively
charged rod
– – – – – – – – –
uncharged metal sphere
or
zo
insulating support
an
Fig. 94.1
(i)
(ii)
M
On Fig. 94.1, add + and – signs to represent the results of the movement of charge
within the sphere. [2]
Describe the actions that must be taken to obtain an even distribution of positive charge
on the surface of the sphere.
hid
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
.......................................................................................................................................[2]
as
[Total: 5]
R
ir
S

95 Fig. 95.1 shows a 12.0 V power supply connected in a circuit.
12.0 V
resistance
wire
A X B
or
sliding
contact
zo
Fig. 95.1 (not to scale)
an
The circuit includes a lamp and a resistance wire AB of constant cross-sectional area. There is a
sliding contact that can be moved between A and B.
Calculate
(i)
M
(a) The rating of the lamp at normal brightness is 6.0 V, 9.0 W.
the current in the lamp at normal brightness,

hid
as
current = ...........................................................[2]
R
(ii) the resistance of the lamp at normal brightness.

ir
S
resistance = ...........................................................[2]

(b) AB is 1.00 m long and has a resistance of 5.0 Ω. The lamp has normal brightness when the
sliding contact is at X.
(i) The sliding contact is moved to B.
Explain, without a calculation, why the lamp becomes dimmer.
...........................................................................................................................................
or
...........................................................................................................................................
.......................................................................................................................................[1]
zo
(ii) Calculate the distance AX for the lamp to have normal brightness.
an
M
hid
as
R
distance AX = ...........................................................[3]
ir
[Total: 8]
S

96 A 12 V battery is connected in series to a 24 W lamp and to a parallel pair of identical resistors X
and Y. Fig. 9.1 is the circuit diagram.
12 V Fig. 96.1
The 24 W lamp lights at normal brightness when the
potential difference (p.d.) across it is 6.0 V.The lamp is
X at normal brightness.
or
A B (a) Calculate the resistance of the lamp.
Y
zo
resistance = ...........................................................[3]
an
(b) Determine
(i) the p.d. between A and B,
(ii)
M p. d. = ...........................................................[1]
the combined resistance of the parallel pair of identical resistors X and Y,

hid
resistance = ...........................................................[1]
(iii) the resistance of X.

as
R
resistance = ...........................................................[2]
(c) Resistor X is removed from the circuit in Fig 96.1.

ir
Explain why the lamp becomes dimmer.
...................................................................................................................................................
S
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................................[2]
[Total: 9]

97 Fig. 97.1 shows a circuit with three 1.5 V cells.
A H
(a) Calculate
Fig. 97.1 (i) the total electromotive force (e.m.f.) of the cells,
C 3.0 Ω D
or
B G
zo
E F
6.0 Ω
e.m.f. = ...........................................................[1]
an
(ii) the total resistance of the circuit,
M
resistance = ...........................................................[3]
hid
(iii) the current in the 3.0 Ω resistor.

as
R
current = ...........................................................[2]
(b) State, using the letters in Fig. 9.1, how you would connect
(i) an ammeter to measure the total current in the circuit,

ir
...........................................................................................................................................
S
.......................................................................................................................................[1]
(ii) a voltmeter to measure the potential difference (p.d.) across the 6.0 Ω resistor.
...........................................................................................................................................
.......................................................................................................................................[1]
[Total: 8]

98 Fig. 98.1 shows charges on a rod and on a cloth.
rod
+ – + –
+ – +
– – –
+
+ + – +
– – + –
– + Fig. 98.1
+ – +
or
cloth + + (a) State how Fig. 98.1
–
– shows that the rod and the
zo
cloth are uncharged.
an
...................................................................................................................................................
M
...............................................................................................................................................[1]
(b) The plastic rod becomes negatively charged when rubbed by the cloth.
(i) Describe what happens to the charges on the rod and on the cloth during the charging
process.
...........................................................................................................................................
hid
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
as
.......................................................................................................................................[2]
R
(ii) Describe a simple experiment to show that the plastic rod is charged.
You may draw a diagram if you wish.

ir
...........................................................................................................................................
S
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
.......................................................................................................................................[2]

99 A student investigates how the resistance of a thermistor changes with temperature.
Fig. 99.1 shows part of the circuit the student uses.
power
source
or
zo
an
Fig. 99.1
(a) (i) On Fig. 99.1, label the thermistor. [1]
M
(ii) The student measures the potential difference (p.d.) across the thermistor.
On Fig. 99.1, draw a voltmeter symbol, correctly connected, to measure this potential
difference. [2]
(b) The student varies the temperature of the thermistor and measures the current in it.
Some of the results are shown in the table.
hid
temperature of
20 40 60 80
thermistor / °C
as
current in thermistor / A 0.005 0.010 0.040

R
(i) The potential difference across the thermistor is 6.0 V.

Calculate the resistance of the thermistor when its temperature is 40 °C.
ir
S
resistance = .................................................. Ω [3]

(ii) Describe and explain what happens to the current in the thermistor as the temperature of
the thermistor rises.
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................... [2]
or
(iii) Suggest a value for the current in the thermistor at 80 °C.
........................................................... A [1]
zo
(c) At a different temperature, the resistance of the thermistor is 300 Ω and the resistance of the
variable resistor is 400 Ω.
an
Calculate the value of their combined resistance.
M
combined resistance = .................................................. Ω [1]
[Total: 10]
hid
100 Fig. 100.1 shows a series circuit. fixed resistor

as
5.6 Ω
A
R
Fig. 100.1
light-dependent
resistor (LDR)
ir
(a) In dim light, the resistance of the LDR is 20.0 Ω.

S
(i) The resistance of the battery and ammeter can be ignored.
Calculate the resistance of the circuit.
resistance = ...................................................... Ω [1]

(ii) The current in the circuit is 0.23 A.
Calculate the potential difference across the fixed resistor.
potential difference (voltage) = ...................................................... V [3]
or
(b) A bright light shines on to the LDR.
State and explain what happens to the current in the circuit.
zo
...................................................................................................................................................
an
.............................................................................................................................................. [2]
[Total: 6]
101
M
Fig. 101.1 shows a charger for a mobile (cell) phone. The charger contains a transformer.
(a) The primary coil of the transformer has 900

turns and the secondary coil has 49 turns.
Fig. 101.1
The input voltage to the transformer is 220 V.
Calculate the output voltage.
hid
as
output voltage = ...................................................... V [3]

R
(b) State the name of the metal used to make the coils of the transformer.
.............................................................................................................................................. [1]
(c) A transformer uses an alternating current (a.c.).

ir
Describe the difference between alternating current (a.c.) and direct current (d.c.).
S
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
.............................................................................................................................................. [1]
[Total: 5]

102 A student wants to find the resistance of a wire. He connects the circuit shown in Fig. 102.1.
(a) A teacher checks the circuit and identifies

three errors.
Using the components given in Fig. 11.1,

V
wire carefully draw the correct circuit diagram
in the space below.
Fig. 102.1
or
A
zo
an
[3]
(b) The student uses the correct circuit. The student finds that the current is 0.3 A when the
potential difference across the wire is 2.7 V.
Calculate the resistance of the wire.

M
hid
resistance = ...................................................... Ω [3]
(c) The student tests two other pieces of wire made of the same metal. He compares each
as
resistance value with that of the first wire.

R
State how the resistance compares with the first wire
(i) for a wire that is longer, but of the same thickness,
...................................................................................................................................... [1]
(ii) for a wire that is thicker, but of the same length.

ir
...................................................................................................................................... [1]
S
[Total: 8]

103 Fig. 103.1 is a circuit diagram.
24 V
8.0 Ω 4.0 Ω
or
6.0 Ω
zo
Fig. 103.1
an
Calculate
(a) the resistance of the circuit,
M
hid
resistance = ...........................................................[4]
as
(b) the potential difference (p.d.) across the 8.0 Ω resistor.

R
p.d. = ...........................................................[2]
ir
[Total: 6]
S

104 (a) Fig. 104.1 shows an uncharged conducting sphere on an insulating stand placed close to a
positively charged rod.
positively + Fig. 104.1

charged rod +
+
+ conducting sphere The rod and the sphere are not moved.
+
+
Describe how to charge the sphere
using a wire connected to earth and
or
explain whether the sphere becomes
insulating stand positively charged or negatively
charged.
zo
an
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
M
...................................................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................................[3]
(b) Fig. 104.2 shows a small black circle that represents a positive charge.
On Fig. 104.2, draw the pattern and the direction of the electric field in the region around the
hid
charge. [2]
as
R
Fig. 104.2
(c) A charge of 7.0 C flows along a wire in 5.0 minutes.

ir
Calculate the current in the wire.

S
current = ...........................................................[2]
[Total: 7]

105 A student connects a thermistor in series with a battery and an ammeter. He uses the resistance
of the thermistor to determine temperature.
(a) In the space below, draw a circuit diagram showing the thermistor, the battery and the
ammeter.
or
zo
[3]
an
(b) The student places the thermistor in a water bath at various temperatures and records the
reading on the ammeter.
M
Fig. 105.1 shows how the current varies with temperature.
0.40
0.30
hid
current / A 0.20
as
R
0.10
Fig. 105.1
0
ir
0 20 40 60 80
temperature / °C
S
The potential difference (p.d.) across the thermistor remains constant.

The resistance of the thermistor is 240 Ω at a temperature of 20 °C.

(i) Using Fig. 105.1, calculate
1. the potential difference (p.d.) across the thermistor,
p.d. = ...........................................................[3]
or
2. the resistance of the thermistor at a temperature of 40 °C.
zo
an
(ii)
temperature of 60 °C. M resistance = ...........................................................[2]
The resistance of the thermistor is 240 Ω at a temperature of 20 °C and 48 Ω at a
The resistance of the thermistor does not change linearly with temperature.
Describe how the resistances at 20 °C, 40 °C and 60 °C show this is true.

hid
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
as
...........................................................................................................................................
R
...........................................................................................................................................
.......................................................................................................................................[2]
ir
(c) A thermocouple thermometer is another type of thermometer.

S
(i) Describe the structure of a thermocouple thermometer. You may draw a diagram if you
wish.

or
zo
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
an
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
(ii)
M
.......................................................................................................................................[3]
State two advantages of a thermocouple thermometer over a liquid-in-glass thermometer.
1. .......................................................................................................................................
hid
...........................................................................................................................................
2. .......................................................................................................................................
as
...........................................................................................................................................
[2]
R
106 A 75 W filament lamp in an office is accidentally left switched on for 63 hours when the office is
closed.
(a) (i) Calculate the electrical energy that is supplied to this lamp in this time.
ir
S
electrical energy = ...........................................................[3]

(ii) The efficiency of the lamp is 0.12 (12%).
Calculate the energy released by the lamp in the form of light.
light energy = ...........................................................[1]
or
(b) The power station that generates the electricity supplied to the office uses oil as its fuel.
zo
(i) State and explain whether oil is a renewable or a non-renewable source of energy.
an
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
(ii) M
.......................................................................................................................................[1]
Discuss one environmental consequence of using oil as a source of energy.
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
hid
.......................................................................................................................................[2]
as
107 Two uncharged conducting spheres, K and L, are mounted on insulating stands.
R
(a) State how the structure of an insulator differs from that of a conductor and give one example
of an insulator.
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
ir
.............................................................................................................................................. [2]
S

(b) The two spheres are in contact.
Fig. 107.1 shows a positively-charged insulating rod held next to K.
K L
or
insulating stands
zo
Fig. 107.1
an
(i) On Fig. 107.1, draw the charges on K and on L. [2]
(ii) Sphere L is moved to the right, a long way from sphere K.
1.
M
The positively charged rod is moved away.
State what happens to the charge on K.
....................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................... [1]
hid
2. An earthing wire is connected to sphere L.
State what happens to the charge on L.

as
....................................................................................................................................
R
............................................................................................................................... [1]
108 A student sets up the circuit shown in Fig. 108.1 in a laboratory at room temperature.
12 V
+ –
ir
Y Fig 108.1
S
The electromotive force
oscilloscope 1.3 Ω A (e.m.f.) of the battery is 12

1.5 Ω
V. The switch is closed.

(a) The connecting wires in the circuit are made from copper covered by insulating plastic.
State the name of the particles that flow in the copper and state the direction in which they
are flowing at point Y in the circuit.
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
.............................................................................................................................................. [2]
or
(b) At room temperature, the resistance of component Z is 6.0 Ω.
zo
(i) State the name of component Z.
...................................................................................................................................... [1]
an
(ii) Calculate the resistance of the whole circuit.
M resistance = ........................................................... [3]
(iii) Calculate the current measured by the ammeter.

hid
as
R
current = ........................................................... [2]
(iv) The current in the ammeter is IA, the current in the 1.5 Ω resistor is IR and the current in
component Z is IZ.
ir
Write down an equation that relates IA, IR and IZ.

S
...................................................................................................................................... [1]

(c) Fig. 108.2 shows the screen of the oscilloscope.
trace with switch closed
trace with switch open
or
zo
Fig. 108.2
an
Before the switch is closed, the trace is a horizontal line across the middle of the screen, as
shown in Fig. 108.2. When the switch is closed, the trace remains horizontal and moves up the
screen.
Component Z is heated.
M
State and explain what is observed on the oscilloscope screen as the temperature of Z
increases.
...................................................................................................................................................
hid
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
as
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
R
.............................................................................................................................................. [4]
(d) The 12 V battery is made from cells of electromotive force (e.m.f.) 1.5 V which are all in series.
(i) Calculate the number of 1.5 V cells that make up the battery.
ir
S
number = ........................................................... [1]
(ii) State the e.m.f. of a battery made by connecting all of these cells in parallel.
e.m.f. = ........................................................... [1]

109 A student sets up the circuit shown in Fig. 1.
6.0 V
Fig. 1
The electromotive force (e.m.f.) of

A
3.6 Ω the battery is 6.0 V.
2.8 Ω
or
X
zo
(a) The resistance of the variable resistor X is set to 1.8 Ω.
an
Determine
M resistance = ........................................................... [3]
(ii) the current measured by the ammeter.

hid
current = ........................................................... [2]

as
(b) (i) State what is meant by the potential difference (p.d.) across a component in a circuit.
R
...........................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................... [1]
(ii) Add to Fig. 1 the symbol for a component that is measuring the p.d. across the 2.8 Ω
resistor. [1]
ir
(iii) The resistance of X is increased.

S
Explain why the p.d. across the 2.8 Ω resistor decreases.
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................... [2]

110 A defibrillator is a machine that sends
an electrical charge through the heart of contacts
a patient whose heart is not beating
correctly. Doctors learn to use a defibrillator
defibrillator by practising on a medical
dummy.
medical
Fig. .1 shows the two contacts of a defibrillator dummy
attached to a medical dummy.
Fig. .1
or
The contacts that touch the dummy are made from metal, and when the defibrillator is being used,
one contact becomes strongly negatively charged and the other contact becomes strongly positively
zo
charged. The handles of the contacts are made from plastic, which is an electrical insulator.
(a) (i) State how the structure of an electrical insulator differs from the structure of a conductor.
an
...........................................................................................................................................
.......................................................................................................................................[1]
(ii)
M
Suggest why the handles are made from an electrical insulator.
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
hid
.......................................................................................................................................[2]
(b) Explain, in terms of the particles involved, how one contact becomes negatively charged and
how the other contact becomes positively charged.
as
...................................................................................................................................................
R
...................................................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................................[2]
(c) The defibrillator passes a charge of 9.1 × 10–3 C through the medical dummy in 6.5 × 10–4 s.
ir
Calculate the average current in the dummy.

S
current = ...........................................................[2]
[Total: 7]

111 A 9.0 V battery is connected to a 120 Ω resistor in series with wire P. Fig. 8.1 shows a
voltmeter connected across the 120 Ω resistor.
9.0 V
Fig. 1
(a) State the energy changes that are taking place in the circuit.
...........................................................................................................
120 Ω
...........................................................................................................
P
...........................................................................................................
or
V ............................................................................................................
............ .........................................................................................[2]
zo
(b) The reading on the voltmeter is 2.4 V.
Calculate:
an
(i) the current in the 120 Ω resistor
(ii)
M
the potential difference (p.d.) across wire P
current = ...........................................................[2]
hid
p.d. = ...........................................................[1]
(iii) the resistance of wire P.

as
R
resistance = ...........................................................[1]
(c) Wire P has a diameter d and a length l. A second piece of wire Q is made of the same
material as P.
The diameter of wire Q is 0.50 × d and its length is 5.0 × l.
Calculate the resistance of wire Q.

ir
S
resistance = ...........................................................[4]
[Total: 10]

112 Fig. 1 shows three identical lamps and an ammeter connected to a power supply.
power Fig. 1
supply
The switches are closed. Each lamp is rated at
60 W and operates at its normal working voltage
of 110 V.
A
(a) Calculate:
or
(i) the current in each lamp
zo
an
current = ............................................................[2]
(ii) the current in the ammeter
M current = ...........................................................[1]
(iii) the voltage of the power supply.

hid
voltage = ...........................................................[1]
as
(b) (i) Calculate the resistance of the filament of one of the lamps when working normally.
R
resistance = ...........................................................[2]
(ii) Another lamp X has a filament with twice the resistance of each lamp in the circuit of
ir
Fig. .1. The material and the X has half the length
temperature of the filament in
S
lamp X is the same as the X has twice the length

filaments in the lamps in Fig. 1. X has one quarter the area of cross-section
In Table .1, tick any box in the
right-hand column that shows a X has half the area of cross-section
possible difference between the
filament of lamp X and a filament X has two times the area of cross-section
of one of the lamps in the circuit. X has four times the area of cross-section [2]
[Total: 8]
114 Fig. 1 shows the symbol for a 12 V battery.
12 V
or
zo
an
Fig. 1
M
(a) Two lamps are connected in parallel with the battery. On Fig. 9.1, using the correct symbols,
complete the circuit diagram.
(b) One of these lamps has a resistance of 6.0 Ω.
Calculate, for this lamp:

[1]
(i) the current

hid
current = ...........................................................[1]
as
(ii) the power.

R
power = ...........................................................[2]
(c) The power of the other lamp is 36 W.

ir
Calculate the total energy delivered to this lamp in 20 hours.

S
energy = ...........................................................[3]
[Total: 7]

ATP
1 A student is investigating the effect of the length of resistance wire in a circuit on the potential
difference across a lamp.
(a) Fig. 1.1 shows the circuit without a voltmeter.

Complete the circuit diagram to show a voltmeter connected in the circuit to measure the
or
potential difference across the lamp. [2]
power
zo
source
an
l
A
M sliding
contact C
Fig. 1.1
B
(b) The student switches on and places the sliding contact C on the resistance wire at a distance
hid
l = 0.200 m from end A.
The voltmeter reading is shown in Fig. 1.2.
as
1
R
0 2
V
ir
S
Fig. 1.2
Record the voltmeter reading in Table 1.1.

l /m V/V
0.200
0.400 1.43
0.600 1.25
0.800 1.11
1.000 1.00 Table 1.1 [1]
or
(c) The student repeats the procedure using a range of values of l. Table 3.1 shows the readings.
zo
Use the results for the potential difference across the lamp to predict how increasing the
length l affects the brightness of the lamp.
an
.............................................................................................................................................. [1]
the length l of resistance wire in the circuit.

M
(d) The student suggests that the potential difference V across the lamp is directly proportional to
State whether you agree with this suggestion. Justify your answer by reference to the results.
statement ..................................................................................................................................
justif cation ................................................................................................................................

hid
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
[2]
as
(e) The student repeats the experiment.

R
Suggest a practical reason why the repeat readings may be slightly different from those
recorded in Table 1.1.
...................................................................................................................................................
.............................................................................................................................................. [1]
ir
S
(f) State one safety precaution that you would take when carrying out experiments like this with
resistance wires.
.............................................................................................................................................. [1]
[Total: 8]

2 Some students are investigating the link between the brightness of a filament lamp and its
resistance.
power supply
3V
or
metre rule
l resistance wire
zo
0.0 cm mark
an
A
crocodile clip
M Fig. 2.1
(a) On Fig. 2.1, use standard symbols to show a voltmeter connected to measure the potential
difference across the lamp. [1]
hid
(b) The students attach the crocodile clip to various lengths l of the resistance wire and record,
in Table 2.1, the potential difference V and the current I for the lamp. They also record
observations of the lamp filament.
as
Table 2.1
R
observation of
l / cm V /V I /A R /Ω
lamp filament
100 2.5 0.26 bright
60 1.5 0.19 dim
ir
20 0.5 0.11 just glowing

S

Voltmeters with the ranges shown in Fig. 2.2 are available.
1.0 1.2
0.6 0.8 1.4 2 3
0.4 1.6 1 4
0.2 1.8
0 2.0 0 5
V V
or
zo
3 4 5 6 7
an
2 8
1 9
0 10
M V
Fig. 2.2
hid
(i) On Fig. 2.2, circle the voltmeter which is most appropriate for this experiment.
(ii) Draw an arrow on this voltmeter to show the reading when the crocodile clip is attached
to a length l = 60 cm of the resistance wire.
as
[2]
R
(c) Calculate, and record in the table, the resistance R of the lamp for each value of l, using the
equation R = V . [2]
I
(d) From the results and the observations of the lamp filament, state the link, if any, between
the brightness of the lamp and its resistance. Explain clearly how the results support your
statement.
ir
statement ..................................................................................................................................
S
explanation ...............................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
[2]

(e) A student wishes to see if another lamp shows the same link between brightness and
resistance. However, his lamp only glows dimly when a potential difference of 3 V is applied
across it.
The student decides that a method using a resistance wire is not suitable.
Suggest an alternative circuit and apparatus which would allow him to vary the brightness
of his lamp and measure the potential difference and current for his lamp. You may draw a
circuit diagram.
or
zo
an
M
hid
...................................................................................................................................................
as
...................................................................................................................................................
R
...................................................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................................[3]
[Total: 10]
ir
S

3 In an electrical experiment, a student set up a circuit to measure current and potential
difference. Part of the circuit is shown in Fig. 3.1.
power
source
or
zo
Fig. 3.1
(a) (i) Complete the circuit diagram by drawing in a voltmeter connected across the lamp.
an
(ii) Name the component labelled Y. ………………………………………. [2]
(b) The first reading on the voltmeter was 2.2 V. On the voltmeter face shown in Fig. 3.2,
1
2
M
show the position of the pointer giving the reading 2.2 V.
3
4 5 6
7
8
9
0 10
hid
V
as
[1]
Fig. 3.2
R
(c) The readings of V and I obtained by V/ I/ R/

the student are given in the table below.
2.2 0.36
4.1 0.62
6.0 0.86
ir
7.9 0.98
S
9.8 1.20
(i) Calculate the resistance R of the lamp

filament for each set of V and I readings and write the values in the table. Use the equation
V
R= .
I
[6]
(ii) Complete the column headings in the table.

4 Fig. 4.1 shows the circuit that a student uses to find the resistance of a combination of three
lamps.
power
source
or
zo
an
Fig. 4.1
M
The voltmeter and the ammeter have not been drawn in.
(a) Complete Fig. 4.1 by drawing in the voltmeter and the ammeter, using conventional
symbols. [2]
(b) The student obtains these readings.

hid
current I = 0.54 A
potential difference V = 1.8 V

V
as
Calculate the resistance R using the equation R= –.

I
R
ir
R = ........................................................... [2]
S

(c) The three lamps are now connected in parallel with one another. Draw a circuit
diagram of the three lamps connected to the power supply. Include in your circuit
diagram
(i) an ammeter to record the total current through the lamps,
(ii) a variable resistor to vary the brightness of all three lamps,
(iii) a voltmeter to record the potential difference across the lamps.
[3]
or
zo
an
M
hid
as
R
ir
S

5 (a) The table below shows some measurements taken by three IGCSE students. The
second column shows the values recorded by the three students. For each quantity,
underline the value most likely to be correct. The first one is done for you.
quantity measured recorded values
thickness of a metre rule 0.25 mm

2.5 mm
25 mm
or
volume of a test-tube 12 mm3
zo
12 cm3
12 m3
an
current in a 12 V ray box 0.5 A
lamp at less than normal
brightness 5.0 A
the surface area of the

base of a 250 cm3 beaker
M 50 A
0.3 cm2
3 cm2
30 cm2
hid
the mass of a wooden 0.112 kg
metre rule
1.12 kg
11.2 kg
as
the weight of an IGCSE 6N

student
60 N
R
600 N
[5]
(b) A student is to find a value of the resistance of a wire by experiment. Potential

difference V and current I can be recorded. The resistance is then calculated using the
ir
equation
V
S
=
R ––
I
State, with a reason, one example of good experimental practice that the student could
use to obtain a reliable result.
statement .........................................................................................................................
reason ........................................................................................................................ [2]

6 A student investigates the resistance of wire in different circuit arrangements.
The circuit shown in Fig. 6.1 is used.
power
source
or
A B C D
10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90
zo
V crocodile
an
clip metre rule
Fig. 6.1
AC and AD. M
The student measures the current I in the wire. She then measures the p.d. V across AB,
The student’s readings are shown in the table below.

hid
section of wire l / cm I/A V/V R/
AB 0.375 0.95
as
AC 0.375 1.50
AD 0.375 1.95
R
(a) Using Fig. 3.1, record in the table the length l of each section of wire. [1]
ir
S

(b) On Fig. 6.2, show the positions of the pointers of the ammeter reading 0.375 A, and
the voltmeter reading 1.50 V.
0.2 0.3
0.1 A 0.4
or
0 0.5
zo
2 3
an
1 V 4
M Fig. 6.2
5
[2]
hid
(c) Calculate the resistance R of the sections of wire AB, AC and AD using the equation
V
=
R ––
I
as
Record these values of R, to a suitable number of significant figures, in the table. [2]
R
(d) Complete the column heading for the R column of the table. [1]
(e) Use your results to predict the resistance of a 1.50 m length of the same wire. Show
your working.
ir
S
resistance = ...................................................... [2]

7 The IGCSE class is investigating the resistance of lamps in different circuit arrangements.
Fig. 7.1 shows a picture of the circuit.
power variable
source resistor
or
lamp
Fig. 7.1
zo
0-2 V voltmeter
an
0-1 A ammeter
M
(a) Draw a circuit diagram of the circuit shown in Fig. 7.1. Use standard circuit symbols.
hid
as
[3]
R
(b) The current I through the lamp and the voltage V across the lamp are measured. Then
a second lamp is connected in parallel with the first. The total current I in the circuit
and the voltage V across the lamps are measured. The table below shows the
readings.
I/ V/ R/
ir
0.24 1.39
S
0.45 1.30
(i) Complete the column headings for each of the I, V and R columns of the table. [1]
(ii) Calculate the resistance R in each case using the equation
V Enter the results in the table. [2]

=
R ––
I

8 The IGCSE class is comparing the combined resistance of resistors in different circuit
arrangements. The first circuit is shown in Fig. 8.1.
power
source
V A
A B
or
Circuit 1
zo
an
Fig. 8.1
M
(a) The current I in the circuit and the p.d. V across the three resistors are measured and
recorded. Three more circuit arrangements are used. For each arrangement, a student
disconnects the resistors and then reconnects them between points A and B as shown
in Figs. 2.2–2.4.
A B
Circuit 2
hid
Fig. 8.2
as
A B
A B
R
Circuit 3 Circuit 4
Fig. 8.3 Fig. 8.4
The voltage and current readings are shown in the Table 8.1.
ir
Circuit V/ I/ R/ (i) Complete the column

S
headings for each of the V, I and R

1 1.87 1.68 columns of Table 8.1.
2 1.84 0.84
3 1.87 0.37
4 1.91 0.20 Table 8.1

(ii) For each circuit, calculate the combined resistance R of the three resistors using
the equation
R = V.
I
or
zo
an
Record these values of R in Table 8.1. [3]
(b) Theory suggests that, if all three resistors have the same resistance under all conditions,
(i)
M
the combined resistance in circuit 1 will be one half of the combined resistance in
circuit 2.
State whether, within the limits of experimental accuracy, your results support this
theory. Justify your answer by reference to the results.
statement .................................................................................................................
hid
as
R
justification ................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
(ii) Suggest one precaution you could take to ensure that the readings are as accurate
as possible.
ir
..................................................................................................................................
S
.............................................................................................................................. [3]
[Total: 6]

9 The IGCSE class is investigating the resistance of a wire.
power
source
or
x
A B
C
zo
V
an
Fig. 9.1
M
AB is a resistance wire. The students place the sliding contact C on the resistance wire AB
at a distance x = 0.100 m from A. They switch on and measure the p.d. V across the wire
between A and C. They also measure the current I in the wire. The value of I is 0.38 A.
They repeat the procedure several times using different values of x. The readings are
shown in Table 9.1. The current I is 0.38 A for each value of x.
hid
Table 9.1
x/m V /V R/Ω
as
0.100 0.21
R
0.300 0.59
0.500 1.04
0.700 1.42
ir
0.900 1.87
[2]
S
(a) Calculate the resistance R of the section AC of the wire for each value of x using the
equation R = V– . Record the values of R in the table.
I

(b) Use the results in Table 9.1 to plot a graph ofR / Ω (y-axis) against x / m (x-axis). Draw
the best fit line.
or
zo
an
M
[5]
hid
(c) Within the limits of experimental accuracy, what do you conclude about the variation of
resistance with distance along the wire? Justify your conclusion by reference to your
graph.
as
statement .........................................................................................................................
R
justification .......................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................... [2]
(d) Using your graph, determine the value for R when x = 0.750 m. Show clearly on your
graph how you obtained the necessary information.
ir
R = ....................................... [2]
S
(e) A variable that may be difficult to control in this experiment is the heating effect of the
current, which affects the resistance of the wire. Suggest how you would minimise the
heating effect.
..........................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................... [1]
[Total: 12]

10 The IGCSE class is determining the resistances of lamps in different circuit arrangements.
The first circuit is shown in Fig. 10.1. This is Circuit 1.
power
source Fig. 10.1
A student measures the current I in the circuit and the

p.d. V across lamp P. He then replaces lamp P with lamp
A Q to set up Circuit 2 (not shown) and records the
or
readings of current I and potential difference V.
lamp P
He then returns lamp P to the circuit so that lamps P
zo
and Q are in parallel with each other. This is Circuit 3.
He again records the readings of current I and potential
V difference V. All the readings are in Table 3.1.
an
Circuit 1
Table 10.1
Circuit 1
Circuit 2
V/
1.9
1.8
M I/
0.31
0.30
R/
Circuit 3 1.9 0.61

hid
(a) Draw a diagram of Circuit 3 using standard circuit symbols.

as
R
[3]
(b) (i) Calculate the resistance R of the lamp arrangement for each circuit, using the
equation R = V/ I.
ir
S
Record the values of R in Table 10.1.

(ii) Complete the column headings in the table. [3]
(c) A student suggests that the resistance of lamp P added to the resistance of lamp Q
should be equal to the combined resistance of the two lamps when arranged in parallel
in Circuit 3. State whether or not the results in the table support this suggestion and
justify your answer with reference to the results.
Statement ........................................................................................................................
or
Justification ......................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
zo
..................................................................................................................................... [2]
an
11 The IGCSE class is investigating the effect of the length of resistance wire in a circuit on the
potential difference across a lamp.
source
M
(a) Fig. 11.1 shows the circuit without the voltmeter. Complete the circuit diagram to show the
voltmeter connected in the circuit to measure the potential difference across the lamp.
power (b) A student switches on and places the

sliding contact on the resistance wire at a
distance
hid
Fig. 11.1 l = 0.200 m from end A. He records the
l value of l and the potential difference V
A B across the lamp. He then repeats the
sliding procedure using a range of values of
as
contact l. Table 3.1 shows the readings.
[2]
R
Table 11.1
l/m V /V
V
–
l /
0.200 1.67
0.400 1.43
ir
0.600 1.25
S
0.800 1.11
1.000 1.00
(i) For each pair of readings in the table calculate and record in the table the value
of V
–.
l
(ii) Complete the table by writing in the unit for V
–.
l [3]
(c) A student suggests that the potential difference V across the lamp is directly proportional
to the length l of resistance wire in the circuit. State whether or not you agree with this
suggestion and justify your answer by reference to the results.
Statement ........................................................................................................................
Justification ......................................................................................................................
......................................................................................................................................[2]
or
(d) State one precaution that you would take in order to obtain accurate readings of V in
this experiment.
zo
..........................................................................................................................................
an
..........................................................................................................................................
......................................................................................................................................[1]
12 M
The IGCSE class is determining the resistances of lamps in different circuit arrangements.
The first circuit is shown in Fig. 12.1. This is Circuit 1.
power
source Fig. 12.1
hid
A student measures the current I in the circuit and the

Circuit 1 p.d. V across lamp P. He then replaces lamp P with
A lamp Q to set up Circuit 2 (not shown) and records the
as
readings of current I and potential difference V.

lamp P
He then returns lamp P to the circuit so that lamps P
R
and Q are in parallel with each other. This is Circuit 3.

He again records the readings of current I and potential
V difference V. All the readings are in Table 3.1.
Table 3.1 V/ I/ R/
ir
Circuit 1 1.9 0.31

S
Circuit 2 1.8 0.30
Circuit 3 1.9 0.61

The circuit used is shown in Fig. 13.1.
power
supply
or
x
A B
zo
C
resistance wire
an
V
M Fig. 13.1
A student moves contact C to give a range of values of the length x. For each length x,
the current I and potential difference V are measured and recorded in Table 13.1.
(a) (i) Calculate the resistance R of 10.0 cm of the resistance wire using the equation
V
hid
R = . Record this value of R in the table.
I
(ii) Repeat step (i) for each of the other values of x.
as
(iii) Complete the column headings in the table.
Table 13.1
R
x/ V/ I/ R/
10.0 0.20 0.33
30.0 0.60 0.33
ir
50.0 1.01 0.32

70.0 1.41 0.33
S
90.0 1.81 0.33

[3]

(b) Plot a graph of V / V (y-axis) against R / Ω (x-axis).
or
zo
an
M
[5]
hid
(c) Determine the gradient G of the graph. Show clearly on the graph how you obtained the
necessary information.
as
R
G = .................................................. [3]
ir
[Total: 11]
S

14 The IGCSE class is investigating resistor combinations in circuits.
The first circuit used is shown in Fig. 14.1.
power
supply
or
lamp 1 lamp 2 lamp 3
zo
an
V
Fig. 14.1
(a) (i) M
A student measures the potential difference V1 across lamp 1 and the current I in the circuit.
Using Fig. 14.2, record the student’s readings.
2 3 0.4 0.6
1 4 0.2 0.8
hid
0 V 5 0 A 1.0
as
R
Fig. 14.2
V1 = ............................................
I = ............................................
[2]
ir
V1
S
(ii) Calculate the resistance R1 of lamp 1 using the equation R1 = .

I
R1 = ........................................ [1]

(b) The student uses the voltmeter to measure the potential difference V2 across lamp
2, and the potential difference V3 across lamp 3.
(i) Using Fig. 14.3, record the student’s reading of V2.
2 3
1 4
0 V 5
or
zo
Fig. 14.3
an
V2 = ............................................
(ii)
1
M
Using Fig. 14.4, record the student’s reading of V3.
2 3
4
5
0 V
hid
as
Fig. 14.4
V3 = ............................................
R
[1]
(c) Calculate the total potential difference VT across the three lamps using the equation
VT = V1 + V2 + V3.
ir
VT = ........................................ [1]
S

(d) The student rearranges the circuit so that the lamps are in parallel with each other and
the ammeter is connected to measure the total current IT in the circuit.
He connects the voltmeter to measure the potential difference VP across the lamps.
In the space below, draw a circuit diagram of this new circuit using standard symbols.
or
zo
an
M
hid
as
[2]
R
(e) The student measures the potential difference VP and the current IT, and calculates the
total resistance RP of the lamps arranged in parallel.
2.1 Ω
RP = ............................................
ir
R1
The student suggests that RP should be equal to .
3
S
State whether the results support this suggestion and justify your answer by reference
to the results.
statement .........................................................................................................................
justification .......................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
R1
(f) Another student suggests that RP should not be equal to because the lamp filaments
3
are hotter when the lamps are connected in parallel than when the lamps are connected
in series.
State one piece of evidence, that you would see during the investigation, that shows
that the lamp filaments are hotter in the parallel circuit.
..........................................................................................................................................
or
...................................................................................................................................... [1]
zo
[Total: 9]
an
M
hid
as
R
ir
S

(a) Draw a diagram of Circuit 3 using standard circuit symbols.
[3]
or
(b) (i) Calculate the resistance R of the lamp arrangement for each circuit, using the
equation R = V/ I.
zo
an
(ii)
Record the values of R in Table 3.1.
Complete the column headings in the table.

M
(c) A student suggests that the resistance of lamp P added to the resistance of lamp Q
[3]
should be equal to the combined resistance of the two lamps when arranged in parallel
hid
in Circuit 3. State whether or not the results in the table support this suggestion and
justify your answer with reference to the results.
Statement ........................................................................................................................
as
Justification ......................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
R
..................................................................................................................................... [2]
ir
S

power
supply
or
x
A B
zo
C
resistance wire
an
V
M Fig. 15.1
A student moves contact C to give a range of values of the length x. For each length x, the
current I and potential difference V are measured and recorded in Table 3.1.
(a) (i) Calculate the resistance R of 10.0 cm of the resistance wire using the equation
V
hid
R = . Record this value of R in the table.
I
(ii) Repeat step (i) for each of the other values of x.
as
(iii) Complete the column headings in the table.
Table 15.1
R
x/ V/ I/ R/
10.0 0.20 0.33
30.0 0.60 0.33
ir
50.0 1.01 0.32

70.0 1.41 0.33
S
90.0 1.81 0.33

[3]

(b) Plot a graph of V / V (y-axis) against R / Ω (x-axis).
or
zo
an
M
[5]
hid
(c) Determine the gradient G of the graph. Show clearly on the graph how you obtained the
as
R
G = .................................................. [3]
ir
[Total: 11]
S

16 The IGCSE class is investigating resistor combinations in circuits.
The first circuit used is shown in Fig. 16.1.
power
supply
or
lamp 1 lamp 2 lamp 3
zo
an
V
Fig. 16.1
(a) (i) M
A student measures the potential difference V1 across lamp 1 and the current I in the circuit.
Using Fig. 16.2, record the student’s readings.
2 3 0.4 0.6
1 4 0.2 0.8
hid
0 V 5 0 A 1.0
as
R
Fig. 3.2
V1 = ............................................
I = ............................................
[2]
ir
V1
S
(ii) Calculate the resistance R1 of lamp 1 using the equation R1 = .

I
R1 = ........................................ [1]

(b) The student uses the voltmeter to measure the potential difference V2 across lamp 2,
and the potential difference V3 across lamp 3.
(i) Using Fig. 3.3, record the student’s reading of V2.
2 3
1 4
0 V 5
or
zo
Fig. 3.3
an
V2 = ............................................
(ii)
1
M
Using Fig. 3.4, record the student’s reading of V3.
2 3
4
5
0 V
hid
as
Fig. 3.4
V3 = ............................................
R
[1]
(c) Calculate the total potential difference VT across the three lamps using the equation
VT = V1 + V2 + V3.
ir
VT = ........................................ [1]
S

(d) The student rearranges the circuit so that the lamps are in parallel with each other and
the ammeter is connected to measure the total current IT in the circuit.
He connects the voltmeter to measure the potential difference VP across the lamps.
In the space below, draw a circuit diagram of this new circuit using standard symbols.
or
zo
an
M
hid
as
[2]
R
(e) The student measures the potential difference VP and the current IT, and calculates the
total resistance RP of the lamps arranged in parallel.
2.1 Ω
RP = ............................................
R1
ir
The student suggests that RP should be equal to .

3
State whether the results support this suggestion and justify your answer by reference
S
to the results.
statement .........................................................................................................................
justification .......................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
[1]
R1
(f) Another student suggests that RP should not be equal to because the lamp filaments
3
are hotter when the lamps are connected in parallel than when the lamps are connected
in series.
State one piece of evidence, that you would see during the investigation, that shows
that the lamp filaments are hotter in the parallel circuit.
..........................................................................................................................................
or
...................................................................................................................................... [1]
zo
[Total: 9]
an
M
hid
as
R
ir
S

17 Students in the IGCSE class are investigating the resistance of electric circuits with parallel
branches.
The apparatus has been set up as shown in Fig. 17.1.
power
supply
or
circuit 1 A
zo
A B
an
M
hid
Fig. 17.1
The current in the circuit and the potential difference across the combination of lamps
as
connected between A and B are to be measured.
(a) On Fig. 3.1, draw the symbol for a voltmeter, connected to measure the potential
R
difference V between A and B.

[1]
ir
S

(b) The values of potential difference V across AB and current I for circuit 1 are recorded
in Table 17.1.
The lamps are then reconnected as shown in Fig. 3.2 and then Fig. 3.3 and the
experiment is repeated.
power
supply
or
circuit 2 A
zo
A B
an
L
M
power
Fig. 17.2
supply
hid
circuit 3 A
as
A B
R
Fig. 17.3
ir
(i) Calculate, and record in the table, the total resistance R of each combination of
lamps, using the equation R = V–.
S
I
[2]
Table 17.1
circuit V/ I/ R/
1 1.81 0.70
2 1.76 0.22
3 1.72 0.44
(c) If each of the lamps had the same resistance, the total resistance of the lamps in
circuit 3 would be twice the total resistance of the lamps in circuit 1.
State whether the results in the table show this to be the case. Justify your answer by
reference to the results.
statement .........................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
or
justification .......................................................................................................................
zo
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
an
..........................................................................................................................................
[2]
M
(d) An IGCSE student wants to measure the potential difference across the lamp marked
L in circuit 2.
On the diagram for circuit 2, Fig. 17.2, show how a voltmeter should be connected
measure this potential difference.
to [1]
[Total: 7]
hid
as
R
ir
S

18 The IGCSE class is investigating the resistance of a lamp filament.
The circuit is shown in Fig. 18.1
power supply
A X Y Z
S
resistance
or
wire
zo
V
an
Fig. 18.1
(a) A student connects the sliding contact S to point X in the circuit. She measures the potential
1
2
3
4 6
7
8
9
M
difference V across the lamp and the current I in the circuit. The meters are shown in Fig. 4.2.
5
0.2
0.4 0.6
0.8
0 V 10 0 A 1.0
hid
as
Fig. 18.2
R
(i) Write down the readings shown on the meters in Fig. 4.2.
V = ....................................................
I = ....................................................
[2]
ir
V
(ii) Calculate the resistance R of the lamp filament using the equation R = .
S
R = ............................................... [2]

(b) The student repeats the steps in (a) with the sliding contact S at point Y and then at point Z.
Comment on the effect, if any, on the brightness of the lamp that you would expect to see
when the sliding contact is moved from X to Y to Z.
...................................................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................................[1]
or
(c) The student moves the sliding contact S back to point X.
Suggest one practical reason why the new meter readings might be slightly different from
zo
those shown in Fig. 4.2.
...................................................................................................................................................
an
...............................................................................................................................................[1]
(d) Another student carries out the experiment using a different lamp. He takes readings using
M
various lengths of resistance wire in the circuit. He plots a graph of V / V against I / A.
Fig.18.3 is a sketch of the graph.

hid
V/V
0
0
as
I/A
Fig. 18.3
R
State whether the graph shows that the resistance increases, decreases or remains constant
as the current increases. Justify your conclusion by reference to the graph.
The resistance ............................................... .

ir
justification ................................................................................................................................
S
...................................................................................................................................................
[2]
[Total: 8]

19 Some IGCSE students are investigating resistance using a set of wires.
The circuit they are using is shown in Fig. 19.1.
They measure the potential difference and current for three wires A, B and C inserted in turn
between the crocodile clips. All three wires have the same diameter and are made from the same
material.
power
supply
or
A
zo
V
an
crocodile clips
M Fig. 19.1
(a) The crocodile clips are connected to the ends of wire A and the circuit is switched on.
The readings on the voltmeter and ammeter are shown in Fig. 3.2.
hid
3 4 5 6 7 0.4 0.6
2 8 0.2 0.8
1 9
0 10 0 1.0
V A
as
R
Fig. 19.2
Read, and record in Table 19.1, the potential difference V and the current
ir
I.Table 19.1
S
wire length / cm V/ I/
A 90.0
B 60.0 2.6 1.33
C 30.0 2.3 2.31
[3]
(b) The procedure is repeated for wire B and for wire C and the readings are as shown in
the table.
Complete the column headings in the table.

(c) (i) Calculate and record the resistance R of each wire, using the readings from Table 19.1
V
and the equation R = .
I
resistance of wire A, RA = ...............................................................
or
resistance of wire B, RB = ...............................................................
zo
resistance of wire C, RC = ...............................................................
[2]
an
(ii) One student suggests that RA should be equal to (RB + RC).
State whether the findings support this suggestion. Justify your answer by reference to
the results.
M
statement ..........................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
justification ........................................................................................................................
hid
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
[1]
as
(d) One problem encountered in this type of investigation is that resistance can be affected by a
rise in temperature of the wire.
R
Suggest one way in which this effect could be kept to a minimum.
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
ir
...............................................................................................................................................[1]
S
[Total: 7]

20 A student is investigating the resistance of a lamp filament.
power
supply
2.5 V
or
A
resistance
d
zo
L wire
A C B
an
V
(a) M Fig. 20.1
The student places a sliding contact C on the resistance wire at a distance d = 0.200 m
from point A. He measures the current I in the circuit and the p.d. V across the lamp L.
He repeats the procedure using values for d of 0.400 m, 0.600 m and 0.800 m. The readings
are shown in Table 20.1.
hid
(i) Calculate the resistance R of the lamp filament for each set of readings. Use the equation
V
R= . [2]
I
as

R
Table 20.1
appearance of
d/ V/ I/ R/
lamp filament
0.200 1.6 1.00 very bright

ir
0.400 1.3 0.86 bright

S
0.600 1.0 0.74 dim
0.800 0.8 0.66 does not glow

(b) The student notices that the lamp does not glow when he takes the final set of readings. He
thinks that the filament has broken.
State whether the student is correct and give a reason for your answer.
statement ..................................................................................................................................
reason .......................................................................................................................................
or
...................................................................................................................................................
[1]
zo
(c) A student suggests that the resistance R of the lamp filament should be constant.
Suggest, referring to the observations, a reason why the resistance R may not be constant in
an
this experiment.
...................................................................................................................................................
M
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
.............................................................................................................................................. [2]
hid
(d) (i) Name an electrical component that could be used, instead of the resistance wire AB and
sliding contact, to vary the current I.
...................................................................................................................................... [1]
as
(ii) Draw a diagram of the circuit including this component instead of the resistance wire and
sliding contact.
R
ir
S
[2]
[Total: 9]

21 A student is investigating how the resistance of a wire depends on the length of the wire. The
student aims to plot a graph.
The following apparatus is available to the student:
ammeter
voltmeter
power supply
variable resistor
or
switch
connecting leads
zo
resistance wires of different lengths
metre rule.
an
Plan an experiment to investigate how the resistance of a wire depends on the length of the wire.
You should
•
•
•
M
draw a diagram of the circuit you could use to determine the resistance of each wire
explain briefly how you would carry out the investigation
suggest suitable lengths of wire
• state the key variables that you would control
hid
• draw a table, or tables, with column headings to show how you would display your readings.
You are not required to enter any readings in the table.
as
R
ir
S

22 A student investigates a series circuit containing two non-identical lamps P and Q. Both lamps
need a working voltage of 2.5 V to be at full brightness.
She sets up the circuit shown in Fig. 22.1.
P Q
A
or
zo
an
3 V power supply
lamp P.
(a) (i)
M Fig. 22.1
The student adds a voltmeter to the circuit to measure the potential difference (p.d.) across
On Fig. 22.1, draw the symbol for a voltmeter to show where it is connected. [1]
hid
(ii) Fig. 22.2 shows the reading on the voltmeter.
2 3
1 4
as
R
0 5
V
ir
Fig. 22.2
S
State the voltmeter reading VP shown on Fig. 22.2.
VP = ................................................. V [1]

(b) She measures the p.d. across lamp Q and records the value in Fig. 2.3, together with the
brightness of the lamps.
lamp potential difference / V brightness

P bright
Q 0.6 not lit
Fig. 22.3
or
(i) Add your result from (a)(ii) to the table in Fig. 22.3.
zo
(ii) Fig. 22.4 shows the reading on the ammeter in the circuit of Fig. 2.1.
an
0.4 0.6
0.2 0.8
0
M A
1.0
hid
Fig. 22.4
State the ammeter reading I shown on Fig. 22.4.

as
I = ...................................................A [1]
(iii) The student states that, because lamp Q is not lit, its filament is broken. Explain how the
R
results show that this statement is incorrect.
...........................................................................................................................................
.......................................................................................................................................[1]
ir
(iv) Suggest one reason why lamp Q does not glow.

S
...........................................................................................................................................
.......................................................................................................................................[1]

23 A student determines the resistance R of a resistor. Fig. 4.1 shows the circuit used.
power supply
meter 1
meter 2
or
Fig. 23.1
[1]
zo
(a) He uses two meters. In the boxes above, write the names of the meters.
(b) State the quantities that are measured by these meters.
an
meter 1 measures …………………………….. meter 2 measures ……………………………..
(c) Fig. 23.2 shows the readings on the meters.
0.2
0.4 0.6
meter 1
0.8
M 2
meter 2
4 6
8
[1]
0 1.0 0 10
hid
Fig. 23.2
as
Record the readings below.
meter 1 ................................. meter 2 ................................. [2]

R
(d) Use your readings to find the value of the resistance R using the equation
V
R= .
I
ir
S
R = ...........................................................[1]
(e) Describe a precaution the student should take to ensure that the value for R is accurate.
...................................................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................................[1]

24 A student is investigating whether the resistance of a wire depends on the material from which the
wire is made.
V
Resistance R is given by the equation R =
I.
The following apparatus is available to the student:
ammeter
voltmeter
micrometer screw gauge
or
power supply (0–3 V)
variable resistor
switch
zo
connecting leads
wires of different materials.
an
Plan an experiment to investigate whether the resistance of a wire depends on the material from
which it is made.
You should:
•
•
M
draw a diagram of the circuit you would use to determine the resistance of each wire
explain briefly how you would carry out the investigation, including the measurements you
would take
hid
• state the key variables that you would control
• draw a suitable table, with column headings, to show how you would display your readings
(you are not required to enter any readings in the table).
as
R
ir
S

..........................................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................................
or
..........................................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................................
zo
..........................................................................................................................................................
an
..........................................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................................
M
..........................................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................................
hid
..........................................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................................
as
..........................................................................................................................................................
R
......................................................................................................................................................[7]
[Total: 7]
ir
S

25 The class is investigating the resistances of two resistance wires.
power supply A
Fig. 25.1
or
A B
C D
zo
S resistance wires
V
an
(a) A student places a sliding contact S on the resistance wire AB at a distance l = 0.200 m from
length l = 0.200 m of resistance wire.

M
point A. She measures the current I in the circuit and the potential difference V across the
Figs. 25.2 and 25.3 show the voltmeter and ammeter readings.
(i) Write down the readings shown on the meters in Figs. 25.2 and 25.3.
hid
5 6 0.6
3 4 7 0.4
2 8 0.2 0.8
1 9
as
0 10 0 1.0
V A
R
Fig. 25.2 Fig. 25.3

ir
V = ............................................................... I = ...............................................................
[2]
S
(ii) Calculate the resistance R of the length l = 0.200 m of resistance wire, using the equation
V
R= .
I
R = ...........................................................[1]

(b) The student repeats the procedure using the distance l = 0.400 m. Her result is shown.
2.54 Ω
R = ...............................................................
(i) Calculate the difference between the two values for R.
difference = ...........................................................[1]
(ii) Suggest a relationship between the length l and the resistance R of the wire that matches
the results, within the limits of experimental accuracy.
or
...........................................................................................................................................
.......................................................................................................................................[1]
zo
(c) Using the same method as in (a), the student determines the resistance R1 of the resistance
wire AB of total length l = 0.500 m.
an
3.08 Ω
R1 = ...............................................................
She then uses a short lead to connect points B and D. She uses the same method again
together.
M
to determine the combined resistance R2 of the resistance wires AB and CD connected
1.50 Ω
R2 = ...............................................................
Use the student’s results to compare the resistance R1 of wire AB with the resistance R2 of
wires AB and CD connected together.
hid
Tick the box next to the description that most closely matches the results.
R1 = R2
as
R1 = 2R2
R
2R1 = R2
There is no simple relationship between R1 and R2.

[1]
(d) Suggest two reasons why different students, all carrying out this experiment carefully, with
ir
the same apparatus, may not obtain identical results.

S
1. ...............................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
2. ...............................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
[2]
[Total: 8]

26 A student is investigating resistance using the circuit shown in Fig. 26.1.
power
supply
or
RA
zo
V
an
Fig. 26.1
2 3 8
M
(a) The student measures the potential difference V1 across the resistor RA and the current I1 in
the circuit. Figs. 26.2 and 26.3 show the voltmeter and ammeter scales.
4 5 6 7
0.2
0.4 0.6
0.8
1 9
0 10 0 1.0
hid
V A
as
Fig. 26.2 Fig. 26.3

R
(i) Write down the readings shown on the scales in Figs. 26.2 and 26.3.
V1 = ...............................................................
I1 = ...............................................................
[2]
ir
V1
(ii) Calculate the resistance R1 of the resistor RA using the equation R 1 = .
I1
S
R1 = .......................................................... [1]

(b) The student connects a resistor RB in series with RA.
She measures the potential difference V2 across the two resistors RA and RB combined and
the current I2 in the circuit.
1.8 V
V2 = ...............................................................
0.19 A
I2 = ...............................................................
or
Calculate the resistance R2 of resistors RA and RB combined in series, using the equation
V2
zo
R2 = .
I2
an
M R2 = ...........................................................[1]
(c) The student connects a third resistor RC in series with RA and RB.
She measures the potential difference V3 across the three resistors and the current I3 in the
circuit.
hid
1.7 V
V3 = ...............................................................
0.13 A
as
I3 = ...............................................................
(i) Calculate the resistance R3 of resistors RA, RB and RC combined in series, using the
R
V3
equation R3 = .
I3
R3 = ...............................................................
ir
S

(ii) On Fig. 26.4, draw a line for the needle on the ammeter to show the reading of 0.13 A.
0.4 0.6
0.2 0.8
0 1.0
or
A
zo
an
[1]
(d) A student suggests that R3 = 3 × R1.

M Fig. 26.4
State whether the results agree with this suggestion. Justify your answer by reference to the
results.
hid
statement ..................................................................................................................................
as
justification ................................................................................................................................
R
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
[1]
(e) Another student suggests that the three resistors RA, RB and RC each have the same value
ir
of resistance.
S
Explain how you could use the circuit shown in Fig. 26.1 to check this suggestion.
...................................................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................................[1]

(f) Complete the circuit diagram in Fig. 26.5 to show:
• the three resistors connected in parallel
• the voltmeter connected to measure the potential difference across the resistors
• a variable resistor connected to control the current in all three resistors.
power
supply
or
A
zo
an
M
hid
as
Fig. 26.5
[2]
R
(g) The circuit in Fig. 26.5 could be used to determine the combined resistance of three resistors
connected in parallel.
Suggest a reason for connecting a variable resistor in the circuit.

ir
...................................................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................................[1]
S
[Total: 10]

27 A student is investigating a circuit containing resistors.
She is using the circuit shown in Fig. 27.1.
power supply
or
zo
X Y
an
M Fig. 27.1
(a) On Fig. 27.1, show a voltmeter connected so that it measures the potential difference across
resistor X. [1]
hid
(b) The student uses the ammeter to measure the current IS in the circuit.
as
0.4 0.6
0.2 0.8
R
0 1.0
A
ir
S
Fig. 27.2
Record the current IS, as shown on the ammeter in Fig. 27.2.
IS = ...........................................................[1]

(c) (i) The student uses the voltmeter to measure the potential difference VX across resistor X
and then reconnects it to measure the potential difference VY across resistor Y.
2 3 2 3
1 4 1 4
0 5 0 5
V V
or
zo
Fig. 27.3 Fig. 27.4
an
• Record the value of the potential difference VX across resistor X, shown in Fig. 27.3.
•
M VX = ...............................................................
Record the value of the potential difference VY across resistor Y, shown in Fig. 27.4.
VY = ...............................................................
[1]
She then measures the potential difference VS across the combination of both resistors.
hid
(ii)
2 3
as
1 4
0 5
R
V
ir
Fig. 27.5
S
Record the value of the potential difference VS across the combination of both resistors,
shown in Fig. 27.5.
VS = ...........................................................[1]

(iii) A student suggests that VS should be equal to (VX + VY).
State whether the readings support this suggestion. Justify your statement with reference
to the results.
statement ..........................................................................................................................
justification ........................................................................................................................
or
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
zo
[2]
(d) Calculate the resistance RS of the combination of resistors, using the readings from (b)
an
and (c)(ii) and the equation
V
RS = S.
IS
M RS = ...........................................................[2]
(e) (i) The circuit components are to be rearranged so that:

hid
• resistors X and Y are in parallel
• the ammeter will measure the total current in the circuit
• the voltmeter will measure the potential difference across both resistors.
as
In the space below, draw a diagram of this circuit using standard electrical symbols.
R
ir
S
[2]

(ii) The student sets up the circuit as described in (e)(i).
She measures and records the total current IP in the circuit and the potential difference
VP across the resistors.
IP = ––––––––
0.81 A
VP = ––––––––
3.6 V
or
The resistance of two resistors connected in parallel is less than the resistance of the
same two resistors connected in series.
zo
State whether the readings indicate that she has set up the circuit correctly.
Explain your answer.
an
suggestion .........................................................................................................................
explanation ........................................................................................................................
M
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
[1]
[Total: 11]
hid
as
R
ir
S

28 Fig. 28.1 shows a thermistor. A thermistor is a type of resistor whose resistance is affected by
changes in temperature.
connecting wires
thermistor
or
Fig. 28.1
zo
Fig. 3.2 shows a partially completed circuit.
5V
an
A M B
1000 Ω
Fig. 28.2
hid
(a) The thermistor is connected between A and B in the circuit.
On Fig. 3.2, draw the correct circuit symbol for the thermistor between A and B. [1]
as
(b) The thermistor is at room temperature and the reading on the voltmeter is shown in Fig. 3.3.
R
V
2 3
1 4
0 5
ir
S
Fig.28.3
(i) State the reading V on the voltmeter.
V = .........................................................[1]

(ii) The student then records the reading on the voltmeter when the thermistor is at a steady
temperature of 0 °C.
Suggest how she can reduce the temperature of the thermistor from room temperature
to 0 °C in the laboratory.
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
or
.......................................................................................................................................[1]
zo
(iii) At 0 °C, the reading V on the voltmeter is 1.8 V.
The resistance R of the thermistor, measured in ohms, can be found using
an
5000
R= - 1000.
V
M
Calculate R at room temperature and at 0 °C. Give both answers to 2 significant figures.
at room temperature, R = .............................................................
at 0 °C, R = .............................................................
[2]
(iv) Use your results to state how the resistance of the thermistor changes with temperature.
hid
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
as
.......................................................................................................................................[1]
R
ir
S

29 A student investigates how the current in a thermistor depends upon temperature.
She sets up the circuit shown in Fig. 29.1.
5.0 V
or
thermometer
zo
mA
milliammeter
an
water
thermistor
•
•
She pours hot water into the beaker.
M Fig. 1
She stirs the water, measures its temperature and reads the ammeter.
• She records the values of temperature and current in the table of Fig. 2.
hid
• She repeats these readings at 10 °C intervals, as the water cools, until the water reaches
room temperature.
• She records all her readings in the table, as shown in Fig. 2.
as
temperature θ / °C current I / mA
R
80 2.90
70 2.30
60 1.75
50 1.20
ir
40
S
30 0.60
20 0.45
Fig. 2

Fig. 3 shows the ammeter reading when the temperature of the water is 40 °C.
1 1.5 2
2.5 Fig. 3
0.5
mA
or
(a) (i) Read the ammeter and record the missing value of current in the table of Fig. 2. [1]
zo
(ii) State why the student stirs the water before taking a temperature reading.
an
.......................................................................................................................................[1]
(b) On Fig. 4, plot a graph ofI on the y-axis against θ on the x-axis. Start both axes from the
origin. Draw the smooth curve of best fit.
M [4]
hid
as
R
ir
S
0
0
Fig. 4

(c) (i) Extend your curve to predict the current for the temperature of 0 °C.
current at 0 °C = ............................................mA [1]
(ii) Suggest how the student can modify her investigation to check the prediction made in
(c)(i).
...........................................................................................................................................
.......................................................................................................................................[1]
or
(d) (i) Use your graph to estimate the current I when the temperature of the water is 75 °C.
zo
I = ............................................mA [1]
an
(ii) The voltage V of the power supply is 5.0 V.
Use the equation
M R=
to calculate the resistance R of the thermistor at 75 °C.

V
I
R = .............................................. Ω [2]
hid
(e) (i) Describe the relationship between current and temperature for the thermistor, shown by
your graph.
as
...........................................................................................................................................
.......................................................................................................................................[2]
R
(ii) Deduce the relationship between resistance and temperature for the thermistor.
...........................................................................................................................................
.......................................................................................................................................[1]
ir
S

30 A student investigates the resistance of equal lengths of different wires. The wires are made
from the same material but have different diameters. Resistance can be found using the equation
voltage
resistance = .
current
The student uses the circuit shown in Fig. 1.
power supply
or
A
zo
V
an
Fig. 1
wire
crocodile clip
M 30 cm
(a) State the name of a piece of apparatus that the student can use to measure accurately the
hid
diameter of a wire.
...............................................................................................................................................[1]
as
R
(b) (i) The student takes readings of voltage and current immediately after he switches on the
circuit.
Suggest a reason for taking the readings immediately.

ir
.......................................................................................................................................[1]
S

(ii) Fig. 2 shows the ammeter and voltmeter when a wire with a diameter of 0.15 mm is
used.
0.5
0 1.0
or
zo
2 3
1 4
an
0 5
M V
Fig. 2
State the readings of current and voltage for this wire.

hid
current = .......................................................
voltage = .......................................................
as
[2]
(c) The student repeats the experiment using a wire of diameter 0.24 mm. The voltmeter reading
R
does not change. Fig. 3 shows the new ammeter reading.
0.5
ir
0 1.0
S
Fig. 3

(i) Complete the results table of Fig. 4 for the experiment for the two wires.
diameter / …. voltage / … current / … resistance / …
or
Fig. 4
[3]
zo
(ii) Use your results to suggest the relationship between the diameter of a wire and its
resistance.
an
...........................................................................................................................................
M
...........................................................................................................................................
.......................................................................................................................................[1]
31 Some students are determining the resistance per unit length of wire X.
hid
They are using the circuit shown in Fig. 1.
power supply
as
Fig. 1
The crocodile clip is

R
connected to a length
wire X of the resistance
wire. The current in
the circuit and
A potential difference
(p.d.) across wire X
ir
are measured.
S
crocodile clip
resistance wire

(a) On Fig. 1, draw the symbol for a voltmeter correctly connected to measure the p.d. across
wire X. [1]
(b) A student adjusts the position of the crocodile clip until the current in the circuit is 0.80 A. In
Table 1, record the value of the p.d. V across wire X, as shown in Fig. .2.
1
0.5 1.5
or
0 2
V
zo
[1]
Fig. 2
an
(c) The student records the p.d. V for different currents, as shown I /A V/V
in Table .1.
0.80
(i) M Table 1
Plot a graph of V / V (y-axis) against I / A (x-axis).

0.70
0.60
0.50
1.58
1.34
1.03
0.40 0.81
hid
as
R
ir
S
[4]

(ii) Determine the gradient G of the graph. Show clearly on the graph how you obtained the
(iii) Fig. .3 shows wire X.

G = ......................................................... [1]
l Fig. 3
or
• On Fig. .3, measure the length l.
zo
l = ........................................................ cm
• The wire in Fig. 3 is shown to 1/3rd scale. Calculate the actual length L of wire X.
an
L = ........................................................ cm
M
[1]
(iv) Calculate the resistance R of each centimetre of wire X, using the equation
R= G×k,
L
hid
where k = 1.0 Ω cm.
Give the value for R, to a suitable number of significant figures for this experiment.
as
R
R = ......................................................... [2]
(d) A student notices that the resistance wire becomes very hot when the crocodile clip is
connected to short lengths of the wire.
Suggest an improvement that would help to reduce this effect.

ir
...................................................................................................................................................
S
...................................................................................................................................................
.............................................................................................................................................. [1]
[Total: 11]

32 A student is investigating the power of two lamps.
The circuit is shown in Fig. .1.
A
X Y
or
Fig. 1
zo
(a) (i) Record the potential difference (p.d.) VT across the lamps and the current IT in the circuit,
as shown in Fig. .2 and Fig. .3.
an
5 6 0.4 0.6
3 4
0
1
2
V
7
8
9
10
M 0
0.2
A
0.8
1.0
hid
Fig. .2 Fig. .3
VT = ............................................................... IT = ...............................................................
as
[2]
(ii) Calculate the power PT produced by the lamp filaments, using the equation PT = VTIT .
R
PT = ........................................................... [1]
ir
S

(b) The student connects the voltmeter across lamp X only. She records the p.d. VX across lamp
X and the current IX in the circuit.
1.3
VX = ............................................................. V
0.18
IX = ............................................................. A
She repeats the procedure with the voltmeter connected across lamp Y only.
1.2
or
VY = ............................................................. V
0.18
IY = ............................................................. A
zo
(i) Calculate the power PX produced by the lamp filament X using the equation PX = VXIX,
and calculate the power PY produced by the lamp filament Y using the equation
an
PY = VYIY.
PX = ................................................................
(ii)
M PY = ................................................................
State and explain briefly whether the two values for power PX and PY are the same
within the limits of experimental accuracy.
[1]
statement ..........................................................................................................................
hid
explanation ........................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
as
[2]
(c) The student repeats the experiment using two other lamps. She notices that one lamp is
R
dimly lit, but the other lamp does not light at all.
The p.d. VT across the lamps is the same as in (b), but the current IT in the circuit is
approximately half of the original value.
The student concludes that the filament of one of the lamps is broken.
ir
State whether you agree with the student and give a reason for your answer.
S
statement ..................................................................................................................................
reason .......................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
[2]

(d) Draw a circuit diagram to show the circuit in Fig. 2.1 rearranged so that:
• the lamps are connected in parallel
• a variable resistor is connected to control the total current in the circuit
• the ammeter will measure the total current in the circuit
• the voltmeter will measure the p.d. across the lamps.
or
zo
an
M
hid
[3]
as
[Total: 11]
R
ir
S

or
zo
an
M
hid
as
R
ir
S

A B C D
Marking Scheme
MCQ's
1. 26. 51. 76.
2. 27. 52. 77.
3. 28. 53. 78.
or
4. 29. 54. 79.
30. 80.
zo
5. 55.
81.
an
6. 31. 56.
7. 32. 57. 82.
M
8. 33. 58. 83.
9. 34. 59. 84.
10. 35. 60. 85.
11. 36. 61. 86.

hid
12. 37. 62. 87.
13. 38. 63. 88.
14. 39. 64. 89.

as
15. 40. 65. 90.
R
16. 41. 66. 91.
17. 42. 67. 92.
18. 43. 68. 93.
94.
ir
19. 44. 69.
20. 45. 70. 95.

S
21. 46. 71. 96.
22. 47. 72. 97.
23. 48. 73. 98.
24. 49. 74. 99.
25. 50. 75. 100.

A B C D
Paper 1
101. 126. 151. 176.

102. 127. 152. 177.
103. 128. 153. 178.
104. 129. 154. 179.

105. 130. 155. 180.
or
A B C D A B C D A B C D B C D
106.
zo
131. 156. 181.
107. 132. 157. 182.
an
108. 133. 158. 183.
109. 134. 159. 184.
135.
M 160.
110. 185.
111. 136. 161. 186.

112. 137. 162. 187.
113. 138. 163. 188.
hid
114. 139. 164. 189.
115. 140. 165. 190.

as
116. 141. 166. 191.

R
117. 142. 167. 192.

118. 143. 168. 193.
119. 144. 169. 194.
120. 145. 170. 195.
ir
S
121. 146. 171. 196.

122. 147. 172. 197.
123. 148. 173. 198.

124. 149. 174. 199.
125. 150. 175. 200.

A B C D
Paper 1
201. 226. 251. 276.
202. 227. 252. 277.
203. 228. 253. 278.
or
204. 229. 254. 279.
205. 230. 255. 280.
zo
206. 231. 256. 281.
an
207. 232. 257. 282.
208. 233. 258. 283.
209.
210.
A B C D
234.
235.
A B
M
C D
259.
260.
A B C D
284.
285.
A B C D
211. 236. 261. 286.

hid
212. 237. 262. 287.
213. 238. 263. 288.
214. 239. 264. 289.

as
215. 240. 265. 290.

R
216. 241. 266. 291.
217. 242. 267. 292.
218. 243. 268. 293.

ir
219. 244. 269. 294.

S
220. 245. 270. 295.
221. 246. 271. 296.
222. 247. 272. 297.
223. 248. 273. 298.
224. 249. 274. 299.
225. 250. 275. 300.

Marking Scheme
Theory
1 (a) (i)
150 + 200 or 350 (Ω) seen or implied by correct final answer [1]
or
use of I = V/R in any form or 12/candidate’s resistance seen or 12/350 implied by correct
answer [1]
0.034 to at least 2 sig. figs. [1]
zo
A or mA as appropriate [1]
(ii) candidate’s (i) × 200 or proportion or potential divider calculation [1]
an
6.9 (V) to at least 2 sig. figs. [1]
(iii) variable resistor symbol drawn in suitable position on circuit [1]
(b) (i) parallel
(ii) brighter
M
p.d. / voltage (across lamp) is great
p.
[1]
[1]
[1]
hid
2 (a potential difference B1
as
(b) (i) charge B1
(ii) 1. 36 (Ω) B1
R
2. V = IR in any form OR V ÷ R C1
12 ÷ 36 e.c.f. from 1. C1
0.3 OR 0.33 A1
A OR amp(s) OR ampere(s) B1
ir
(iii) 0.33 × 18 C1
5.94(V) OR 6 (V) A1
S
(c) if one lamp fails both go out OR cannot control lamps independently OR lamps
not as bright B1
[Total: 10]

3 (a (i) A region in which a force acts upon an (electric) charge/charged object B1
(ii) At least 4 radial straight lines with lines evenly spaced B1

Arrows on lines pointing away from + charge B1
(b) Use positively charged rod B1
Place rod close to surface of sphere B1
or
Touch sphere (briefly) with finger OR Connect sphere to earth and remove earth
connection OR Briefly connect sphere to earth B1
zo
Remove charged rod B1
[Total: 7]
an
a. Particle 1 carries straight on
4 B1 3
Particle 2 (slightly) deflected (less than 90°)
B1
M
Particle 3 “turns back” / (deflected more than 90°)
B1
b. Nucleus is heavy /dense / all or most of mass in atom in
nucleus B1 2
Most of atom is space or nucleus is (very) small
cf. atom B1
1
[6]
c. (mass) 4 B1
hid
5
(a 1.52 kW A1
1
as
(b) (i) Each appliance is connected across 240 V supply or

equivalent B1
(ii) Any 2: all work on same voltage or on 240 V or mains
R
OR all have full/stated power OR each can be on or off

OR one goes off/breaks others stay on B2 3
(c) (i) Current = power/voltage or 200/240 C1

Current = 0.83 A A1
(ii) Energy = power x time or 1.2 x 3 C1
ir
Energy = 3.6 kWh or 1.3 x 107 J A1

(iii) Current = 60/240 C1
S
R= V/I or 240/0.25 C1
R =960Ω A1 7
[11]

6 (a) (Q =) It or 120 × 3.5 420 C
(b) (small current) magnetises something physical or produces a magnetic field or
produces an electromagnet
(terminals of motor) switch / contacts / terminals (in first circuit) attract / close
7 (a resistance = voltage/current in any form, letters,

F C
or
words, figures, mix
330 6.3 2F A1+A1
zo
(b) candidate’s 4 points correctly plotted ± ½ small
2F
F
square -1 e.e.o.o.
(c) (i) reasonable curve, smooth, not too thick F B1
an
(ii) resistance/temperature changes smoothly C B1
(d) (i) 1500 - 1700 OR candidates lowest point on
C B
graph, quoted correctly
8 (a)
(ii)
(i)
(ii)
conductor OR metal
M
idea of lowest resistance
metal (but not if answer to (i)) OR any named

C
F B1
B1 9
F B
metal OR any named liquid conductor
hid
(ii) apply an e.m.f. OR apply a p.d. OR equivalent C B1
(b) (i) insulator NOT non-conductor (but condone as
F B
extra)
as
(ii) any suitable example F B1

(c) insulator OR ‘(b)(i)’ e.c.f. from (b)(i) NOT just
F B
the name of a type of insulator
R
9 (a) same ticked F B1

(b) 2 B1
(c) R1 + R2 in any form, letters or numbers F C1
ir
4 e.c.f. from (b) C A1

S
(d) (i) 1Ω ticked F B1

(ii) more than 0.3A ticked C B1
(e) (i) increases/stretches
nc B1
(ii) increases c.a.o. C B1
8

10 (a) circuit which would work with supply and resistor B1
voltmeter in parallel and ammeter in series with resistor B1
variable resistor in series or means of changing p.d. across
resistor B1 3
(b) read ammeter and voltmeter B1

adjust rheostat/supply B1 2
(c) (i) I = V/R or V = IR or R = V/I or 0.5 = 6.0/3.0 + R C1

R = 9(.0) Ω A1
(ii) 60 C B1
(iii) P = VI or = I2R or P = v2/R or (0.5 x 3.0) x 0.5 C1
or
= 0.75 W A1 5 [10]
zo
11 L1 joined to R3 or R1 F B1
L2 joined to R4 F B1
L4 joined to R1 F B1
an
3
12
M
(a I = W/V or 9/6 C1
I = 1.5 A A1 2
(b) (i) 8 ohm A1
(ii) 6V A1 2
(c) (i) brightness decreases/dimmer B1

hid
(ii) resistance of circuit greater B1

current through lamp falls B1 3
as
(d) (i) 4 ohm A1
(ii) 4 ohm A1 2
R
[9]
13 (a) bring rod close but not touching plate M1

touch metal plate with earth lead M1
remove lead and then rod A1 3
ir
(b) (i) Q = 20 (mA) x 15 (s) C1

S
= 0.30 C A1
(ii) V = 20 (ma) x 10 (kΩ) C1 M3

= 200 V A1 [6]

14 (a (i) series OR potential divider F B1
(ii) 12 (Ω) B1
(iii) I = V/R in any form F C1

6/his (ii) F C1
0.5 e.c.f. F A1
A OR amp(s) OR ampere(s) OR a F B1
(iv) his (iii) x 10 F C1

5 (V) e.c.f. F A1
or
(v) his (iv) C B1
zo
(b)
b) 1. 6 (V) C B1
2. 0 ( C B1
an
(ii) C or clear mark positioned below A but not lower than bottom of C B1
the word contact”
M
allow e.c.f. only if 6 and 0 in (i) are reversed
[Total: 12]
15 (a connections such that all lamps will light B1
ammeter in correct position B1
variable resistor in correct position (condone poor symbol) B1

hid
switch in appropriate position (could be 2 switches) B1 [4]

as
(b) (i) 3 A B1 [1
(ii) 4Ω OR 12/his(i) correctly evaluated B1 [1]

R
(iii) 2Ω OR ½ × his(ii) correctly evaluated B1 [1]
(iv) 1080 J e.c.f. from (i) & (ii) if working shown B1 [1]
ir
(c) lamps in series M1
less current/less p.d. (across 1 lamp)/voltage shared/higher resistance A1 [2]

S
NOT current shared

[Total: 10]

16 (a) R1 + R2 in symbols or figures [C1]
60 (Ω) [A1]
(b) voltmeter correctly shown between X and Y (or equivalent), must be correct symbol [B1]
(c) (i) I = V/R [C1]

1.5/60 e.c.f from (a) [C1]
0.025 [A1]
A OR a OR amp(s) OR ampere(s) OR mA etc. [B1]
or
(ii) 1.5 (V) [B1]
zo
(d) (i) decreases [B1]
an
(ii) decreases [B1]
(iii) 60 (Ω) e.c.f from (a) [B1]
17
M
(a) all 4 lights in parallel with supply and none in series
[Total: 11]
B1
master switch in a place where it will work (cannot score if no supply or if short
hid
circuit) B1
one switch for 2 lights in living room AND one for bathroom
AND one for bedroom B1
as
(b) (i) W = V × I or 100 = 200 × I in any form C1

0.5 A or 0.5 a A1
R
(ii) I × t or 0.5 × 60 e.c.f. C1

30 C or 30 c e.c.f. A1
(c) (i) 135 W B1

ir
(ii) any power × any time (words or symbols or numbers) C1

NOTE: 280 (W) is the total power of lamps in house, so counts as “power”
S
486 000 J or 486 kJ or 0.135 kWh accept lower case units A1

NOTE: 45 × 3600 = 162000 J gets e.c.f. from (i)
[10]

18 Apply max 1 un. pen. in (a) and (b) together. Apply at first instance of unit penalty.
(a) (i) 6 V B1
(ii) 50 mA OR 0.05 A B
(b) R = V/I in any form, letters, words, numbers OR V/I C1

6/50 OR 6/0.05 e.c.f. (a) OR 0.12 Ω (0.12 Ω gets 2, 0.12 gets 1) C1
120 Ω c.a.o. accept V/A instead of Ω A1
or
(c) (i) increase resistance/ohms OR add another resistor
OR decrease e.m.f./voltage/p.d. C1
zo
double resistance/ohms OR add another R (in series)
OR halve e.m.f./voltage/p.d. OR use 3 V cell/battery
OR remove one cell/battery OR use only 1 cell/battery A1
an
(ii) idea of breaking the circuit OR removing battery
OR make voltage zero OR switch off B1
M
(d) (i) infinite OR very large (if figure quoted, must be [25 A)
NOT just “higher”
(ii) idea of damage but NOT “blows up”

B1
C1
ammeter – coil burnt out OR pointer bent )
battery – overheats OR runs flat quickly ) any 1 A1
hid
circuit – overheat/burn out/insulation melts )
NOT it trips out [11]
19 (a) (i) 0 (A) / zero Unit penalty if wrong unit B1

as
(ii) 12 V B1
R
(b) (i) V / R OR V = IR in any form, letters, words or numbers C1

0.5 A A1
(ii) 8 × candidate’s (i) OR 8/24 × 12 C1

4 V OR 4.0 V e.c.f. A1
ir
(c) 1/R1 + 1/R2 = 1/R OR R = R1R2 / (R1 + R2) in any form B1

S
5.3 (Ω) OR 5⅓ (Ω) OR 16/3 (Ω) C

12 / candidate’s R C1
2.25 A c.a.o. A1
Alternatively: 12/16 (= 0.75) OR 12/8 (= 1.5) C1

12/16 (= 0.75) AND 12/8 (= 1.5) C1
Currents added C1
2.25 A c.a.o. A1 [10]

20 (a) close both S1 and S2 ticked B1
(b) any 1 ticked C1

all 3 ticked A1
(c) lamp would blow OR too much voltage/current B1
(d) (i) 10 (Ω) B
or
(ii) I = V/R in any form, symbols or numbers C1
6/10 OR 12/20 e.c.f. from (i) C1
zo
0.6 c.a.o. A1
A B1 [9]
an
21 free, potential difference, current, resistance
M
4 correct scores B3
2 or 3 correct scores B2
1 correct scores B1 [3]
hid
as
R
ir
S

22 (a) (i) 4 Ω B1
(ii) IVt OR I2Rt OR V2t/R in any form or words or numbers

Condone t = 9 if substituted possible ecf from (i) C1
540 (s) C1
437.4 J possible ecf if 4 Ω from (i) used A1
(b) R = ρL/A OR R ∝ L/A OR R ∝ L and R ∝ 1/A or 1/d2 or 1/r2 C1
or
A2 = ¼A1 OR A2 = 0.25A1 C1
R2 = (0.45/0.3) × R1 OR (3/2) x R1 C1
⅜ OR 0.375 OR 37.5 % A1
zo
OR
R = ρL/A OR R ∝ L/A OR R ∝ L and R ∝ 1/A or 1/d2 or 1/r2 C1
an
Resistance of thinner wire with same length as thicker wire = 4 × 4 = 16 Ω C1
Actual resistance of thinner wire = 1.8 /0.3 = 6.0 Ω C1
23 (a
M
Ratio: L of thinner wire / L of thicker wire = 6.0 / 16 = 3/8 = 0.375 = 37.5 %
same/like/similar charges repel (ignore poles repel)

unlike/opposite/different charges attract (ignore poles attract)
A1
B1
B1
[8]
hid
(b) idea of car/person (being) charged (by friction) B1
idea of charge/electrons going to/from/through person B1
as
(c) (i) electrons / -ve charges move towards the rod / to R (ignore just “attracted”)
ignore any mention of +ve charges moving
any mention of +ve electrons gets B0 B1
R
(ii) opposite charges attract OR electrons / -ve charges attracted to +ve / rod B1
attraction between opposite charges > repulsion between like charges

OR – ve charges (are) close(r) (to the rod) B1
ir
(iii) electrons / -ve charges flow (up) from earth/wire no e.c.f. from (i)
ignore +ve charges moving, NOT +ve electrons B1
ball becomes –vely charged B1 [9]
S

24 (a)
a) parallel B1
(ii) 4.2 (V) B1
(iii) V=IR in any form OR V/R C1

4.2 / 3 e.c.f. (ii) C1
1.4 e.c.f. (ii) A1
(iv) 1. bigger OR the sum of the two currents OR 2 (A) B1

2. same/equ B1
or
(b) clear series connection of all 3 across battery in one circuit B1
zo
clear parallel connection of all 3 across battery in other circuit, and must not be
shorted out B1
allow B1 max in (b) if correct series/parallel circuits both shown, but with more or
an
less than 3 resistors in either/both [10]
25 (a) line with negative slope throughout

negative intercept on I axis
(b) R = V/I in any form

2/5
M B1
B1
C1
C1
0.4 (A) A1
hid
(c)
c) 20 (Ω) B1
(ii) 0.1 (A) B1

as
(d) idea of current halved, so resistance doubled C1

R
5 OR 5.0 (Ω) A1
(e) heating and magnetism ticked –1 e.e.o.o. B2

[Total: 11]
ir
S

26 (a (i) Electron(s) B1
(ii) At least 2 + signs on left-hand side of S

Same number of – signs on right-hand side of S B1
(iii) Connect S to earth (with rod in place) M1

Remove connection of S to earth M1
Remove R / rod A1
or
(b) (i) Q = It OR I = Q / t OR in words OR I = 30/120 C1
= 0.25 A or C/s A1
zo
(ii) E = IVt OR in words OR 0.25 × 1.5 × 106 × 120 C1
OR
an
E = QV OR in words OR 30 × 1.5 × 106 (C1)
E = 45000000 J / 4.5 × 107 J / 45 MJ / 12.5 kWh
Wh
M
[Total: 9]
27 (a (i) I1 = I2 + I3 B1
(ii) I1 = I4 OR same B1
(b) (i) (V = IR = 0.80 × 3.0 =) 2.4 V A1

hid
(ii) I = V/R in any algebraic form OR 2.4 / 2 OR (b)(i) / 2

OR any voltage divided by 2 C1
(I3 = V/R = 2.4 / 2 =) 1.2 A A
as
OR
I3/I2 = 3/2 (C1)
I3 = 3/2 × 0.8 A = 1.2 A (A1
R
(iii) (I2 + I3 OR Current through R = 0.8 + 1.2) = 2.0 (A)

OR 6 V / 2 A used C1
Parallel combination formula: 1/r = 1/r1 + 1/r2
OR (r =) r1r2/(r1 + r2) C
Use of formula: combined resistance = 1.2 (Ω) C
ir
(R + 1.2 = 6/2 = 3.0 Ω R =) 1.8 Ω A1

OR
S
Current through R = 0.8 + 1.2 = 2.0 (A)

A) (
P.D. across R = 6.0 – 2.4 (C1)
= 3.6 (V) (C1)
R = 3.6 / 2.0 = 1.8 Ω (A1)
[Total: 9]

28 (a) any downward deflection and no upward deflection B1
curve, either all up or all down, from A to end of region between plates M1
straight on from end of region between plates, towards BC A1
(b) idea of deflection upwards/it goes upwards/it moves upwards no e.c.f.

ignore opposite direction/opposite path B1
[Total: 4]
or
B1
29 (a current
zo
(b)
b) 1. R1 + R2 OR 16 + 8 C1
24 (Ω) A1
an
2. V = I R in any form OR V / R C1
12 / 24 e.c.f. 1. C1
M
0.5 A1
A/amp/ampere(s) B1
(ii) 1. 0 OR zero/nothing (ignore any unit) B1
2. 12 V B1
[Total: 9]
hid
30 (a) rheostat/potential divider/variable resistor/potentiometer/dimmer B1

as
(b)
b) 0 (V) OR zero OR nothing B1
R
(ii) 12 (V) B1
(c) idea of increasing brightness as S moves from A to B C1

appropriate correct comment on resistance or voltage A1
[Total: 5]
ir
S

31 (a)
switches closed
lamp that is lit
1
lamp A only
lamp B only B1
lamp C only
or
B2
zo
ignore any additions for lamp A
for C allow B1 only for
an
(b) all of them OR A, B and C B1
32
(c) (switch) 1
(a
M
(i) charge OR charged particles OR electrons
le
B1
[Total: 5]
hid
(ii) p.d./cell/battery/e.m.f. across it OR move in a magnetic field OR connect to positive
AND negative of power supply B1
ignore connect to a battery
(iii) A OR amp(s) OR ampere(s) B1

as
(b)
b) ( R1 + R2 OR 8 + 4 C1
R
12 Ω A1
(ii) V = IR in any form OR V/R C1

6 / 12 C1
0.5 A A1
ir
(iii)
iii decreases, ignore numbers B1
2. decreases, ignore numbers B1
S
[Total: 10]

33 (a current B1
(b)
b) 1. R1 + R2 OR 16 + 8 C1
24 (Ω) A1
2. V = I R in any form OR V / R C1
12 / 24 e.c.f. 1. C1
0.5 A1
A/amp/ampere(s) B1
or
(ii) 1. 0 OR zero/nothing (ignore any unit) B1
2. 12 V B1
zo
[Total: 9]
34 (a) rheostat/potential divider/variable resistor/potentiometer/dimmer B1
an
(b)
b) 0 (V) OR zero OR nothing B1
(ii) 12 (V)
M
(c) idea of increasing brightness as S moves from A to B
appropriate correct comment on resistance or voltage
B1
C1
A1
[Total: 5]
hid
35 (a (i) charge OR charged particles OR electrons

le
(ii) p.d./cell/battery/e.m.f. across it OR move in a magnetic field OR connect to positive

as
AND negative of power supply B1

ignore connect to a battery
R
(iii) A OR amp(s) OR ampere(s) B1
(b)
b) ( R1 + R2 OR 8 + 4 C1
12 Ω A1
ir
(ii) V = IR in any form OR V/R C1

6 / 12 C1
0.5 A A1
S
(iii)
iii decreases, ignore numbers B1
2. decreases, ignore numbers B1
[Total: 10]

36 (a (i) copper B1
(ii) iron, accept (silicon) steel B1
(b) V1 / V2 = N1 / N2 in any form C1

correct substitution e.g. 240 / 6 = 800 / N2 C1
20 A1
or
(c)
c) ( idea that they would blow/burn out B1
accept blow up
zo
(ii) 2 or more lamps in parallel across AB and none in series B1
an
[Total: 7]
37 (a (i) nothing / zero / 0
M
(ii) V = IR or V / R in words, symbols or numbers
6 / 10
B
C1
C1
0.6 A1
hid
(iii) candidate’s (a)(ii) B1

as
(b) (i) variable resistor OR rheostat

R
OR potential divider B1
(ii) neat, correct circuit with one added component in series with lamp B1
correct symbol for variable resistor B1

ir
S
[Total: 9]

38 (a) (i) ammeter NOT ampmeter
accept multimeter on current range B1
(ii) 2nd box ticked, current B1
(b)
b) 1st box ticked, charge B1
(ii) 1. (R R) R1 N R2 in words, symbols or numbers C1
24 (Ω) A1
or
2. V R IR in any form OR V / R C1
12 / 24 e.c.f. C1
zo
0.5 e.c.f. A1
an
(c) bottom box ticked, 0 V B1
39 (a) lamp will blow / burn out

M
accept blow up / glow too / very brightly ignore bright / won’t work
[Total: 10]
B1
hid
(b)
b) ( transformer shown with one coil across input and other coil across output
accept any reasonable attempt at transformer symbol B1
(ii) factor of 2 e.g. 12 / 6, 6 / 12 or 2:1 ignore units C1

as
1:2 OR 1 to 2 A1
R
(c)
c) ( resistor shown joining top two wires or bottom two wires M1
accept diagonal connection
ir
complete series circuit A1

note: 2 resistors in series gains only one mark B1
S
(ii) 1.5 (Ω) B1
[Total: 7]

40 (a) voltmeter B1
(b) (i) ammeter NOT ampmeter B1
(ii) correct symbol for ammeter B1
ammeter in series with lamp and voltmeter across cell B1

condone voltmeter connected in parallel
(c) (i) V = IR OR V / R in words, symbols or numbers C1
or
1.9 / 0.038 C1
zo
50 A1
Ω OR ohm(s) B1
an
(ii) bottom box ticked, no difference B1
M
[Total: 9]
41 (a (i) (I =) V / R OR 6 / (12 + 4) OR 6 / 16
6
0.38 A / 0.37 A A1
hid
(ii) 1 / R = 1 / R1 + 1 / R2
OR (R =) R1 R2 / (R1 + R2)
OR above with numbers substituted C1
as
R = 3 (Ω) C1
R
(I = 6 / 3 =) 2(.0) A A1
OR ALTERNATIVE METHOD:
6 / 12 (C1)
+ 6/4 (C1)
ir
2(.0) A (A1)
S
(b) (i) R ∝ l (in words or symbols)

OR directly proportional OR e.g. R doubles when l doubles B1
(ii) R ∝1 / A (or with words)

OR inversely proportional OR e.g. R doubles when A halves B1
(c) 4 / 12 OR 4:12 OR 1 / 3 OR 1:3 OR 0.33 B1
[Total: 8]
42 (a 4.5 V ignore sign B1
(b) 1 / Rp = 1 / R1 + 1 / R2
OR (Rp =) R1R2 / (R1 + R2) words, symbols or numbers C1
R = (1 / (1 / 1 + 1 / 5)) = 0.83 Ω A1
(c) V= IR in any form OR V / R words, symbols or numbers C1
use of total e.m.f. as V AND series resistance as R

OR 4 / 5 of total emf seen OR 1 / 6 of total current seen C1
or
(I = 4.5 / 5 =) 0.90 A accept 0.9 e.c.f. from (a) A1
zo
(d) 1.5 V ignore sign B1
an
[Total: 7]
43 (a) (P=)VI OR 230 × 3.5
805 / 810 W
M C1
A1
(b) (IY=)7.0 (A)

hid
alternative method: (RX=)V / I OR 230 / 3.5 OR 66 / 65.7(1429) C1
(ITot=)10.5 (A)
alternative method: ( (RY=) 230 / 7.0 OR 66 / 2 OR 65.7(1429) / 2 OR
as
33 / 32.9 / 32.85714) C1
(R=)V / I OR 230 / 10.5

R
alternative method: (R=)R1R2 / (R1 + R2) OR 2159 / 98.57

OR 1 / R= 1 / R1 + 1 / R2 OR 1 / R= 1 / 65.7N1 / 32.9 C1
22 / 21.9(0476) Ω A1
[Total: 6]
ir
S

44 (a) (high voltage allows) low/less reduced current B1
(PR)I2R OR IV OR (ER)I2Rt OR IVt OR depends on current heating effect owtte

B1
low / less / reduced heating effect / heat generated (allow lost) / more efficient /
cheaper etc.
(NOT with reduced resistance) B1
(b) (i) (cross-sectional) area 4× larger OR resistance inversely proportional to area

OR smaller resistance C1
or
reduced to ¼ A1
zo
(ii) cables heavier OR more / stronger pylons or more material in cable B1
[Total: 6]
an
45 (a (i) water conducts/water lowers resistance B1
M
could get a shock (however expressed) B1
(ii) idea of cord insulating you from electricity OR cord not a conductor
OR idea of separates you from the electrics/live parts B1
(b) 10A ticked B1

hid
(c) (i) large(r) current NOT more electricity B1
(ii) it/insulation/cable would overheat/melt OR cause fire

as
NOT blow up/damaged NOT fuse blows B1

[6]
R
ir
S

46 (a alternating voltage OR a.c. (supply) B1
(b) motor (accept fan) AND lamp B1
(c) line 1 tick and then tick B3

line 2 cross/nothing and then tick
line 3 tick and then cross/nothing
(d) V = IR in any form
or
B1
zo
(e) 50 × 5 C1
250 V A1
an
(f) any two from: B2
• current too large
• fuse wire melts/"blows"
• breaks circuit
M
• prevents overheating/fires/damage to other components
[Total: 10]
47 (a) thermistor correctly identified (by letter T) B1

hid
(b)
b) ammeter B1
NOT ampmeter
(ii) voltmeter B1
as
(c)
c) (R =) V÷I in any form C1
R
3.2÷0.005 C1
640 (Ω) A1
ir
(c)
c) ( increases B1
S
[Total: 7]

48 (a) A: warm ticked B1
B: off ticked B1
C: hot ticked B1
(b) V=I×R in any form OR V ÷ I C1
(R = ) 10 ÷ 6.0 C1
1.7 OR 1.67 (Ω) A1
or
accept 1.66 1.6 scores 2 marks
zo
(c) lamp B1
to indicate heater is on / working

or
an
(d) any two from: max. B2
M
• fuse identified as the relevant component
• the fuse will melt / blow / break
• (this) breaks circuit / stops current
[Total: 10]
hid
49(a)(i)
10(a)(i)
10(a)(ii)
(a)(ii) th
(b)(i) resistance decreases as temp increases
as
at decreasing rate OR not proportional OR not linear

(b)(ii) resistance of Y = 80 Ω
R
Rt = R1 + R2 in any form
100(Ω)
(b)(iii) V = IR in any form
12 ÷ 100 OR 12 ÷ candidates (b)(ii)
ir
0.12 (A) OR ECF from (b)(ii)

S

50(a)(i) 12 Ω
(a)(ii) 1 / R = 1 / R1 + 1 / R2 OR 1 / R = 1 / 12 + 1 / 6
OR (R = ) R1R2 / (R1 + R2) OR (12 × 6) / (12 + 6)
4Ω
(a)(iii) 4 + 6 = 10 Ω
(b)(i) (I = 12 / 10 = ) 1.2 A
(b)(ii) (E =) IVt OR 1.2 × 12 × 50 OR I2Rt OR 1.22 × 10 × 50
OR V2t / R OR 122 × 50 / 10
720 J
or
zo
51(a) P=V2 / R in any form or V2 / P
an
(2402 / 1000 = ) 58 Ω
(b) (1202 / 1000 = ) 14 Ω
(c) P=V I in any form or P / V
(2000 / 240 = ) 8.3 A
M
hid
52 (a any insulator, e.g. perspex, plastic, nylon, rubber B1

as
(b) top of P shows a net negative charge with some negative charges under rod B1
bottom of P has equal number of positive charges B1
R
(c)
c) clear net negative charge on P B1
and (net) negative charges above or at middle line
(ii) 1 negative (charges) / electrons flow to earth B1

ir
or (P) becomes neutral

S
2 charges spread over P B1

53 (a (amount of) energy / work (dissipated by source) M1
by unit charge (around a circuit) A1
(b)
b) 1 they are the same B1
or I B = I 1 = I 2
2 E = V 1 + V2 B1
(ii) (I= ) V / R in any form algebraic or numerical C1

0.25 A A1
or
(iii) 4.5 V B1
zo
(iv) (P=) VI or (P=) I2R or (P=) V2 / R C
in any form algebraic or numerical
1.1(25) W A1
an
(c) current is (directly) proportional to voltage B1
or voltage / current is a constant
law holds for constant physical conditions /
M
constant temperature / constant pressure / for metals
(d) (i) (directly) proportional

B
B1
or (R) ∝ 1
hid
(ii) inversely proportional B1
or (R) ∝ 1 / A
as
(e) 1st band orange B1

2nd and 3rd bands both black B1
R
(a (i) (I=) V / R or 6/60 C1

54
0.1(0) A A1
(ii) (I=) P / V or 0.9 / 6 C1

or 0.15 (A) seen
0.25 A A1
ir
S
(b) (i) lamp correctly drawn in series with resistor but not the lamp B1
(ii) less voltage (across lamp) because some voltage across resistor / shares
voltage with resistor B1
or less current because of effect of resistor
• B1
B1

55 (a negative charge moves from hair / person / head to balloon C1
electrons move from hair / person / head to the balloon A1
(b) hair is positive (at end) B1

opposite charges attract B1
or positive and negative attract
(c) charges / electrons B1

• don’t flow away
or
• aren’t conducted (to earth / person)
stay on balloon / on insulator
zo
(d) any sensible example e.g. photocopier, electrostatic precipitator, flu ash removal,
spray painting, printing, crop spraying, lightning fixes nitrogen in atmosphere etc. B1
an
56 (a) to provide a complete circuit (with live) B1
or to pass current back to mains
or provide a return path for the current
case)
M
(b) current / charge / electrons flow to earth / earth wire / ground (when live touches
fuse melts / blows and disconnects circuit / cuts live / stops current
B1
B1
hid
(c) doubly insulated B1
or case / body made of plastic / insulator / not made of metal
or user cannot touch metal
as
(d) (circuit breaker) B1

• turns off / acts fast(er)
R
• can be reset
• easy to see it has tripped / switched
• can detect small difference between live and neutral currents / small
(leakage) current to earth
ir
57 (a equal numbers (5 or less) of negative charges on left and positive charges on

S
right [B1]
(b) (i) C becomes less positive / less charged [B1]

U becomes (completely) positive [B1]
electrons / negative charge flows from U to C or + (on C) and – (on U)
cancel / neutralise
eutr
(ii) like charges repel or both have same charge or both positive [B1]
[5]
58 (a A B
6.(0) V (V) [B1, B1]
(b) (i) resistance (of thermistor) decreases [B1]

current increases and larger voltage across 2000 Ω / fixed resistor
or smaller fraction of voltage across thermistor or potential divider explained [B1]
or
(ii) (I =) V / R in symbols or numbers [A1]
0.002(0) A; 2 mA A [C
zo
[6]
59 (a) ammeter and voltmeter correct symbols [B1]
an
ammeter in series with lamp [B1]
voltmeter in parallel with lamp [B1]
(b) R limits or reduces the current / voltage
(c)
c)
otherwise lamp blows
olta
M
or more of the 50 Ω can be used to adjust voltage / current
12 V, 0.25 A correctly plotted (by eye)

urre
[B1]
curved line from origin [B1]
hid
correct curvature – decreasing slope [B1]
(ii) straight line (for fixed resistor) [B1]

lamp has changing temperature or changing resistance
as
or fixed resistor has constant temperature or constant resistance [B1]

R
(d) (i) (I =) V / R in any algebraic or numerical form, e.g. 12 / 50 [C1]

0.24 A [A1]
(ii) 0.49 A [B1]
(iii) 6(.0) V [B1]

ir
(iv) 12(.24) Ω [B1]

S
[15]

60 (a current is directly proportional to voltage (accept voltage/current = constant, but
not just = R) B1
if temperature/physical conditions constant B1
(b) (R=) V/I in any form algebraic or using any value of V and I from graph C1
20 Ω A1
(c) (i) 40 Ω or 2 × (b) B1
(ii) straight line graph through origin below given line ecf (b) (e.g. accept above
or
line if R < 20) M1
goes through 0.1 A at 4 V ecf (b) (e.g. allow through 0.2 A at 2 V if R = 10 Ω)) A1 [7]
zo
61 (a correct symbol for thermistor B1
in series circuit with any power supply (e.g. cell or two circles) and a fixed resistor B1
an
(b) (i) 12 (V) B1
0.018 (A)
A)
0.14(4) W
M
(ii) (P=) VI in any form algebraic or numerical with any voltage (4, 8 or 12)
(iii) above maximum power or gets too hot or blows up or fails

C1
A1
B1 [7]
hid
62 (a (i) 2 to 2.1 (V) to any value between 11 and 12 (V) B1
or above 2/2.1(V)
as
(ii) temperature increases / gets hotter B1

R
(b)
b) (rate of) flow of charge/electrons B1
(ii) 0.35 A cao B1
(iii) (I=) V/R algebraic C1

or 6/20
or 6/0.35
ir
0.3(0) (A) C1
S
or 1/RT = 1/20 + 1/17.1

or (RT =) 9.2 (Ω) seen
0.65 A A1 [

63 (a oval/circle through or near A centered on or near X B1
clockwise arrow on line(s) around X and none wrong B1
(b) fields (due to X and Y) cancel or X and Y fields equal and opposite B1
(c)
c) to the left
or towards X/A/B B1
(ii) current (in wire Y) and (magnetic) field (caused by other wire) B1 [5]
or two (magnetic) fields interact
or
64 (a) ammeter in series with supply // ammeters in series with A and in series with B & C B1
A across cell with no switch (condone closed switch) not B1
zo
B and C in series with switch (closed or open) and cell B1
an
(b) (i) (R =) V/I in any form numerical or algebraic, e.g. 8/50, 8/0.05 C1
160 Ω A1
(ii) 50 mA // 0.05(0) A
65 (a) no shock // no electrocution

(if) case becomes live // live touches case
M B1
B1
B1
[6]
45
hid
(b) correct conversion to kW, 0.5 seen // conversion to hours // 0.75 // // (E =) P × t C1
60
0.375 // 0.38 // 0.37 (kW h) A1 [4]
as
R
ir
S

66 (b)
a variable resistor or rheostat B1 [1]
b
(c) curved line starting at origin allow straight at first not two straight lines C1
correct curvature from origin with decreasing gradient A1 [2]
(d)
c (i) (resistance) increases (as p.d. increases) B1 [1]
(ii) explanation, e.g. lower current than expected for given p.d. or given current
needs larger p.d. or correct explanation involving R = V/I accept gradient
or
decreases
zo
67 (e)a (i) I = V/R or 2400 seen
ec [1]
C1
an
0.0025 A (2.5 mA) A1 [2]
(ii) 4 V or 1600 × (i) ecf B1 [1]
(b) EITHER
M
capacitor stores charge/charges up/stores energy
takes time/delay e.g. voltmeter reading rises slowly/capacitor charges up slowly
or to a maximum
B1
B1
OR
(small) current into transistor/base or large base/emitter voltage (>0.6 V) B1
hid
switches (transistor) on or large current collector/emitter or resistance of
transistor reduced B1 [2]
as
68 (a R = V/I in any algebraic (e.g. V = IR) or numerical form C1

1200 Ω A1
R
(b) decreases M1
to constant value/to 0.2 A A1
(c) longer or thinner or hotter or material/made of poorer conductor (higher resistivity) B2

ir
[Total: 6]
S

69 (a) resistance of cables B1
power/energy/heat loss or voltage drop or current low in cables/wires clear B1 [2]
(b) low(er) current in line or less voltage drop/power/heat/energy loss B1

A steps voltage up or increases voltage or reduces current B1
B steps voltage down or decreases voltage or increases current B1 [3]
(c) (i) two coils (no label needed) M1

coils labelled/described primary/input and secondary/output
or insulated or copper A1
coils on complete (soft) iron (core) B1
(accept from labelled diagram or description)
or
(ii) alternating/changing current input B1
(alternating) magnetic field (produced in core or coil) B1
zo
induced e.m.f./voltage/current (in secondary coil) B1 [6]
an
(d)
d) I = P/V algebraic or numerical C1
3A A1
M
(ii) E = VIt or Pt algebraic or numerical or 600 (s) used C1
414 000 (J) or 414kJ or 410 000 (J) A1 [4]
70 (a (i) 6 Ω B1
(ii) 1/R = 1/R1 + 1/R2 algebraic or numerical C1

2Ω A1
hid
(b) I = V/R algebraic or numerical C1

6 A ecf (ii) A1
as
(c) (I =) 2 (A) or proportionality idea/potential divider idea seen C1

R
8V A1 [7]
ir
S

71 (a (i) high voltage/where voltage (not current) arrives/dangerous (wire) B1
(ii) zero voltage/safe wire B1
(iii) zero voltage / connected to ground B1
(b)
b) (wire) heats up/current increases/electrons move faster C1
(ii) (wire) melts/causes fire (not blows/melts fuse) A1
(c) avoids electrocution/current through person/water is a conductor B1 [6]
or
72 (a) fuse B1
zo
limits the current (not controls current) B1
switch B1
turns current/bulbs/circuit on and off B1 [4]
an
(b)
b) I = P/V or 60/240 C1
0.25 (A) A1
(ii) 0.42-(i)
0.17 (A)
(iii) R = V/I or 240/(i)

960 (Ω)
M C1
A1
C1
A1
units correct in (i), (ii) and (iii) B1 [7]
hid
(c)
c) supply and two lamps in series B1
(ii) smaller than B1

higher resistance in series or lamps have less than 240V across them B1
as
(d) 2 x (iii) or twice as large or 1920 Ω B1 [4] (15)

R
73 (a) 4.5 V B1
(b) I =V/R in any form using symbols or words B1

4.5/15 C1
0.3 A A1
ir
(c) provides smaller (internal) resistance or lasts longer or less lost voltage
or one (cell) fails others work or less heat/energy lost B1 5
S

74 (a) (i) electrons/they move (on sphere) away from rod/to right B1
negative or electrons repelled by (negative on) rod or like charges repel B1
(actual movement of positive charge max 1 positive electrons max 1)
(ii) positive nearest rod and negative on side furthest from rod B1
(allow charges just outside sphere no need for same no. of +ve and –ve
charges)
(b) only positive on side near rod
or
no e.c.f. a (ii) B1
(c) >1 positive charge distributed over sphere
zo
e.c.f. B1
an
(d) plastic/perspex/polythene/rubber/ebonite/glass/wood etc. B1 6
75 (a (i) (I = )V / R or 12 / (6000 + 2000) or 12 / 8000 or 12 / 2000 or 12 / 6000
1.5 mA
(ii) 9.0 V M
or in (ii) (V = )IR or 0.0015 × 6000 C1
A1
B1
(b) (reading / it) increases B1

hid
resistance of LDR falls B1
(c) light meter / sensor or automatic light switch or something sensible B1 [6

as
[45]
R
ir
S

76 (a) (i) energy to drive charge around a circuit or terminal p.d. on open circuit B1
energy to drive unit charge around a circuit or energy / charge B1
(ii) lasts longer or lower internal resistance or can replace a cell without
switching off or continues to work if one cell is flat ignore more current
(not greater e.m.f. / voltage)
ol [3]
(b) (i) 4.0 Ω B1
(ii) (1 / Rtot = )1 / R1 + 1 / R2 or 1 / 3 + 1 / X or product / sum or (3 × X) / (3 + X) or

1 1 1
or
= − C1
X 2 3
6.0 Ω A1 [3]
zo
(c) (i) (I = ) V / R or 2.0 / 4.0
.0
an
0.50 A A1
(ii) (from) 0 and (to) 0.50 to 5.0 A B1 [3]
(d) I2 = I3 + IX
(e) (i) 1.0 V

M B1
B1
[1]
(ii) 1.0 V B1 [2]

hid
(f) (i) temperature decreases B1

resistance decreases B1
as
(ii) greater than 0.75 A (e.c.f. resistance increases in (f)(i)) B [3]

R
[Total: 15]
77 (a (i) lasts longer or one cell can be replaced without switching off the circuit or
less (internal) resistance or if one fails the others still work B1
(ii) 1.5 V B
ir
(b) (i) (R = )V / I or 1.5 / 0.075

.0
C1
20 (Ω) or 1.5 / (0.075 – 6.0)
S
14 Ω A1
(ii) decreases
ec B1
resistance of wire increases [7]

(c) 78 a (i) (I = )P/V or 9.6/240 or 9600
C1
9600/240 or 0.040 C1
40 A A1
(ii) any whole number from 41 to 99 (incl.) with unit (A)

(e.c.f. from 0.040 A: 1,2,3 A) B1
or
(b) 9.6 × 25 × 21 or 9.6 × 25/60 or 9.6 × 25/60 × 21 or 5040 c or $50.40 etc.
tc
84 c or $0.84 or €0.84 or £0.84 or Rs0.84 etc. (85.7/86c from 0.42h) A1 [6]
zo
an
79 (a) (i) (I = )V/R or 6.0/12.0 or 6.0/(4.0+8.0) or (in (ii)) (V = )IR or 0.50 × 4.0 C1
0.50 A A1
(b)
b) ( increased or becomes 1.25 A
(ii) decreases or becomes 0.8 Ω

M
(ii) 2.0 V (scores C1 in (a)(i) if not already scored) A1
B1
B1
[3]
[2]
hid
(c) moves up or down or 5.0/2.0 C1
moves up or down by 2.5 cm
m [2]
as
(d) (i)
Y-
Y-pla X-plat
X-
R
(glass) tube anode ZnS/screen
(5 correct 3 marks, 4 correct 2 marks, 3 correct 1 mark

X and Y plates reversed –1; allow focussing anode) B3
ir
(ii) filament heated/thermionic emission B1

(thermionic) electrons attracted by anode or repelled by cathode B1
S
(iii) to prevent/otherwise collisions with air molecules/to allow to reach

the screen/to avoid deflection B1
(iv) 1. electrons are charged B1
2. backwards or towards the back or opposite to electron motion

or to the left or from the right B1 [8]
[Total: 15]

80 (a) work done per (unit) charge/coulomb/C or energy transformed per (unit) charge/
coulomb/C B1
property of a source (of electricity) or energy transformed to electrical energy
per (unit) charge/coulomb/C B1 [2]
(b)
b) ammeter in series B1
(ii) voltmeter in parallel with lamp or lamp and ammeter B1 [2]
(c)
c) (V =) 2.0 (V) C1
or
(R =) V/I or 2.0/0.70 C1
2.9/2.86 Ω (i.e. 2 or 3 s.f. only) A1
zo
(ii) (resistance) increases B1 [4]
an
(d) (P =) VI or (P =) V2/R or I2 R or 12 × 2.0 or 12 × 0.70 C1
24 W A1 [2]
(e)
e) emission of electrons
M
from heated metal/named metal/filament/wire
(ii) 1. prevents collision with air (molecules) or prevents deflection or lets

electrons/particles reach screen/travel unimpeded
M1
A1
B1
2. moves vertically (e.g. up/down/above/below or vertical line) not with

hid
horizontal movement due to this voltage B1
attracted by positive or repelled by negative or attracted by one plate
and repelled by the other or electric field (acts on charge) B1 [5]
as
[Total: 15]
R
81 (a (i) (V = )IR or 0.025 × 600 C1

15 V A1
(ii) 5(V) or 5/0.025 or 800 or 800–600 C1

200 Ω A1
ir
(b)
b) decreases B1
S
(ii) ammeter: opposite to (i)

voltmeter: same as ammeter (both changes correct) B1 [6]
[Total: 45]

82 (a) (i) correct negative charges on tree. B1
(ii) electrons/-ve charges attracted by cloud/+ve charges B1

electrons from ground or correct induction mentioned B1
(iii) 1. 560/1.6 × 10–19 C1

3.5 × 1021 A1
2. (I = )Q/t or 560/2 × 10–4 C1

2.8 × 106 A A1 [7]
or
(b)
b) ( at least 4 vertical lines between plates B1
equally spaced or curved at edges B1
zo
arrows +ve to –ve/upwards B1
(ii) oil droplet positively charged B1
an
attraction/force on (droplet) and in direction of field/upwards B1
force greater than weight (of droplet) or resultant force B1
(iii) (droplet becomes) negative C1
83 (a) (i)
(droplet) gains electrons
M A1 [8]
[Total: 15]
hid
closed
lose B1
closed
losed B1
as
(ii) S1 closed → motor on B1

S1 open → heater off B1
R
(iii) the heater would overheat/burn/melt or

more efficient cooking/circulation described B1
84 (a (i) p.d. rises B1

the capacitor charges/at a decreasing rate/to a maximum value B1 [2]
ir
(ii) it takes a certain time/200 s to reach certain charge/p.d.

S
or certain charge/p.d. activates alarm B1 [1]
(b) (I =) Q/t or 5.4 × 10–7/200

20
2.7(0) × 10–9 A A1 [2]

85 (a) (i) (I = )V/R or V = IR (in (i)/(ii)) or 9.0/20 (in (i)) or 0.45 × 16 (in (ii)) C1
0.45 A A1
(ii) 7.2 V (max 3 for (i) and (ii) together) A1 [3]

C1 may be awarded for either A mark
(b) (i) R → T and line of positive slope throughout B1

straight line, positive intercept on R-axis and slope/0 on kelvin scale
ca
(ii) voltmeter reading falls B1
or
current (supplied by battery) falls or X takes greater proportion of p.d. or 16 Ω
takes smaller proportion of p.d. B1
zo
(iii) 0 and to/→/- B1
8/9/10/whole number not gr
greater than 20 V B1 [6]
an
EITHER:
(c) (i) use small, metal conductor as probe/sensor or calibrate V reading
(with known T) B1
M
the voltmeter reading is used to find T
(ii) any two from: high temperatures /remote reading/robust/quick acting/direct input
to computer/low heat capacity
(iii) equal changes in one/T do not produce a equal changes in the other/V or
B2
B1
graph with axes labelled not straight or not proportional to B2 [6]

hid
not a straight line or not same change or change in V is not uniform 1/2
OR:
as
(c) (i)
In
n O
R
0 0
0 1 all correct B1
1 0
ir
1 1 correct B1
S
(ii) both inputs = 0 B1

output = 1 B1
(iii) A and B inputs = 1 B1

output = 0 B1 [6]
[Total: 15]

86 (a) 0 (V) B1
(b) (i) 8 Ω (i.e. accept 1 sig.fig.) B1
(ii) R = V/I any algebraic form in (ii) or (iii) B1
2 A (i.e. accept 1 sig.fig.) ecf (i) B1
(iii) 16/8 in (ii) or (ii) × 6 C1
12 V ecf (ii) A1 6
87(a) 1 / Rt = 1 / R1 + 1 / R2 or Rt = R1R2 / (R1 + R2) formulae or numbers using 20 and 40 Ω C1

or 13(.3 Ω ) Rt = R1 + R2 or 20 + any attempt at parallel calculation
C1
or
A1
33(.3) Ω
(b) B1
V 2 = V3
zo
B1
V1 largest or larger than either V2 or V3
an
88(a)(i) 200 W B1
(a)(ii)
(a)(iii)
0.6(0)
(I =) P / V algebraic or numerical
M
power × time or any numerical value of power × 3 C1
A1
C1
0.17 A A1
hid
(b) (if in neutral) rest of circuit / lamps / television not live / still high voltage / still 240 V C1
or live has high voltage / 240 V / can cause shock
(if in neutral) when (switched) off circuit / lamps / television not live / still high voltage / A1
as
still 240 V
B1
R
89(a)(i) directly proportional
(a)(ii) straight line B1

or does not curve
or constant gradient
(a)(iii)1 greater or twice as large B1

ir
(a)(iii)2 straight line with half the gradient B1

S
(b)(i)1 1 / Rt = 1 / R1+1 / R2 in any form e.g. 1 / R=1 / 20+1 / 80 C1

or 16 (Ω) seen
40 Ω A1
(b)(i)2 =
(I )V / R in any form e.g. 6 / 40 C1
0.15 A A1

(b)(i)3 0.15 × 16 or 0.15 × 24 or 3.6 (V) seen C1
or current split in ratio 1:4, e.g. 0.03 A and 0.12 A seen
or clear attempt at potential divider formula
2.4 V A1
(b)(ii)1 work done ÷ charge B1
(b)(ii)2 correct circuit symbol for a cell and positive correct B1
four cells, correct symbol, correctly in series B1
B1
or
(b)(ii)3 four cells in series and another four in parallel
or any other series and parallel arrangement of 8 cells
with connections to and from battery
zo
(c) lasts longer or if one cell fails it still works or contains more energy B1
an
90(a)(i) any suitable solid insulator (e.g. nylon, plastic, glass, rubber, polystyrene) B1
(a)(ii) positive charges near to rod B1
(a)(iii) 1 M
negative charges opposite rod and equal in number and 7 or fewer
electrons / negative charges flow towards earth
repelled (by negative charge on rod)

B1
B1
(sphere) becomes positive B1

hid
2 flow of electrons / negative charge and (in direction) earth to sphere B1
(b)(i) 1 / R = 1 / R1 + 1 / R2 or R1 R2 / (R1 + R2) or 1 / R = 1 / 15 + 1 / 60 or C1

as
15 × 60 / 75 or 15 × 60 / (15 + 60)
12 (Ω) or 0.083 (Ω) C1

R
30 Ω A1
(b)(ii) (I = )V / R or 7.5 / 30 C1
0.25 A A1
ir
91(a)(i) 1 / R = 1 / R1 + 1 / R2 or R1R2 / (R1 + R2) or 1 / R = 1 / 1800 + 1 / 9000 or

S
C1
9000 × 1800 / 10 800 or 0.00066667 1500 Ω
A1
(a)(ii) (I =) V / R or 4.5 / 1500 C1
0.0030 A or 3.0 × 10–3 A or 3.0 mA A1

(b)(i) increases and resistance of LDR decreases B1
(b)(ii) does not change and resistance / e.m.f. does not change / not affected by LDR B1
92(a) circuit completed with 3 lamps in parallel B1
switch in each branch B1
variable resistor in each branch B1
or
(b) switch all lights on/off B1
zo
(c) name: Fuse B1
if the current (in the fuse/circuit is) too large B1
an
(the wire in the fuse) melts B1
93(a)(i)
(a)(ii)
LDR OR light-dependent resistor M
hid
(b)(i) I = V/R
(total resistance =) 1.2 + 2.4 OR 3.6 seen

as
I = 6.0 / (1.2 + 2.4) OR 1.67 or 1.7 (mA)
(V =) 4.0 V OR (V1 )= [R1 / (R1 + R2)] V

R
(total resistance =) 1.2 + 2.4 OR 3.6 seen

(V1 ) = (2.4 / 3.6) 6.0 = 4.0 V
(b)(ii) Replace the 1.2 kΩ resistor with one of higher value

OR Increase the temperature (of the thermistor or the room)
ir
S
94(a) Electrons/negative charges removed from/flow from/lost (from the object)
(b)(i) At least 3 plus signs in top half of sphere
Same number of minus signs in bottom half of sphere
OR
Excess of plus signs over minus signs in top half of sphere
Equal excess of minus signs over plus signs in bottom half of sphere

(b)(ii) (with rod present) connect earth (to sphere)
OR touch (sphere) with conductor/finger
Remove earth wire and then remove charged rod

OR remove conductor/finger and then rod.
95(a)(i) P=VI in any form OR (I = ) P / V
(I = 9.0 / 6.0 = ) 1.5 A
(a)(ii) V=IR in any form OR (R = ) V/I OR P=V2/R in any form OR (R = ) V2 / P
or
(R = 6.0 / 1.5 = ) 4.0 Ω or (R = 36 / 9.0 =) 4.0 Ω
zo
(b)(i) resistance of wire is greater (than at X) OR current is less OR p.d. across lamp is less
an
(b)(ii) (for normal brightness of lamp, ) resistance of circuit (= 12 / 1.5) = 8.0 Ω
resistance of wire = (8.0 – 4.0 = ) = 4.0 Ω (distance AX = 1.0 × 4/5 =) 0.80 m
OR (sliding contact is) 0.80 m (from A) OR V across AX = 6.0 V
resistance of wire = (6/current from a(i) = ) 4.0 Ω (distance AX = 1.0 × 4/5 =) 0.80 m
96(a)
(I =)
P
V
M
OR (sliding contact is) 0.80 m (from A)
OR 24 ÷ 6.0 OR 4.0 (A) OR (R = )

V
I
6.0 ÷ 4.0 1.5 Ω
hid
(b)(i) 6.0 V
(b)(ii) 1.5 Ω
(b)(iii) 1 1 1 1 1 2
as
= + OR 1 ÷ 1.5 = + OR 1 ÷ 1.5 = 3.0 (Ω)

R R1 R2 R1 R2 R
R
(c) resistance of circuit/parallel pair increases
current (in lamp) decreases OR less p.d. across lamp
97(a)(i) (3 × 1.5 =) 4.5 V
(a)(ii) 1 / R = 1 / R1 + 1 / R2 OR R = 1 / (1 / R1 + 1 / R2) OR (R =) R1R2 / (R1 + R2)

ir
Correct substitution of 3 and 6 (R =) 2.0 Ω

S
(a)(iii) V = IR in any form OR (I =) V / R OR 4.5 / 3 1.5 A OR
I total = 4.5 / 2 = 2.25 A For 3 Ω, I = 2.25 × 6 / 9 = 1.5 A
(b)(i) Connect ammeter (in wire) from A to B OR from H to G
(b)(ii) Connect voltmeter (terminals) to A and H OR B and G OR C and D OR E and F

98(a) equal (numbers of) positive and negative charges
(b)(i) negative charge moves from cloth to rod electrons move from cloth to rod
(b)(ii) apparatus needed, e.g. (small) pieces of paper / water stream / (gold leaf)
electroscope / suspended or pivoted other charged rod / charged object /
conducting object correct statement of what is seen / felt with apparatus
99(a)(i) Thermistor correctly identified
or
(a)(ii) correct symbol for voltmeter Voltmeter in parallel with thermistor
(b)(i) V= IR (R) = 6.0 ÷ 0.010 600 (ohms or Ω)
zo
(b)(ii) Resistance is decreasing So current will increase
(b)(iii) Current greater than 0.04 (A)
an
(c) 700 (ohms or Ω)
100(a)(i)
(a)(ii)
(b)
25.6 (Ω)
V = IR in any form
resistance decreases
M0.23 × 5.6 1.29 OR 1.3
current increases
hid
101(a) N1 / N2 = V1 / V2 (49 / 900) × 220 OR use of ratios seen 11.98 OR 12 (V)

(b) copper
as
(c) d.c. is in one direction only / a.c. changes direction

R
102(a) ammeter in series voltmeter across wire

two cells correctly linked positive to negative
(b) V = IR in any recognised form R = 2.7 ÷ 0.3 9 (Ω)

ir
(c) 1 higher / more

S
2. lower / less

103(a) RS = RA + RB in any form OR (RS =) RA + RB OR (RS =) 4 + 8
(RS =)12 (Ω)
(RP = )1 / (1 / RS + 1 / RC) in any form

OR (RP =) RS RC / (RS + RC)
OR (RP =) 1 / (1 / 12 + 1 / 6) OR (RP =) (6 × 12) / 18
(RP =) 4.0 Ω
or
(b) V8 = supply V × (8 / 12 ) OR = 24 × (8 / 12) (V8 =) 16 V
OR alternative route
zo
I8 = supply V / 12 OR = 24 / 12 OR = 2 (A) (V8 = 2 × 8 =) 16 V
an
104(a) touch the sphere with the earth wire
negatively charged and electrons flow to sphere
(b)
M
remove earth wire or electrons / negative charges attracted (by rod)
four or more straight, radial lines and uniformly spaced
at least one arrow outwards and no wrong arrows
(c) (I =) Q / t or 7.0 / (5.0 × 60) or 7.0 / 5.0 or 1.4 (A) 0.023(3333) A

hid
105(a) battery and ammeter symbols correct thermistor symbol correct

all connected in series
as
(b)(i)1 0.05 (A) seen (V = ) IR or 0.05 × 240 12 V
(b)(i)2 (R = ) V / I or 0.12 (A) seen 100 Ω

R
(b)(ii) description of change in resistance in two equal changes in temperature, e.g. 240–100
and 100–48
difference values obtained are not the same, with one value shown e.g. 140 and 52 (Ω)
(c)(i) two different metals connected together

ir
voltmeter, ammeter or galvanometer in series

S
clear junction of two different metals used as the place to measure temperature
(c)(ii) ANY 2 lines from
measures high(er) temperatures
more sensitive to changes in temperature
measures fast(er) changing temperatures / reading can be taken more rapidly
produce electronic output / output may be stored or processed / may be read remotely

106(a)(i) (E =) Pt or 75 × 63 or 75 × 63 × 60
75 × 63 × 60 × 60 or 2.835 × 105 or 0.075 × 63 1.7 × 107 J
(a)(ii) 2.0 × 106 J
(b)(i) non-renewable and gets used up / not replaced / will run out / finite
(b)(ii) three separate approaches I / II / III
or
I greenhouse gases / CO / CO2 emitted
global warming / increase greenhouse effect / ice caps melt
zo
or
II acid rain / NOx / SO2 emitted
an
breathing difficulty / damage to buildings / acidify lakes or damages / kills plants / sea-life /
animals / fish
or
107(a)
(a)
III oil spills
M
damages / kills plants / sea-life / animals / fish
charges / electrons are not free to move (in an insulator)
any sensible example e.g. plastic / nylon / glass / rubber

hid
(b)(i) negative charge on left of K and positive charge on right of L
equal numbers of charges and number ⩽ 5 and no charges on right of K and no

as
charges on left of L
(b)(ii) 1 (negative) charge spreads throughout (surface of) sphere

R
2 (positive) charge on L disappears or L becomes neutral or equal number of

positive and negative charges
108(a) electrons c.a.o.

ir
towards the ammeter or away from the negative terminal or towards the positive terminal
(b)(i)
S
thermistor c.a.o.
(b)(ii)
1 / RT = 1 / R1 + 1 / R2 or 1 / RT = 1 / 1.5 + 1 / 6.0 or (RT =) R1R2 / (R1 + R2) or 1.5 × 6.0 / (1.5 + 6.0)
1.2 (Ω) 2.5 Ω

(b)(iii) (I =) V / R or 12 / 2.5 4.8 (A)
b)(iv) IA = IR + IZ
(c) resistance of Z / thermistor decreases
resistance of parallel combination decreases or total resistance (of circuit) decreases or

current increases voltage (across 1.3 Ω) increases
or
trace moves towards top of screen / upwards
(d)(i) 8
zo
(d)(ii) 1.5 V
109(a)(i) 1 / RT = 1 / R1 + 1 / R2 or 1 / RT = 1 / 3.6 + 1 / 1.8 or (RT =) R1 R2 / (R1 + R2) or
an
1.8 × 3.6 / (1.8 + 3.6) 1.2 (Ω) 4.0 Ω
(a)(ii) (I =) V / R or 6.0 / 4.0 1.5 (A)
(b)(i)
(b)(ii)
(b)(iii)
M
work done / energy (released) per unit charge (passed through component)
voltmeter symbol and across 2.8 Ω resistor
total resistance increases or resistance of circuit / parallel combination increases
current (in 2.8 Ω resistor) decreases

hid
110 delocalised / free / mobile electrons in an insulator or electrons fixed (in place) / tightly
as
(a)(i) bound in an insulator
(a)(ii) no charge flows / current in doctor or doctor does not receive an electric shock
R
which might prove fatal / kill / injure / harm doctor or so charge flows / current in patient
(b) electrons move (from one contact to the other)
negative contact gains electrons / negative charges and positive contact loses electrons /
negative charges
ir
(c) (I =) Q / t or 9.1 × 10–3 / 6.5 × 10–4 14 A

S

111(a) from chemical (energy) to thermal / heat (energy)
from chemical (energy) to thermal / heat (energy) and as a result of electrical working
(b)(i) (I =) V / R or 2.4 / 120 0.020 A
(b)(ii) 6.6 V
(b)(iii) 330 Ω
(c)
or
multiplication by 5.0 or R ∝ l
multiplication by 2.0 / 4.0 or division by 0.50 / 0.25 or R ∝ 1 / A or R ∝ 1 / r 2
zo
multiplication by 4.0 or division by 0.25 or 20 × 330
an
6600 Ω
112(a)(i) P = I V in any form OR (I =) P / V
(a)(ii)
(a)(iii)
(I =) 1.6 A
110 V
M (I = 60 / 110 = ) 0.55 A
(b)(i) I = V / R in any form OR (R =) V / I

hid
OR (R =) V2 / P OR (R=) P / I2
(R = 110 / 0.55 = ) 200 Ω

as
(b)(ii) 2nd box (twice the length)
4th box (half the area of cross-section)

R
113(a) 2 lamps with correct circuit symbol, in parallel, with correct connection to battery
(b)(i) (12 / 6.0 =) 2.0 A

ir
(b)(ii) (P =) IV OR 2.0 × 12 OR OR
(P =) I2R OR 2.02 × 6.0 (P =) V2 / R OR 122 / 6.0
S
24 W
(c) (E =) IVt OR Pt in any form OR 36 × 20

= 36 × 20 × 60 × 60 = 2.6 × 106 J

Marking Scheme
ATP
1 (a) correct symbol [1]
correct position [1]
or
(b) table:
1.68 (V) [1]
(c) (brightness) decreases (as length increases) [1]
zo
(d) statement: no
justif cationmatchesstatementandbyreferencetoresults
[1]
an
e.g. V / l not constant, as l increases V decreases, V does not double as l doubles
(e) any one from: [1]
width of sliding contact
(f)
achieving exact same position on wire
accept heating changes resistance of wire
accept other sensible practical reason
NOT human error
do not touch (bare/hot) wire
M [max 1]
OR do not allow C to touch terminal between lamp and supply [1]

hid
2 (a correct voltmeter symbol with appropriate parallel connection [1]
(b) (i) meter with 5 V range circled [1]

as
(ii) arrow indicating 1.5 V on circled meter [1]

R
(c) R calculations correct (9.6 or 9.62, 7.9 or 7.89, 4.5 or 4.55) [1]
consistent 2 or consistent 3 sig. figs. [1]

note: allow 1 sig. fig. fewer for l = 20 cm
ir
(d) link consistent with results [1]

figures to support, matching statement – at least two R values compared
S
[1]
(e) increased supply voltage [1]

use of variable resistor OR variable voltage supply clearly indicated as such [1]
any other suitable point, e.g. [1]
• voltmeter with larger range
• ammeter with larger range
• variable resistor symbol and connection correctly shown
[Total: 10]

3 (a) (i) Voltmeter across lamp 1
(ii) Variable resistor/rheostat 1
(b) Correct position 1
(c) V 1
A 1
W 1
correct R at 9.8V = 8.16666 (any sf) 1
all R to 2/3 sf 1
or
consistent 2 sf or consistent 3 sf 1
TOTAL 9
zo
4 (a Correct voltmeter 1
an
Correct ammeter 1
(b) R = 3.3, 2/3 sf 1
M
Unit Ω or ohm 1
(c) Circuit with correct parallel connections 1

Ammeter and ONE voltmeter correct 1
Variable resistor correct 1
hid
5 (a 12 cm3 [1]
0.5 A [1]
30 cm2 [1]
0.112 kg [1]
as
600 N [1]
(b) repeats [1]

R
to spot anomalous results/to calculate average [1]

or series of different V and I, plot graph
or switch on/off, prevent temp rise
or low current, minimise temp rise
or avoidance of parallax, action and reason
or clean wires, resistance caused by dirt
ir
or tap meter, prevent sticking

or check zero error, accuracy
(in each case the reason must support the statement
S
to gain the second mark) [total: 7]

6 (a l values 50, 75, 100 [1]
(b) 1.50 V shown correctly [1]

0.375 A shown correctly [1]
(c) 2.5(3); 4.0(0); 5.2(0) all correct [1]

all to 2sf or all to 3sf [1]
(d) Ω [1]
(e) R = 7.50 - 8.00 [2]

(or R = 6.60 - 7.49)
or
[total: 8]
zo
7 (a correct ammeter and voltmeter symbols [1]
correct power source, variable resistor and lamp symbols [1]
correct circuit [1]
an
(b) (i) A; V; Ω [1]
8 Table:
(ii)
consistent 2/3 sf
M
5.8 or 5.79 or 5.792; 2.9 or 2.89 or 2.889 [1]
[1]
TOTAL 6
hid
(a) Units V, A, Ω (symbol/word) [1]
R values 1.11, 2.19, 5.05, 9.55 [1]
Consistent 2 or consistent 3 sig fig for R [1]
(b)
b) Yes (if within 10%) No (if not) [M1]
as
Circuit 1 and circuit 2 compared [A1]
(ii) limit current (so temperature not increased)

R
OR switch off between readings

OR check for zero error
OR Repeats
OR Parallax error explained
OR Tapping meter [1]
ir
[Total: 6]
S

9 (a R values 0.553, 1.55, 2.74, 3.74, 4.92
(2,3,4 or more significant figures) [1]
Consistent 3 or consistent 4 significant figures for final four entries [1]
(b) Graph:
Axes labelled and scales suitable (must include origin) [1]
Plots correct to ½ square (–1 each error or omission) [2]
Well judged str. line taking account of all points and reaching an axis [1]
Thin line [1]
or
(c) Statement proportional (wtte) or as x increases, R increases [1]
zo
Justification straight line through origin [1]
an
(d) Clear indication of method on graph [1]
Correct value to ½ square [1]
(e) low current/switch off between readings

or add (variable) resistor/lamp
or reduce voltage/power
M [Total: 12]
[1]
10 (a) diagram:
correct symbols for ammeter, voltmeter and lamps
hid
(lamp – cross at least ½ diameter by eye) (ignore power source) [1]
voltmeter position correct [1]
lamps in parallel in a correct circuit (e.g. single voltmeter) [1]
as
(b) table:
V, A, Ω (any in symbols, words or a mixture) [1]
R
Correct R values 6.13, 6.00, 3.11 [1]

Consistent 2 or 3 significant figures [1]
(c) statement matches readings (expect NO) [1]

justification matches statement
ir
and by reference to resistance results (don’t need numbers) [1]
[Total: 8]
S

11 (a correct symbol [1]
correct position [1]
(b) table:
V / l values correct 8.35, 3.58, 2.08, 1.39, 1.00 [1]
consistent 2 or 3 significant figures [1]
unit V/m [1]
or
justification matches statement and by reference to results
V / l not constant, as l increases V decreases [1]
zo
(d) any one of:
an
check for zero error
avoidance of parallax error explained
switch off between readings
M
repeats [1]
[Total: 8]
12 (a) diagram:
hid
correct symbols for ammeter, voltmeter and lamps
(lamp – cross at least ½ diameter by eye) (ignore power source) [1]
voltmeter position correct [1]
lamps in parallel in a correct circuit (e.g. single voltmeter) [1]
as
(b) table:
V, A, Ω (any in symbols, words or a mixture)
R
[1]
Correct R values 6.13, 6.00, 3.11 [1]
Consistent 2 or 3 significant figures [1]

justification matches statement
ir
and by reference to resistance results (don’t need numbers) [1]

S
[Total: 8]

13 (a table:
R values correct 0.61, 1.82, 3.16, 4.27, 5.48 [1]
all R values to 2 or 3 significant figures [1]
cm, V, A, Ω [1]
(b) graph:
axes correctly labelled [1]
suitable scales [1]
all plots correct to ½ small square [1]
good line judgement [1]
single, thin, continuous line [1]
or
(c) triangle method shown on graph [1]
zo
using at least half of line [1]
G = 0.31to 0.35 2 or 3 significant figures [1]
an
[Total: 11]
14 (a (i) V1 = 0.7 (V)

I = 0.45 (A)
(ii) R1 = 1.56 or 1.6 (Ω) e.c.f. (i)

M [1]
[1]
[1]
(b) V2 = 0.6 (V) and V3 = 0.5 (V) c.a.o. [1]

hid
(c) 1.8 (V) e.c.f. V1, V2, V3 [1]

as
(d) correct symbols for ammeter, lamp, voltmeter [1]

correct parallel circuit with ammeter and voltmeter correctly connected [1]
R
(e) statement matches candidate’s results and idea of within/beyond limits of experimental
accuracy or that values are too far apart / too different [1]
(f) brighter [1]

ir
[Total: 9]
S

15 (a table:
R values correct 0.61, 1.82, 3.16, 4.27, 5.48 [1]
all R values to 2 or 3 significant figures [1]
cm, V, A, Ω [1]
(b) graph:
axes correctly labelled [1]
suitable scales [1]
all plots correct to ½ small square [1]
good line judgement [1]
or
single, thin, continuous line [1]
zo
(c) triangle method shown on graph [1]
using at least half of line [1]
G = 0.31to 0.35 2 or 3 significant figures [1]
an
[Total: 11]
16 (a (i) V1 = 0.7 (V) [1]

I = 0.45 (A)
(ii) R1 = 1.56 or 1.6 (Ω) e.c.f. (i)
(b) V2 = 0.6 (V) and V3 = 0.5 (V) c.a.o.

M [1]
[1]
[1]
hid
(c) 1.8 (V) e.c.f. V1, V2, V3 [1]
as
(d) correct symbols for ammeter, lamp, voltmeter [1]

correct parallel circuit with ammeter and voltmeter correctly connected [1]
R
(e) statement matches candidate’s results and idea of within/beyond limits of experimental
accuracy or that values are too far apart / too different [1]
(f) brighter [1]
[Total: 9]
ir
S

17 (a correct symbol for voltmeter [1]
(b) (i) 2.59, 8.00, 3.91 [1]

consistent 2 or 3 sig. figs. [1]
(ii) units all correct (symbols or words) [1]
(c) statement matches result (expect ‘No’) [1]

R figures quoted appropriately and matching statement
(need to see too different o.w.t.t.e.) [1]
or
(d) correct parallel connection [1]
zo
[Total: 7]
an
M
18 (a (i) 1.9 (V) [1]
0.26 (A) [1]
(ii) R = 7.3 (7.3077) (Ω) accept any sig. figs. > 2, ecf allowed [1]
all units V, A, Ω correct, symbols or words [1]

hid
(b) brightness increases (from X to Z) [1]

as
(c) one from:

• exact placement of S
• width of S
R
• battery running down / voltage changed

• wire/lamp getting hot
• resistance of lamp / wire changed [max 1]
(d) increases (note: if this mark is not scored, the next mark cannot be scored) [1]
ir
V increases more quickly than I (accept greater rate)

S
or V increases proportionately more than I

or doubling V causes I to increase by less than double
allow gradient is increasing [1]
[Total: 8]

19 (a)(b 2.8 [1]
0.9(0) [1]
units both correct, symbols or words, V, A [1]
(c) (i) 3.1(1) / ecf, 2.0 / 1.95, 1.0(0) penalise rounding errors [1]
correct unit seen once and not contradicted [1]
(ii) statement matches results (expect ‘Yes’ but allow ‘No’ if ecf >10%)
or
with matching and correct justification (which refers to figures)
(e.g. ‘within limits of experimental accuracy’ owtte for ‘Yes’ or ‘too different’
for ‘No’) [1]
zo
(d) any one from:
an
• switch off between readings
• only switch on for short time
• use smaller currents / p.d.s
20(a)(i) R values 1.60, 1.51, 1.35, 1.21

M
• suitable means of dissipating thermal energy
R values all to 2 significant figures or all to 3 significant figures.

[1]
[Total: 7]
(a)(ii) Column headings m, V, A, Ω

hid
(b) No; there is a current reading
(c) filament changes brightness, owtte
as
increase / decrease / change in temperature of filament / lamp

(d)(i) Variable resistor (rheostat)
R
(d)(ii) Correct symbol for variable resistor
Correct diagram, with variable resistor in series with power supply

ir
S

21 Circuit diagram:
MP1 Sample of wire must be clearly identifiable by a label on the diagram or by letters
on the diagram with an explanation in the text
MP2 All circuit symbols correct (even if circuit is incorrect)
Method:
MP3 Take readings of V and I
MP4 For 5 or more lengths
MP5 Range of lengths must be between 5 cm and 2 m with the largest length at least
twice the smallest
or
MP6 Table drawn with headings:
l / m, V / V, I / A, R / Ω
zo
MP7 Key variables to control:
Any one from
an
• Material / resistivity / conductivity / type of wire
• Diameter / radius / thickness / cross sectional area
•
M
Temperature of wire
22(a)(i) correct symbol and parallel connection with lamp P
(a)(ii) 2.4 (V) correct answer only
(b)(ii) I = 0.31 (A) correct answer only

hid
(b)(iii) there is a current in the circuit / lamp P is lit
(b)(iv) p.d. too small (to make it glow) / much less than working voltage / lamp P takes
as
most of the voltage
23(a) top box – ammeter

R
bottom box – voltmeter
(b) meter 1 – current

meter 2 – voltage / p.d / emf
(c) meter 1 = 0.24 A meter 2 = 7.2 V

ir
(d) R = 30 ohms
S
(e) check zero error / tap to avoid sticking / switch off to prevent overheating /
parallax in reading scale / tight connections any other sensible precaution

24 MP1 Diagram showing power supply, ammeter, voltmeter and resistance wire correctly
connected (variable resistor optional)
MP2 Correct symbols for ammeter and voltmeter. Variable resistor symbol correct if included.
MP3 Measure potential difference (voltage) and current and calculate resistance.
MP4 Repeat with other (types of) wires
MP5 Key variables length AND diameter stated
or
MP6 One of:
Repeat with different voltages (or currents).
Repeat and take average (voltage and current) readings.
zo
Repeat entire experiment with different length or different diameter.
Use low current to prevent wire heating up.
Keep temperature of wire constant / switch off between readings
an
Use micrometer screw gauge to measure diameter / thickness of wire.
MP7 Table with columns for type of wire, voltage, current, resistance with correct units (V,
M
A and Ω)
25(a)(i) V = 0.8 (V)
I = 0.65 A both units correct
(a)(ii) R = 1.2(3) (Ω)

hid
(b)(i) 1.31(Ω) (e.c.f.)
(b)(ii) length (directly) proportional to resistance/l α R/l = kR

as
(c) second box down to be ticked

R
(d) different heating effects on wires/wires may be at different temperatures
different interpolation of readings between marks on meters/difficult to read the meter (or
ammeter/voltmeter/current/voltage) accurately
difficult to measure length of wire to nearest mm/to judge the position of the sliding contact
ir
cell may run down/power of cell may be less

S
Any 2 × 1 mark each

26(a)(i) 1.8 (V)
0.38 (A)
(a)(ii) R1 4.74 (4.737, 4.7)
(b) R2 = 9.47 OR 9.5 (2 or 3 significant figures required)
(c) Pointer at 0.13
(d) Statement YES or NO (owtte)
or
Justification to include the idea of within (or beyond, ecf) the limits of experimental accuracy,
matching the statement
(e) Determine each resistance in turn
zo
(f) Three resistors in parallel, ONE voltmeter in parallel with resistors and correct symbols for
voltmeter and resistors
an
Variable resistor in series with the supply, correct symbol in a correct circuit
(g) Repeat with different currents OR to obtain a range of readings
27(a)
(b) IS = 0.18 (A)

M
correct voltmeter symbol in parallel with X
(c)(i) VX = 1.2 (V) AND VY = 2.3 (V)

hid
(c)(ii) correct units (A, V) seen in (b) and (c)
(c)(iii) statement matching readings

as
justification, with use of values seen, matching readings and statement

e.g: ‘3.5 V and 3.7 V are within limits of expt accuracy’
R
(d) correct calculation of Rs (20.6) 2 / 3 sig figs and unit(Ω)
(e)(i) resistors in parallel with correct symbol rest of circuit correct valid suggestion
(e)(ii) AND explanation consistent with results

ir
28(a) correct thermistor symbol drawn between A and B.

S
(b)(i) 2.8 V cao
(b)(ii) place the thermistor in (a beaker of melting) ice
(b)(iii) Rroom temp = 790 Ω and R0 = 1800 Ω

(1 mark if calculations correct but not 2 s.f.)
(b)(iv) as temperature increases, resistance decreases or vice versa

29 (a)(i) (mA)
(a)(ii) to ensure that the water is at a uniform temperature / to uniformly distribute the heat
(b) axes labelled quantity and unit and axes correct way round
scales linear, not awkward, start from (0,0)
points plotted accurately, to the nearest ½ square
smooth, thin best-fit curve drawn
or
(c)(i) correct reading from candidate’s graph
zo
(c)(ii) (add melting) ice to the beaker
(d)(i) 2.6 ± 0.1 (mA)
an
(d)(ii) correct conversion from mA to A seen anywhere
correct calculation from candidate’s results
(e)(i)
(e)(ii)
M
as the temperature increases, the current increases
non-linearly / non-uniformly / not proportionately / graph is not a straight line / at an increasing rate
as the temperature increases, the resistance decreases

hid
as
30(a) micrometer / (digital) callipers
(b)(i) so wire does not get hot

R
(b)(ii) 0.34 A 2.8 V
(c)(i) all units correct in table headings
all values transferred correctly i.e.

ir
wire
voltage / V current / A
diameter / mm
S
0.15 2.8 0.34
0.24 2.8 0.85
both resistances calculated correctly i.e. 8.2(8.24) and 3.3 (3.29) ohms
(c)(ii) as diameter increases, resistance decreases or wtte

31(a) correct voltmeter symbol in parallel with wire X
(b) V = 1.9 (V)
(c)(i) graph:
axes labelled correct orientation, with quantity and unit
appropriate scales (plots occupying at least ½ grid)
plots all correct to ½ small square and precise plots well-judged line and thin line
or
(c)(ii) G present and triangle method seen on graph
zo
(c)(iii) l = 4.5 (cm) and L = 13.5 (cm)
(c)(iv) R in range 0.17 to 0.23
an
2 / 3 sig figs and unit = Ω or Ω / cm
(d) Any one from:
M
use smaller current / potential difference;
use wire with greater resistance;
open switch / switch off circuit in between readings.
32(a)(i) VT = 2.5(0) (V) IT = 0.18(0) (A) 0.45 (W)

hid
(a)(ii) PX = 0.23, PY = 0.22 and unit W
(b)(i)
as
(b)(ii) statement: Yes explained:

idea of within the limits of experimental accuracy e.g. close enough, very close, not too far apart
R
(c) statement: disagree / no
low current not sufficient to make lamp glow / first lamp would not glow with no
current / since there is a current (other lamp cannot be broken).
(d) lamps and voltmeter in parallel correct symbols for lamps, ammeter and voltmeter
ir
variable resistor, correct symbol and position in a correct circuit

S

or
zo
an
M
hid
as
Best of Luck
Please post your valuable feedback at
R
http://education.ant-pk.com/feedback/
Rashid Manzoor
MSc - Physics
ir
S
0333 2 10 10 54
Website: http://education.ant-pk.com
https://www.facebook.com/sir.rashid.manzoor
https://twitter.com/RashidManzoor12
https://www.youtube.com/rashidmanzoor-prideacademy

B9 Electricity - Extended

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Description:

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

B9 Electricity - Extended

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Disclaimer

Please post your valuable feedback, comments or suggestion at

Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/sir.rashid.manzoor Twitter:

=== Page 1 of 440 - Sir Rashid Manzoor - 03332101054 ===

Zohaib Owais Awan - Army Public School (2019)

=== Page 2 of 440 - Sir Rashid Manzoor - 03332101054 ===

Umm-E-Hani - Army Public School (2020)

Amish Noor - Army Public School (2020) JAIWANTI EMAN ANWAR

Muhammad Rayan - Army Public School (2020)

M.bilal Latif - Army Public School (2020)

Alina Arif - Army Public School (2019)

Abdul Basit Khan - Army Public School (2020)

=== Page 3 of 440 - Sir Rashid Manzoor - 03332101054 ===

Resistance • know that resistance = p.d./current.

metallic conductor using a voltmeter and an ammeter.

• sketch current/voltage graphs for:

=== Page 4 of 440 - Sir Rashid Manzoor - 03332101054 ===

20. D.C. circuits

heating, lighting, motors.

• Calculate the cost of using electrical appliances where the

Dangers of electricity • state the hazards of

Safe use of electricity in • describe the use of

fuse ratings, circuit breaker settings.

earthing metal cases,

=== Page 5 of 440 - Sir Rashid Manzoor - 03332101054 ===

Charging by (Friction) rubbing

=== Page 6 of 440 - Sir Rashid Manzoor - 03332101054 ===

 A metal rod with an excess of positive charge is

Basic conventions when drawing field lines

=== Page 7 of 440 - Sir Rashid Manzoor - 03332101054 ===

Electrical Insulators and Conductors

solutions are also good conductors.

free electrons (about 1 billion per cubic millimetre, for copper).

=== Page 8 of 440 - Sir Rashid Manzoor - 03332101054 ===

Fires due to electrostatic charges

=== Page 9 of 440 - Sir Rashid Manzoor - 03332101054 ===

Van de Graaff generator

=== Page 10 of 440 - Sir Rashid Manzoor - 03332101054 ===

 SI unit: Ampere (A)

SI unit: Volt (V)

=== Page 11 of 440 - Sir Rashid Manzoor - 03332101054 ===

 SI unit: Volt (V)

This arrangement gives increased e.m.f. because, the

Cells can also be arranged in parallel. In this, all the positive

=== Page 12 of 440 - Sir Rashid Manzoor - 03332101054 ===

 SI unit of resistance is the ohm Ω.

 directly proportional to its length, L

=== Page 13 of 440 - Sir Rashid Manzoor - 03332101054 ===

Effective resistance of resistors

If each end of individual resistors are connected

=== Page 14 of 440 - Sir Rashid Manzoor - 03332101054 ===

The I‐V graph of metallic conductor is a straight line

Reason: Resistance in metal is the reduction of the drift

 From the I/V graph, the ratio V/I increases as current

Reason: As the potential difference across a filament lamp

temperature increases, resistance of the filament increases. The

 From the I‐V curve, the ratio V/I decreases for

=== Page 15 of 440 - Sir Rashid Manzoor - 03332101054 ===

 Batteries supply DC and most appliances

Alternating current (AC) is a flow of charges

complete or break the circuit. Conductors

Circuit diagrams are essential part of the